IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ^ as, m 2.0 1.8 1-25 1.4 111.6 6" ► Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 % CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibiiographiques The institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. D D D D n n Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurie et/ou pelliculde Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes gdographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Reli6 avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ Lareliure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int6rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmdes. L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dfe uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de filmage sont indiqu^s ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ D Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes Pages restored and/oi Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxei Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqu6es Pages detached/ Pages ddtachdes Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Quality in^gale de I'impression Includes supplementary materit Comprend du matdriel supplementaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I I Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ r~1 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ r~7 Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ I I Only edition available/ Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuiilet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 film^es d nouveau de facon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppl6mentaires; Wrinkled pages may film slightly out of focus. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X J 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed hare has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Seminary of Quebec Library L'exemplaire fiimi fut reproduit grAce A la ginitot'txi de: Sl ^^'firtt brintii .V" Kuvi-Jivt-illiv KuMnfllXr So ri*rrJ >in/MM»' %'ii A' Kuik;'!-^-*^!)^' ISiiNnfU.t^r S*;i. *tiiilmHllt:iA'>^ / ^.^iSfllEUB^^ U 2l^tf^ GUY'S SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY, oir ' •■ COMVBISINO NOT ONLY A COMPLETE GENERAL DESCRIPTION, BUT MUCH TOPOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION, IN A WKLL DI0E8TXD ORDKB ; Bztaibltliir Three Distinot Varts. and yet forming' One Connected VTtaole. EXPRESSLY ADAPTED TO EVERY AGE AND CAPACITY, AND TO EVERY CLASS OF LEARNERS, BOTH IN LADIES' AND GENTLEMEN'S SCHOOLS. By JOSEPH GUY, Fornifrly of the Iloyal Military Coll*c.; Great Sfarlotr. Author of the "New British Spelling Book ;" ■ »• v British Expositor;" " Ele- ments of Ancient, Modern, and British History;" "First Gcoj^rapby ;" *' School Atlas ;" " Elennents of Astronomy ;" " School Question Book ;" " School Arithmetic :" " First Aritlimctic ;" " Parents' First Question Book," &c., Ac, &c. XZi&VSTRATBD WZTB 8BV SIXTEENTH EDI ENLARGED AND THOROUGH LONDON: CRADOCK (f.AT£ BALDWIN AND CRADQi 48, PATERNOSTER ROW, AND WHITTAKER AND CO., AVE MARIA LANE. 1843. IP" 1^' V ■nperior "VTorks for Teaohinv Oeorraptaj-^ Astronomy, and General History. w ■ I ■ GUrS FIRST GEOGRAPHY for the Younger Classes, an Introduction to the Aiithur'a School Geuj^niphy ; with Six Maps, and Questions for Exiiniinutiun ut the bultum uf each pajje ; price 9d. sewed, or Is. strongly hulf-buund. GUY'S SCHOOL ATLAS of MODERN GEO- " GRAPH Y. adapted to the above; contaiuing Sixteen handsome 4to. Maps, neatly coloured, price only 5s. 4to. half>bound. OSTELUS NEW GENERAL ATLAS, contain- ing Thirty Royal 4to. Maps, from the Latest and Best Authorities; including Maps of Judaea, Ancient Greece, and the Roman Empire. A^'ilh a Consulting Index, in Rovul 4to.. price Us. half-bunud; or coloured outlines, 18s. ; and witli ihe Maps full coloured, Wis. RUSSELL'S GENERAL ATLAS of MODERN GEOGRAPHY. Twentv-five 4to. Maps, with a Consulting Index. Royal 8vo., price lOs. half-bound ; or coloured, 12s. RUSSELL'S ATLAS of ANCIENT GEOGRA- PHY. Twenty-two 4to. Maps, with an Index. Royal 8vo., price 10s. half-bound ; or coloured, i'^s. RUSSELL'S ATLAS of ANCIENT and MO- DERN GEOCiRAPHY COMBINED; contain mg 47 Maps. Royal 4to., with Ctmsulting Indexes, coloured, price only £1 4s. half bound. *»* The above Aliases are adapted to Guy's School Geography, and recommendeil by Mr. Guy aa excfedin^ly correct, beautifully coloured, and very clearly written for easy reference. GUY'S ELEMENTS of ASTRONOMY, Illus- trated with 18 fine Plates. With a COMPLETE SET of QUES- TIONS for EXAMINATION. New Edition, Royal 18mo. ; price 5s. %• This Work is constructed on the Plan of the Author's School Geography, which hat been so much approved of by Teachers. GUY'S ELEMENTS of ANCIENT HISTORY, including Grec e, Egypt, Persia, Carthage, Rome, the Philistines, Phoenicians, Jews, Goths, Huns, &c. ; 12mu., price only 3s. 6d. bound. GUY'S ELEMENTS of MODERN HISTORY, includingFrance, Germany, Spain, Portugal, Poland, Russia, Prussia, Sweden, Denmark, Italy, America, &u., 12mo., price only 3s. 6d. GUY'S ELEMENTS of BRITISH HISTORY. containing England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland, under separate heads. 12mo., price Ss. 6d. bound. \* The chapters in the above three works are divided into sections, and numbered to correspond, with a copious list of Tutor's Questions at the end of each volume. New Editions have been lately published , much enlarged, and thoroughly corrected. I ^,. .Il,.-..k^.a...::..rjit j,,j|^,, .■ssmxrs&mr'V y ..'• ,i"^\l '• • '-r'iH.: PREFACE. Numerous School treatises on the subject of Geography preceded the publication of this work; yet it was long and generally acknowledged, that no branch of study had usually been so ineffec- tually taught, both in Gentlemen's and Ladies' Schools. Indeed, something more than Theory, how- ever excellent, and Science, however profound, is needful to be either beneficial or accessible to young minds. In the treatises put into their hands, (here must be an appropriate and prac- tical excellence, which mere theoretic knowledge can never be expected to strike out or suggest. The conviction of this truth, and a minute attention, not only to the theory of Geography, but to the best practical mode of instruction^ for more than a quarter of a century, and with ad- vantages that few can have it in their power to possess, suggested the publication of this work ; and the comj)iler conceives, that on comparing it with other School Geographies, it will be found in no rer-pects inferior to them, while in many instances it may possess a real superiority. To boast a new flan has been vainly thought, by many authors, a sufficient proof of excellence, a just ground for public approbation, and a fair claim for general adoption. This treatise, however, has to profess novelty in the plan, for it is such as no other book on Geo- graphy exhibits; yet such as mature practical observation dictated ; and upon which many able teachers have bestowed their decided approbation ; a Plan which ivas pursued by the Compiler, for years in the Royal Military College, and in iv FREFACB. noplace of Fflucation i> this branch of Knowledge tauijht more expcditlovslt/y or nurre thnrovghly. Nevertheless, he conceives ihe unerrinpc deci.^ioiis oi general practice requisite to entitle this or any other popular work, to universal sutFrage. " The followinp^ are the advantages which this School Geography possesses. 1. A more exact order and arrangement than others. This appears essential to a School trea- tise. The order here observed in one country exhibits, in most instances, a specimen of the whole. It is an order at once equally convenient both for regular perusal and for occasional refer- ence. 2. There is an exact distinction made between what is to be learned by heart ; what is to accom- pany the perusal of the maps ; and what is only for private reading^ or for a last course of instruc- tion. This distinction is its peculiar feature, and one which every instructor will with pleasure recognize, who has been incessantly perplexed with the difficulty of selecting the portions to be committed to memory ; hence, 3. It is expressly suited to every age and capa- city, from the child to the advanced student. All that is needful to be learned by heart is quite de- tached from the rest, and printed in a larger Roman type ; — that which is adapted to the pe- rusal of tne particular maps, stands for distinc- tion, in Italics^ at the head of each country ; — and all further illustration will be found in the smaller type throughout the whole. 4. By this construction and distinct arrange- ment of the three parts, each is a concise sum- mary of itself ; and yet, when all are united, they form but a more enlarged and complete whole. This proves the great simplicity of the plan ; and simplicity appears to be the inseparable basis of every excellent practical system. PREFACB. ey le. nd of 5. It concentrates a much larg^cr lx)dy of in- formation than others of the same size and price. Here, then, will be found somethiiip^ not only to excite but to satisfy the curiosity of youih ; though, compared with large treatises, \iis a mere abstract. To lay before youth less than is here g^ven, is, indeed, to mock them with the shadow for the substance ; and a shadowy representation of things can atfbrd neither knowledge nor sutis- faction. 6. By this system a clear knowledge of geogra- phy may be gained with far less labour to the scholar, and with much more ease to the teacher. It will excite greater interest, not only to the in- quisitive, but to the dull, and be puisued with more pleasure. 7. An attention has been bestowed on each country, proportioned as nearly as possible to its relative importance. 8. The questions subjoined to the whole are not given at random, but duly arranged, consistent, and comprehensive ; and these the scholars are to answer either verbally or in writing. The latter will impress the subjects indelibly on the mind. What can be more preposterous than to give a child a hundred and fitly pages of geography to learn by heart ? It is a study that in its nature does not require it. To enjoin it is the culpable result of impotent theory ; and considering the very many studies in which both young gentle- men and ladies are necessarily engaged, no one should exact so useless an imposition. In short, if this be found at once the most tho- rough and the most expeditious mode of gaining a knowledge of geography ; if it be the means of acquiring the most information by the least la- bour ; if it tend to fix the subject more indelibly in the memory of the scholar, and free the in- VI PREFACE. structor from much needless trouble, it may be worthy of adoption in schools. That it is free from errors the author does not pretend, though it has been compiled with great care ; and as the general flan has been approved by teachers, as applicable to the real purposes of tuition, their kind suggestions inay coiitribute to its greater perfection. ^ Those who would fairly estimate this work, must remember, that it is not drawn up on a plan to catch attention by its fascinating details ; but it is simply a school-book to be used for school- tasks ; and that its object is to lay the ground^ work of a science, the better to prepare youth for profiting by the perusal of more voluraiaous treatises. " Of an abstract," to use the words of Dr. John- son, " it is not necessary to say more, and truth does not require me to say less." METHOD OF TEACHING.:^ a ^ Only the pages printed with the larger Roman type, which precede each quarter, and form the General Summary, should be Jirst learned by heart, with successive reference to the maps, till the whole be very familiarly known. The divisions and subdivisions printed in Italics at the head of each country, studied with OS- TELL'S or RUSSELL'S ATLAS (both excel- lent), may form a second course. And if the pupil's time will permit, a third course of very careful reading through the smaller type (so as to enable him to answer the general questions subjoined, page 187) will communicate a much greater body of valuable information than can be derived from any 9^%^^ school treatise. CONTENTS Definitions Land . Water. y-t'T' GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE WORLD SUMMARY OF EUROPE Lapland Sweden and Nonvny Swedt"' ^ Norway Denmark Russia . ^ Poland . vj?^;^ Prussia >' England i JVales . Scotland Ireland , Netherlands or Holland ,i Flanders or Belgium St.- Germany "^ Austrian Einpir Hungary^ ^c. France . Spain , ^ir ' Portugal l Switzerland :%;); Italy . ^i United States of the Ionian Islands - Turkey . . , ,> Greece . page . 1 . 1 . 2 SUMMARY OF ASIA Turkey in Asia Arabia , , . . Russia in Asia . , Independent T'artary 4 8 9 9 11 14 17 22 25 28 39 41 45 48 51 53 58 60 62 69 74 77 79 84 85 87 89 91 94 97 99 "1 Viii CONTENTS. * PAGE Persia 100 j4fghanistafi, or Eastern Persia .... 103 Hindostan, or India ••..... 104 India beyond the Ganges . . • . . 1 10 Birman Empire 112 Siam 112 Cochin China, or Empire of Annam . • 113 Chinese Empire 115 Chinese Tartary and Tibet 119 Empire of Japan 120 Asiatic Islands 122 AUSTRALASIA AND POLYNESIA . . 124 Australasia . • • 125 Polynesia 127 SUMMARY OF AFRICA 129 Barbary 132 Egypt, and the Countries bordering on the Red Sea 133 Countries on the West Coast of Africa . , 135 Central Africa • 136 Countries on the East Coast of Africa . • 137 Southern Africa 138 Mountains, Bays, Rivers, Sfc 138 African Islands , , 140 AMERICA 141 SUMMARY OF NORTH AMERICA . . 142 British Possessions in North America , . 145 United States of America 148 Late Spanish Possessions, or Mexico . . 151 WEST INDIA ISLANDS .... 153 SUMMARY OF SOUTH AMERICA . . 156 Empire of Brazil, , . 162 Chief Islands, Rivers, Sfc • 164 OF THE GLOBES. .". . . . . . 167 The T'errestrial, Problems on ^ . , . 172 The Celestial Globe . . . . „ . ,181 Questions on the Maps and Globes . . , 187 Names of Places, ivith their true Accenlua- Hon . • •• 194 4t LLiij.. u.mJS Mmmm»t GUY'S T SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. ^- :■•;, ""'li DEFINITIONS. /;^.^ Geography is a description of the surface of the earth, as consisting of land and water. The Land is divided into Continents, Islands, Peninsulas, Isthmuses, Capes or Promontories; with Mountains, Cliffs, Shores or Coasts. The Water consists of Oceans, Seas, Archi- pelagos, Lakes, Gulfs, Bays, Straits, and Chan nels ; with Creeks, Roads, Havens or Harbours, Friths or Estuaries, Sounds and Rivers. LAND. 'k.f.'l'S.'Jfbi A Continent is the greatest extent of land, no- where entirely separated by water : as the Eastern and Western Continents; the former including Europe, Asia, and Africa ; and the latter, North and South America. M i *^ .> ^^^ h ' An Island is a portion of land, surrounded by water; as Great Britain and Ireland. A Peninsula is a portion of land, almost sur- rounded by water ; as the Morea in Greece. An Isthmus is a neck of land, uniting a penin- sula to the main land ; as the Isthmus of Corinth. A Cape is the extremity of a promontory, or a peninsula ; as the Cape of Good Hope. A Promontory is high mountainous land, pro* B a GUY S GEOGRAPHY. jecting into the sea ; as Cape Horn ; the Promon- tory of Gargano ; and Cape St. Vincent. A Mountain is a vast elevation of the eai'th ; as Mount Blanc ; the Alps ; the Pyrenees. A Fb/cano is a mountain which occasionally emits fire, stones, &c. ; as Mount Vesuvius, in Naples. A Cliff is a steep declivity on the sea coast ; as the Cliff's of Margate and Dover, in Kent. A Shore or Coast is that land which borders on the Sea. WATER. An Ocean is the largest extent of water, no- where entirely intercepted by land ; as the North- ern or Arctic Ocean ; the Western or Atlantic Ocean ; the Pacific Ocean or Great South Sea ; the Indian, and the Southern Ocean. A Sea is a smaller extent of water, somewhat confined by land; as the Irish Sea; the North Sea ; the Baltic ; and the Mediterranean Sea. An Archipelago is a part of the sea, studded with numerous islands. ♦ V* A Lake is water surrounded by land ; as the Lakes of Ladoga and Onega ; Lake of Geneva, &c. A Gulf is an arm of the sea, running up into the land ; as the Crulf of Venice ; and the Gulf of Finland. A Bay is a portion of sea, running into, but not entirely surrounded by land ; as the Bay of Biscay. A Strait is a narrow passage of water, joining one sea to another ; as the Straits of Dover ; the Straits of Gibraltar. A Chanvel is a wider passage of water firom one sea to another ; as St. George's Channel. A Creek is a narrow branch of the sea, rxmning into the land. .^ >. v > w .; Vr ^ A Road is a part of a coast, where ships may janchor, as Yarmouth Roads off the Norfolk coast. mam GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE WORLD. 3 A Haven or Harbour, is a small portion of sea surrounded by lard, in which ships may remain in safety ; as Portsmouth Harbour ; Milford Haven. A Frith or Estuary^ is the widening of a river into an arm of the sea ; as the Frith of Forth ; the Humber. ' « A Sound is a bay or strait, so shallow, that it may be sounded ; as Plymouth Sound ; the Sound of Mull, in Scotland. A River is a considerable stream of inland water, running into the sea, or into a large river ; as the Thames, the Severn, and the Trent. GENERAL SUMMARY :V OF THE WORLD. ^ ^ The Earth is generally divided into four parts, usually called quarters, viz., Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. Europe is the smallest division, but celebrated for its learning, civilization, government, and laws ; for the fertility of its soil, and the tempera- ture of its climate. In Asia the human race was first planted ; and it was here the most remarkable transactions occurred, that are recorded in the Scripture His- tory. Africa has been always in a state of barbarism, if we except Egypt, where lived the ancient fa- thers of learning ; and Carthage, once the rival of the Roman empire. America, though containing many tribes of wandering Indians, is now almost entirely under the dominion of inhabitants springing from Europeans. It was discovered by Columbus more than three hundred years ago ; and is fre- quently called the New World. B 2 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. EUROPE. Europe is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean ; on the South by the Mediterranean, the Black Sea, and Caucasian Motintains; on the East by the Ouralian Mountains, and the River Oural, and north-western coast of the Caspian Sea; and on the West, by the Atlantic Ocean. It extends from north to south about 2,400 miles ; and from east to west about 3,300. STATES. ' ' ^ Lapland . . . '' . Sweden and Norway . Denmark . . . . Russia . . . . Poland . . . . Prussia . . . . CHIEF CITIES. Tornea. Stockholm, Bergen. * Copenhagen, \\ St. Petersburg, Moscow. Warsaw, Cracow. s»r . Berlin. a The British Dominions, viz. ^^'i^ England . . . London. Scotland . . . Edinburgh. Ireland . . . Dublin. Netherlands or Holland Amsterdam. Flanders or Belgium . Brussels. Germanic Confederation Frankfort. Austrian Dominions, viz. Austria . . . Vienna. . Bohemia . Prague. Hungary. Buda, Presburgh. France * . . . Paris. ; Spain . . . %. . Madrid. ^^ { Portugal * ;; , . . Lisbon. Switzerland • . Berne. Italy includes, ^.M-.^ '^';., Milan l-,h-^'r: . Milan. "^ Mantua . * Mantua. Venice . Venice. GENERAL SUMMARY OF EUROPE. rctic , the the ,iver pian 1. It iles ; ft'- Italy : — states. Piedmont Genoa Savoy chief cities. Turin. Genoa. Chamberry. i Sardinia (Island) Cagliari. Parma . . . Parma. ^ Modena . . . Modena. Tuscany. . . Florence. ^* States ofthe Church Rome. Naples . . . Naples. - Sicily . . . Palermo. Turkey .... Constantinople. Greece .... Athens. CHIEF ISLANDS. In the Arctic and North Atlantic Ocean, are Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, Iceland, and the Feroe Isles ; more southward are Great Britain and Ireland ; to which belong the Shetland Isles, the Orkneys, the Hebrides or Western Isles, Holy Island, the Isles of Man, Anglesea, Scilly, Wight, Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, and Sark; and the Isle of Sheppey, near the mouth of the Thames. The Azores, consisting of St. Michael, Terceira, Pico, &c., belong to Portugal. In the Baltic, are Funen and Zeeland, Falster, Langeland, Femeren, Laaland, Moen, Bomholm, &c., belonging to Denmark ; — Oeland and Goth- land, to Sweden ; — Rugen to Prussia ; — Dago, Oesel and Aland to Russia ; — and the Isle of Heligoland, west of Denmark, to Great Britain. Belonging to France are, Ushant Isles ; Belle- Isle, Isles of Rhe, Oleron, and Noirmoutier, in the Bay of Biscay ; and Hieres, south of Pro- vence. In the Mediterranean are, Iviza, Majorca, Mi- norca, belonging to Spain — Corsica, Sardinia, Elba, Sicily, Liperi Isles, and Malta. — In the Adriatic Sea or Gult of Venice, are the Dalmatian p '^' O GUY S GEOGRArHT. Isles. On the coast of Greece, are the Ionian Isles, viz. Corfu, Paxo, Santa Maura, Thiaki or Ithaca^ Cephalonia, Zante, and Cerigo. To the south, Candia and Negropont, with numerous islands in the Archipelago. PENINSULAS. The Peninsulas are those of Jutland in Den- mark, — Spain, — Italy, — Morea in Greece, — and the Crimea, or Krim, near the Sea of Azov. - . ISTHMUSES. The Isthmuses are those of Corinth and Prekop ; the former joins the Morea, and the latter the Crimea. »\ CAPES. North Cape of Lapland ; Naze, or Lindesnaes, S. of Norway ; Spurn Head, N. of the Humber ; Lizard Point and Land's End, in Cornwall ; Cape Clear, S. of Ireland ; Cape La Hogue, N. W. of France ; Capes Ortegal and Finisterre, N.W. of Spain ; Cape St. Vincent, S.W. of Portugal ; Cape Passaro, S. of Sicily ; Spartivento and Di Leuca, S. of Italy ; and Cape Matapan, S. of the Morea, in Greece. ' / :.' ' MOUNTAINS. " ' ^■'ZL Dofrefield, or Norrska Fiellen, between Nor- way and Sweden ; Ouralian Mountains to the N.E. of Russia ; the Hartz in Germany ; Pyre- nees, between France and Spain ; the Sierra Nevada, in Spain; and Sierra da Estrella, in Portugal ; Carpathian Mountains, between Po- land and Hungary. The Alps bound the north of Italy. The Apennines extend through the whole length of Italy. The Peak in Derbyshire ; Wharnside and Ingleborough, in Yorkshire ; Plinlimmon and Snowdon, in Wales ; the Gram- m GENERAL SUMMARY OF EUROPE. 7 pians in Scotland ; with the Cheviot Hills, on the borders of England and Scotland. Mount Blanc, in Savoy ; St. Gothard and Great St. Bernard, in Switzerland. The Haemus or Balkan, in Turkey. The Volcanic Mountains are, Vesuvius near Naples ; Etna, in Sicily ; and Hecla, in the cold isle of Iceland. r OCEANS, SEAS, &c. The Atlantic or Western Ocean ; the Arctic or Frozen Ocean ; the White Sea ; the Baltic Sea ; with the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland ; the Skager Rack ; the Cattegat ; and the Sound ; the North Sea, or German Ocean ; the Irish Sea and St. George's Channel ; the English Channel, and Straits of Dover ; the Bay of Biscay ; Straits of Gibraltar ; and the Mediterranean Sea, the east part of which is called the Levant ; the Straits of Messina and Bonifacio ; the Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of Venice; the Ionian Sea, and Gulfof Lepanto; the Archipelago •, Dardanelles ; Sea of Marmora ; and Straits of Constantinople ; the Black Sea, Straits of Caffa, or Jenicale ; and the Sea of Azov. CHIEF RIVERS. The Thames, Severn, Mersey, Trent, Humber, Tees, and Tyne, in England ; the Forth, Clyde, and Tay, in Scotland ; the Shannon, in Ireland ; the Elbe, in Germany ; the Weisel, or Vistula, in Poland and Prussia ; the Volga and Don, in Russia ; the Rhine in Germany and the Nether- lands ; the Seine, Rhone, and Garonne, in France ; the Tagus, in Portugal and Spain ; the Ebro, in Spain ; the Po and Tiber, in Italy ; and the Danube, which flows through Germany, Hun- gary, and Turkey, into the Black Sea. 8 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. LAPLAND. Lapland is not an independent staie, it is divided into Norweffifni and Swedish, and Russian Lapland. The whole country of Lapland extends from the North Cape to the White Sea. Norwegian Lapland is in- cluded in the government of Wardehuus. South Ljap- land is the most valuable. Russian Lapland lies between Lake Enara and the White Sea. The dimen- sions of each of these parts have not been ascertained with accuracy. Extent. It is difficult to apply any scale of measure- ment to this irregular tract of country ; but the length may be stated at about 600 miles, and the breadth 500. Climate. The winters are intensely cold. It is no un- usual thing for people's lips to be frozen to the cup in at- tempting to drink. Their limbd sometimes mortify with the cold. Drifts of snow sometimes suddenly come on, four or five feet deep, threatening to bury the traveller. When a thaw takes place, and a frost succeeds, the I^ap- lander is presented with a smooth level of ice, over which he travels, with a rein-deer in a sledge, with inconceivable swiftness, two hundred miles a day. Owing to the general barrenness of the soil, Lapland is but thinly peopled. The heats of summer are excessive for a short time. During // the winter in some parts of r.apland, the sun is absent for seven weeks ; but the moon and stars are visible, and shine without intermission. In the summer the sun does not set for as long a time. Mountains. Lapland is a vast mass of mountains, irregularly crowded together, separated, however, in some parts, with rivers and lakes ; and in others, intermixed with forests, heaths, fens and deserts, and even with cul- tivated vales. Metals, &c. Silver and gold mines, as well as copper and lead, have been found here, and worked with ad- vantage. Animals. Bears, wolves, and lynxes are sometimes met with ; also foxes, hares, and squirrels, which become white in winter ; but the animal most peculiar to Lapland is the rein-deer, which, during life, supplies its master with labour and milk, i.nd, when dead, every part be- comes serviceable ; the skin for clothing and boots ; the horns to make utensils ; the sinews for thread, and the flesh for food. mmmm EUROPE. SWEDEN. Lanouaok. So imperfect is the language of the Lap- landers, that it is with difficulty they understand each other ; it is of Finnish origin. They have neither writ- ing nor letters among them, but a number of hierogly- phics. Customs, &c. The Laplanders live in huts in the form of tents ; their fire is made upon stones in the middle ; scarcely able to stand upright, they mostly sit upon their heels round the fire. When they take their meals, a carpet is spread on the ground, and the food placed thereon, round which both men and women sit close to the ground. Government. The Danes, Swedes, and Russians, after having divided this country, endeavoured, but with no great success, to subject the Laplanders to their different forms of government. The Norwegian part of Lapland (hitherto called Danish Lapland) has been ceded to Sweden : and a part of Swedish Lapland was conquered by Russia. on. loes )me zed )ul- SWEDEN AND NORWAY. Sweden and Norway are united into one kingdom^ ex- tending from north to south 1190 miles, with a breadth of 480, and a population of upwards of four millions, SWEDEN. Sweden is divided into the following Provinces, viz. — PROVINCES. CHIEF TOWNS. Sweden Proper . . , Stockholm, Upsal. Gothland .... Calmar, Lund, 8f Gottenlurg. Nordland 8f West Bothnia Umea. Stvedish Lapland . . Tornea, Umea. The Swedish Isles are Gothland and Oeland, with innumerable smaller ones on the coasts. Gulf of Bothnia, tvhich is an arm of the Baltic. The Sound is a strait that separates Sweden from Ze eland. SWEDEN, though a very large State, being upwards of 900 miles long, and in some parts 400 broad, contains comparatively few inhabitants ; not more than three mil- lions. It is bounded on the north by Lapland, on the east by the Gulf of Bothnia and the Baltic, on the south by the Baltic, and on the west by Norway, the Cattegat, and the Sound. . 10 GUY S OEOORAPUY. I // SwEDKN Proprr, coutains the provinrcs of Uplandia, Siulermania, WcHtcrinania, Nerica, and Dalccarlia. Stockholm is the capital of UiIh country, and contains 78,000 inhabitants, it is built on six small islands, ^vhicb are Joined together by wooden bridges, and is neither walled nor fortified, being naturally secured by little rocks and islands which surround it. Stockholn* ih the resi- dence of the kings of Sweden ; and many of the palaces are covered with copper. Its arsenal is famous. IJptal is a considerable town, and noted for its university. Gothland, contains East Gothland, West Gothland, Smaland,Wcrmland, Schonen, Uleking, &c. Caimar, a sea- port for exporting planks, hemp, alum, &c. Lund is ac- counted the most ancient town in Sweden ; it is said to have flourished at the time of our Saviour's birth, it his a university. Gottenhurg is a fortified and commercial town of "West Gothland, seated at the mouth of the ji: . r Gotha, which forms an excellent harbour. It is t> .. • at situation for foreign trade of any in the kingdoon, as it lies without the Sound. Carlakrona is a naval port and arsenal. NoHDLAND includes the provinces of West Bothnia, Gestricia, Helsingia, Medalpadia, Jemtland, and Anger- mannland. Swedish Lapland includes Pithea, Tornea, Komi, &c. Tornea lies north of the Gulf of Bothnia, on a small island, and has a good harbour. Here the Laplanders, Norwe- gians, and Russiant^ resort, to barter their skins, &c., for other articles. The Island of Gothland is fertile, with fine woods of oaks and pines, and good pastures and fisheries. Oeland is also a fertile island. Climate, &c. Ju the north of Sweden there is neither spring nor autumn. Summer bursts suddenly from winter, and vegetation is quick : the valleys, which were before covered with snow, are green in a few days. It lasts about three months, and in this season they sow and plant. There is little corn, but good pastura^'^. Metals. Sweden contains mince a'1 Sliiver, Copner, Lead, and Iron. The copper mir •: t< . y spac ./us, affording commodious subterraneous Liiuitations for nu- merous families. Animals, &c. The wild animals are the bear, the lynx, the wolf, the beaver, otter, glutton, flying squirrel, &c. The Swedish horses are preferable in war to the German, rriere is plenty of venison and fish. Fr.oPLE, — CusTCMs. The Swedes are in general h ;a!thy, cheerful, complaisant, and courageous ; they can CKdure huni':er, cold, and poverty. The women here go to mmmmm EUROPE. — NORWAY. II i plough, thresli out the corn, row upon the water, Bcnrc the brickhiyers, tntl carry burthenfl. The order of nobl<>« is HO numerouH iliat many shopkeepers hate titles, and ihoy are eagerly Kought ifttr by all olusses. Kemgion. ^'hristiuiiil} was introduced here in th» ninth ct-ntury. Tlioir religion is Lutheran, which wat propagated mong them by Gustavus Yasa, about the year 1533. No other religion is to I* ruled. Lanuuaub, &c. The Swedish lanfeMiagn is a dialect of the Teutonic, and reacmbUs that of Demnark. The Swedes discover a taste for literature. Drawing, sculp- ture, architecture, and agriculture, are all encouraged. The University of Upsul is termed the great and unrivallod school of natural history. Linneeus contributed to the im- provement of botany. yw/Tcwrfo;;/' was a great statesman, civilian, and historian. Chuonolooy. Scandinavia was the ancient name < f Sweden and Norway. The Goths were the early inhabii- ants of this country ; who, Joined by the Normans, Saxoni, Vandals, &c., subdued the Roman Kmpire. Sweden was united to Denmark and Norway in 138' , under Margarett by the union of Calmar, and continued b > till 1523, when the famous Gustavus Vasa expelled the Danes, and ever since it has remained independent. It w is made an ah- solute monarchy in 1772, by Gustavus III Those called the States having greatly abused their pow* r to the dissa- tisfaction of the majority of the people, a gr 'at revolution took place, and the king assumed the power vested in their sovereigns by the ancient constitution. Gustavus III. was basely assassinated in 1792, and on his death-bed nominated his brother, the Dune of Suder- mania, regent during the minority of his son , the heir to the throne. The young king, Gustavus IV., utter a short reign, was deposed by his uncle the Duke, wh< • seized the government. Bernadotte, a French general, was shortly after chosen heir to the crown, and on the death ^f Charles XIII., succeeded, with the title of Charles- ^ -^1 j^ NORWAY. Norway is divided into four viz, — II I *-^*'' . GOVERNMENTS. CnVpF "lOWNS.A^ U^ Drontheim , , . T)ronthehn\^ ^i\ Bergen Bergen, X\/^J^-.^^__,,^Q"" Christiamand . . , Christiansanat /^Qir% ^^^ Aggerhuus , . . Christiana and Ptti 12 GUY B GEOGRAPHY. // Mountains. — The Dofrefieldy Daarafield, or Norr^ aJca Fiellen. Islands. — The Loffoden Isles, Wardehuus, Maycroe or North Cape, 8fc. Cafes. — North Cape, and the Naze or Lindesnaes, NORWAY (or the NortJiern way) is about 1,000 miles long, and averages 220 broad. It is separated from the north of Denmark, by the Skager Hack and the Cattegat ; and it lies along the north-west coast of Europe. Its po- pulation is about one million. Wardehuus takes its name from a small island and seaport of Finmark or Norwegian Lapland in the north of Europe. DiioNrHEiM lies north of Bergen, extending nearly 500 miles in length along the coast of the North Sea. The town of Drontheim was formerly the capital of Norway, and the usual residence of its kings. Beugen or Bergenhuus, is on the south-west coast. Bergen, a handsome and ancient sea-port, is its capital ; sometime the capital of Norway and the residence of the viceroy. Christiansand, the most southern province of Nor- way, has a capital of the same name ; its harbour is fre- quented for shelter by vessels passing to and from the Baltic. Aggerhuus is a very mountainous province, in the south part of Norway. Christiana, the present capital of the kingdom, has an excellent harbour, and carries on a con- siderable trade. Frederickschall is a sea-port. At the siege of this place, Charles XII. of Sweden lost his life, being killed by a musketball in the trenches, in the year 1718. Mountains. The Dofrejteld mountains frequently called the Norwegian Alps, lie between Sweden and Nor- way, for-^iing a long chain from north to south. They have different names, as Norrska Fiellen, Runfield, Dour- field, &c. Rivers. The rivers and cataracts which intersect the mountains, render travelling exceedingly dangerous. The Glommen is the principal. Islands. The Loffoden Isles lie off the western coast of Norway. Capes. The North Cape at the northern, and the Naze at the southern, extremity of Norway. The coast of Norway is penetrated by arms of the sea called ^orc?s, the shores of some of them are the most fer- tile spots in the country; others are surrounded byenor- EUROPE. NORWAY. 13 mous perpendicular rocks. On the western coast is the famous vortex of the sea, called the Maelstroom, If a ship or any thing comes near it, it is drawn in and dashed to pieces. Ci-iMATE, &c. The climate of Norway varies greatly. At Bergen the winter is moderate and the sea is practica- ble. The eastern part of Norway is commonly covered with snow. The cold sets in about the middle of October, and continues with intense severity, till the middle of April. At Bergen, the longest day consists of about nine- teen hours, and the shortest of about five. In summer the inhabitants can read and write at midnight by the light of the sky ; and in the more northerly parts, about midsum- mer, the sun is continually in view ; but in the depth of winter, in those parts, there is only a faint glimmering of light, at noon, for about an hour and a half; yet the sky is often so serene, and the moon and the aurora borealis so bright, that they carry on their fishery, and work at their several trades in the open air. People — Customs. The Norwegians are less polished than the Swedes and Danes. They are in geneial strong, robust, brave, frank, and hospitable, but quick in their resentments. Every inhabitant is an artizan, and sup- plies his family in all its necessaries with his own ma- nufactures. They have few corn-fields or gardens to cultivate ; and for their living they are obliged to spend their time in hunting or fishing. Their chief wealth con- sists in their immense forests, which furnish foreigners with masts, beams, planks, and boards. They have a great variety of birds and fish ; and their animals are much the same as those given in the account of Sweden and Lapland. > Stonls and Minerals. They have quarries of excel- lent marble and other stones, and mines of various metals. The magnet and asbestos, both of which have such won- derful properties, are also found here. ' ' ' Rehuion, Their religion is Lutheran, and they have bishops, as those of Denmark, without temporal jui-isdic- tion. Chronoloqy. Norway belonged to Denmark for up- wards of j^ne centuries, but at the peace of Paris, in 1814, it was united to Sweden ; it is still, however, a distinct kingdom, governed by its own laws and legislature, and acknowledging fealty only to Sweden. >9 »i' ■■*:;.i! .'k 14 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. •tt ^' '''■'■-- DENMARK. ■•:-^'-*-\ ' Denmark consists of the Peninsula of Jutland and Sleswick^ the Duchies of Holstein and Lauenhurg^ and several islands in the Baltic Sea. DUCHIES, &C. CHIEF TOWNS. Denmark Jutland Proper^ Sleswick Holstein , Lauenhurg , 2'he Chief Zeeland Islands, Funen . Wihorg, Aalahorg, Aarhuus. , Sleswickf Flensburg, Ripen. . Gluckstadtf Altona^ and Kiel. . Lauenhurg. . Copenhagen, Elsinore. , Odense. The other Islands are Falster, Langeland^ Laaland, Femeren, Alsen, Moen, Bomholmf 8fc. In the North Sea, Iceland, Greenland, Spitzhergen^ and the Feroe Isles. W DENMARK lies to the north of Germany. It has the German Ocean on the west, the Cattegat and Baltic on the east, and the Skager Rack on the north. The con- tinental parts of Denmark, comprising Jutland, with the Duchies of Holstein and Lauenhurg, are ahout 250 miles in length from north to south, and ahout 90 miles at tlie greatest width. Jutland is composed of four general govemmerts, Wiborg is one of the most ancient towns in the kingdom, Slkswick lies to the south of Jutland ; its chief towns are Sleswick on the river Slei/, and Flensburg, a sea-port in the Little Belt. Holstein and Lauenburg. These Duchies, forming the southern boundary of the kingdom, are separated from Hanover by the Elbe. Lauenburg originally formed part of the Hanoverian dominions, but was annexed by an act of the Congress of Vienna to Prussia ; and since trans- ferred by that power in exchange for Pomerania and Ru- gen, which had been ceded to Denmark in lieu of Norway and Lapland. Gluckstadt, with a population of 6,000 is the capital city. AUona, the principal town, contains upwards of 26,000. Zeeland is the largest of the isles of Denmark, and ex- ceedingly fertile. Copenhagen, the capital of Denmark, is considered the most uniform and best built city of the north. It is seated on the east shore of the island. The haven is the chief glory of Copenhagen ; it is generally crowded with ships. Several of the 8tr« jts have canals and quays for ships. EUROPE. — DENMARK. 15 FuNBN lifcs between Jutland and Zeeland. The Little Belt separates it from Jutland, and the Great Belt from Zeeland. It is fertile in pasture and grain. Odense is its capital, an ancient town, about two miles from the Bay of Slegestrand. Falstkr lies south of Zeeland : it is fertile, and abounds in game. Langeland is a fertile isle, between Laaland and Funen. Laaland, a small but very fertile isle, south of Zeeland, producing fine wheat. Femem, a small island three miles from the coast of Holstein. Alsen lies between the Duchy of Sleswick and Funen ; it is noted for producing aniseeds. Mona or Moen lies south-east of Zeeland. Bornholm is nearly surrounded with rocks : the soil is stony, but fertile. Iceland, a large island north of Europe. For nearly two months together the sun is never fully below the horizon in summer, nor above it in winter. This island is famous for the burning mountain Hecla, and the Geysers, springs of boiling water. SkaalhoU, the capital, has a college, a cathedral, and a school. Greenland (on which the Danes have a settlement, and is probably connected with the continent of America) is noted for the whale fishery on its coasts. Spitzbergen is sometimes comprehended under the general name of Greenland, The Feroe islands amount to twenty-five in the Northern Ocean ; and each is a lofty mountain rising out of the waves. Seventeen only are inhabited. Climate, &c. The climate is more temperate in Den- mark, on account of the vapours from the sarrounding sea, than in many more southerly parts of Europe. Spring and autumn are seasons scarcely known here, on account of the sudden transitions from cold to heat, and from heat to cold. It is a flat country, abounding in bogs and morasses, and extremely subject to fogs. The Soil is, upon the whole, but indiflferent. It pro- duces, however, sufficient corn and good pasturage in many parts, and the coasts supply plenty of fish. Animals. The Danes have an excellent breed of horses, both for the saddle and carriage ; great numbers of these and of horned cattle are sold annually. Population, &c. The population of the whole of his Danish Majesty's dominions, including Jutland, Hol- stein, Lauenburg, the Isles, &c., amounts to about two millions. The ancient inhabitants of Denmark possessed a degree of courage which approached even to ferocity ; at present they are considered quiet and industrious. Religion. Their religion is Lutheran, but all others 16 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Wi \ are tolerated. The kingdom is divided into six dioceses governed by Bishops; but they have little temporal power, and few cathedrals or ecclesiastical courts. Language, &c. Their language is a dialect of the Teu- tonic ; but German and French are spoken at court. English also has been usually taught as a necessary part of a superior education. There is a university at Copen- hagen, but the Danes have not, in general, distinguished themselves in literature. Astronomy, however, boasts their Tycho Brake; and Zoega, one of the most learned of modern antiquaries, was a Dane ; as is also Thorwald- son, one of the greatest of modern sculptors. Curiosities, &c. The Royal Museum of Copenhagen contains one of the finest collections in Europe ; and the round tower of Trinity Church is so contrived, that a coach may drive to its top. The population of Copen- hagen exceeds 120,000. The ancient inscriptions in Runic characters inscribed upon rocks are thought to be the greatest curiosities. They are supposed to be the ancient manner of writing, before the use of paper and waxen tablets were known. Government, &c. Denmark is an hereditary mo- narchy, and governed in an absolute manner. But the Danish kings are legal sovereigns; for the senators, nobility, clergy, and commons divested themselves of their right as well as power in 1660, and made a formal surrender of their liberties to the then king, Frederick III. Commerce, &c. Denmark is extremely well situated, and her harbours well calculated for commerce. Her mariners are expert. The Danes export fir and timber for ship-builders, tallow, hides, train oil, tar, and iron, black cattle, horses, &c., the natural product of this country. Revenues. The revenues are from three sources — im- positions on the natural subjects, duties paid by foreigners, and the king's own demesne lands, including confiscations. All foreign ships that pass through the Sound pay the toll at Elsineur^ a town situated on the Sound at the entrance of the Baltic. The whole revenue of his Danish Majesty may amount to about a million and a half sterling. Chronology. The Scandinavians or Cimbri, and the Teutones were ancient inhabitants of Denmark, as well as of Norway and Sweden. The terms Danes, Saxons, Jutes, or Goths, Germans, &c., were also promiscuously used even long after the tim<^ of Charlemagne. In the beginning of the eleventh century, under Canute the Greaty Denmark appeared in the zenith of glory, as far as extent of dominioa can sanction the expression. EUROPE. — RUSSIA. 17 Very few interesting events preceded the year 1387, when Margaret mounted the throne, and, partly by her address, and partly by her hereditary right, formed the union of ('almar, by which she was acknowledged sove- reign of Sweden, Denmark, and Norway. She held her dignity with such firmness and courage, that she was justly styled the Semiramis of the North. But her suc- cessors being destitute of her great qualifications, lost Sweden; Norway, however, still continued annexed to Denmark. In 1448, the crown of Denmark fell to Christian, Count of Oldenburg, from whom the present royal family of Denmark is descended. In 1513, Christian II., one of the greatest tyrants of modern times, mounted the throne. The Danes, on account of his bloody massacres, rebelled against him. Frederick Duke of Hohtein was unanimously chosen. He embraced the opinions of Luther; and in 1.536, the Protestant religion was established there by Christian III. The present king, Christian VIII., was cousin to the late sovereign, Frederick VI. RUSSIA IN EUROPE. The Empire of Russia occupies all the north-east part of Europe, and iiorth of Asia. Russia Proper contains 38 governments, to which are added 13 conquered provinces, including Poland and Finland; Perm^ and O^'cnburg* are partly in Asia. Archangel Livonia, or Penza Tchermgov " Olonetz Riga Simbirsk Oukrain Vologda Tver Orenburg* CHIEF TOWN Revel Vladimir Orlov Charkov St. Peters- Nizney Nov - Tambov Poltava burg gorod Koursk Ekaterinoslav Novgorod Kazane Voronez Taurida Jaroslav Smolensk Saratov CHIEF TOWN Kostroma Moscotv Don Cossacks^ Simperopol Vyatka Kalouga CHIEF TOWN \ Kiev Perm* Toola Azov 1 Cherson Pskov Riazane Astrachan 1 I [The above governments have chief towns of the same name, with the exceptions noted.] """ 18 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. THIRTEEN CONQUERED PROVINCES. li PROVINCE CHIEF TOWN PROVINCE CHIEF TOWN Courland Mitlau Volhynia Jitomir Wilna Wilna Podolia Bratzlav Vitebsk f or) Bielo J Vitebsk. Bassarabia Bender Caucasus Georgievsk Minsk Minsk Doghestan Derhent Moghilev Moghilev Finland^ 1 Grodno Grodno including \Abo ^ Poland Warsaw Vyborg 1 The chief Cities are St. Petersburg, Moscow^ Archangel, Abo^Vyborg, Riga, Revel, Cronstadt,Odessaf Sevastopol, 8cc. The chief Rivers are the Volga, the Don, the Duna, the Borysthenes or Dnieper, the Dniester, and Dwina. The Mountains are those called Oural, or Oti- ralian. The Lakes are those of Ladoga, Onega, Ilmen, Sfc. The chief Islands are Cronstadt, Oesel, Dago, and Aland. The Gulfs are those of Finland, Livonia or Riga, ^c. II RUSSIA is bounded on the north by the Frozen Ocean, on the east by the North Pacific Ocean, on the south by Tartary, the Casjjian, and Black Seas, and on the west by Sweden, Prussia, Austria, Turkey, and the Baltic Sea. Its greatest length from west to east is about 6,000 miles, and its greatest width from north to sooth about 2^000 miles. St. Petersburg, the capital of this vast empire, is a large and handsome city, founded by Peter the Great in 1703, on the marshy banks of the River Neva, at the top of the Gulf of Finland. By making it the seat of government, and the principal sea-port of the empire, it has become one of the largest capitals of Europe ; by his cutting the canal of Yishnei Volotchok, and by other canals, since formed, opening a direct water communication between the Baltic and the Caspian Seas, it is now a place of considerable trade ; in 1840, the population amounted to 470,202. .-.y mm EUROPE. — RUSSIA. 19 ' Moscow is pleasantly situated in the very heart of the empire, and was formerly the capital ; since the erection of St. Petersburg it has been inhabited by the chief merchants and manufacturers of the country, and by such nobility as do not attend the courts Peter the Great had Moscow paved, and adorned with noble edifices. A great part of this city was burnt on the invasion of it by the French in 1812. It contains nearly 300,000 inhabitants. Archangel is on the borders of the White Sea, and is a place of good trade. The Russians build some of their men-of-war there. Vyborg is a well fortified sea-port town ; it is seated on the north side of the Gulf of Finland. liiga is a large, populous, and opulent city of Russia, near the Gulf of Riga or Livonia ; and, next to St. Petersburg, it is the most commercial town in the empire. The principal exports are corn, hemp, flax, iron, timber, masts, leather, tallow, &c. Revelf an opulent city of Russia, formerly one of the Hanse Towns, is seated near the Gulf of Finland, partly on a mountain. Cronstadt lies eight miles west of St. Petersburg, on an island. Its harbour is the station of the Russian fleet, having great magazines of naval stores. Odessa^ in the Black Sea, is the principal place for trade in the south of Russia. Sevastopol, in the Crimea, is the great naval station of Russia in the Black Sea. ^strachan, lies on the Volga, about twenty miles from the Caspian Sea. The population i jout 70,000, a mixture of Russians, Greeks, Tartars, English, French, and Persians ; even the Hindoos have a small quarter allotted them. Finland lies north of the Gulf of Finland and is tolerably fruitful ; it was ceded to Russia by the late peace. Abo lies near the point where the Gulfs of Bothnia and Finland meet. It is a sea-port ; the in- habitants export linen, corn, flax, and iron. This place was almost entirely destroyed by fire in September, 1827. The Cossacks are a people that originally inhabited the confines of Poland, Tartary, and Turkey, between the rivers Oural and Dniester ; they are divided into several branches, as the Cossacks of the Borysthenes ; the Don Cossacks; the Ouralian Cossacks, &c. They are now entirely subject to Russia. The Ouralian Cossacks enjoy the right of fishing on the coast of the Caspian Sea, in consequence of which many of them are very rich. Caucasus is a province extending from the Black to the Caspian Sea. Gheorgievsk and Mozdok are both 20 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. strongly fortified towns, intended to keep in check the Circassians who dwell amidst the mountains of Caucasus, and whose valour has hitherto defeated every effort of the Russians to reduce them to a state of subjection. The Circassians, though spare, are tall, handsome, and ath- letic ; the females are celebrated for their fine forms and delicate complexions. Rivers. The Vol(/a is the largest river in Europe ; after watering many fine provinces, it enters the Caspian Sea, by many mouths, helow ^straclian. The Don falls into the Sea of Azov. It has so many windings and shoals, that it is scarcely navigable. The Duna falls into the Baltic below Riga. The Dnieper (anciently Boryethenes) flows entirely through the Russian dominions, a course of about 800 miles, and falls into the Black Sea. The Dniester, a fine river that falls into the Black Sea, between the Danube and Dnieper. The Dwina falls into the "White Sea at Archangel. Mountains. The Ouralian mountains lie between Europe and Asia, towards the north. They contain gold mines, which have lately produced about 1,000,000/. annually. Lakes. The lake Ladoga lies north-east of St. Peters- burg. It is the largest lake in Europe. Seals abound in it. Onega lies to the north-east of Ladoga, and has a communication with it, and through it with St. Peters- burg. Ilmen lies south of Ladoga, near the city of Novgorod. Islands. Cronstadt, or the island of Retusari, is situ- ated near the top of the Gulf of Finland, eight miles west of St. Petersburg. Oesel and DagOj are two small islands between the Gulfs of Riga and Finland. Aland is at the southern extremity of the Gulf of Bothnia. Gulfs. The Gulf of Finland is that eastern arm of the Baltic that runs up to St. Petersburg. The Gulf of Livonia or Riga lies more southerly, forming the northern bound- ary of Courland. Climate, &c. Russia has a vast diversity both of soil and climate. In the northern parts the sun is seen in the summer two months above the horizon, without setting ; but in the southern the longest day does not exceed fifteen hours and a half. An inhabitant of our climate can have no idea of cold so intense as is experienced in Russia. When a person walks out in that severe weather, the cold makes the eyes water, and that water freezing, hangs in little icicles on the eye-lashes. As the common peasants usually wear their beards, they hang at the chin like a solid lump of ice ; and it is no uncommon thing to have In EUROPE. — RUSSIA. 21 the ends of their nones frozen. Russia is a flat level country, generally marshy, and abounding with forests, lakes, rivers, and vast barren steppes o T)lains. The northern parts are covered with snow mox than half the year ; hence it is, that they are but thinly peopled. The quickness of vegetation in Russia is nearly the same as described in Sweden. The country abounds with forests of pine and birch. Animals. The lynx, famous for its piercing eye, is a native of this empire. There are also hytenas, bears, wolves, the elk, antelope, beaver, &c. The furs of the black foxes and ermine are valuable. The Russians are well provided with sturgeon, cod, salmon, &c. Population, &c. The European provinces, exclusive of Poland, have a population of about 50,000,000, and the Asiatic states upwards of 5,000,000. The Russians are a personable people, hardy, vigorous, patient of labour, and of good stature. Before the days of Peter the Great they were considered as drunken, barbarous, and ignorant. The upper classes are now as refined as other Europeans ; but most of the peasants are serfs or slaves, and sold with the land ; their clothing are sheep skins with the wool turned inward. Religion. The established religion is the Greek church, but little differing from popery ; yet all others are permitted and protected. Language. The common language of Russia is a mix- ture of the Polish and Sclavonian ; the most learned of their clergy, however, make use of what is called modern Greek. The Russians have thirty-six letters, some of which have a strong resemblance to the old Greek al- phabet. Curiosities. Among these may be named the numer« ous canals made by Peter the Great, for the benefit of commerce. The rocks of ice found to the north of Russia, in the Frozen Ocean, may be mentioned also as great natural curiosit9^. They are of many miles extent, and of an astonishing height, and sometimes seem adorned, like cathedrals, with pinnacles, which reflect every variety of colour, in the sun. GovEKNMKNT. This vast tract of land is under the go- vernment of one monarch, formerly called Tzar of Mus- covy, till Peter the Great assumed the title of Emperor, and Autocrat of all the Russias. He rules in the most absolute manner, having the lives and fortunes of his sub- jects wholly at his disposal. The succession is hereditary, but the reigning sovereign has the power of appointing a successor. The acquisitions of territory by treaty and 22 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. conqueat have been unparalleled ; and the Russian domin^ ions in Europe, formerly an iusigniiicant territory round Moscow, now stretch from the Arctic Ocean to the Danube. Revknuk. This is uncertain, but supposed to be about 13,000,000/. sterling. CoMMERCB. Russia is noted for its timber, hemp, and flax trade, its iron and copper mines, its pitch, tar, tallow, wax, honey, furs and leather. The inland trade of Russia, which is extensive, is carried on by caravans, and the inland navigation by rivers and canals. To China, the Russians send furs, &c,, and bring back from thence, tea, silk, cotton, gold, &c. Chronology. The history of Russia is not very inter- esting till about 1450, w^hen John Basilovich re-conquered it from the Tartars. About the middle of the sixteenth century the Russians discovered and conquered Siberia. It became an empire in 1721, under Peter I. deservedly surnamed the Great. Perhaps a more extraordinary cha- racter, or a more indefatigable pnnce, for the welfare of his people, never appeared. The history of his reign, together with that of his empress, Catherine I., is worthy of particular attention. Afterwards succeeded Peter II. The reign of j47ine was a prosperous one ; but that of Elizabeth more glorious than the reign of any of her pre- decessors, her father's (Peter the Great) excepted. Peter III. succeeded; he lost his crowi e. id I'fe by his wife, the late Catherine II., who thus became empress. In her political capacity she was a great sovereign, Paul I., her successor, reigned neither long nor gloriously. His son Alexander, the late emperor, succeeded him. He was born in 1777, and began the work of establishing a kind of legislative body or senate in St. Petersburg. On his death, in 1825, he was succeeded by Nicholas I., his second bro- ther ; Constantine, the elder, relinquishing his right to the imperial crown. POLAND. Before the late extraordinary partitions of this country^ it was generally divided into twelve pro- vinces, of which — Russia has Courland., Samogitia, Lithuania, Ma- sovia, Polesia, Volhynia, and Podolia. Prussia has Polachia, Polish Prussia, Great Po- land. ^ '''• ii-.'i EUROPE. FOLAN I). S9 , Austria has Galicia and Lodomiriu. jy- ' The chief Cities are Warsaw and the indepemhnl city of Cracow. The chief Rivers are the Vistula^ the Dnieper, the Dniester^ and the Bug. I'he Mountains are those called the Krapackj or Carpathian Mountains. POLAND lies between Germany, Russia, and Prussia, and when entire, formed a kingdom of great extent, being about 600 miles from east to west, and as many from north to south. Its first partial dismemberment took place in 1772 ; a second partition in 1793 ; and in 1795, the king, Stanislaus Augustus, resigned his crown at Grodno. By the Congress of Vienna, however, it was agreed to erect it, or a considerable portion of it, into a separate kingdom under the protection of the emperor of Russia, but whatever privileges were then conferred were abolished in 1832, and its name blotted from the list of kingdoms. The unfortunate Poles, surrounded by hostile nations, and debarred from succour, made a gallant struggle for inde- pendence, and resisted the whole power of Russia for a considerable period ; but the country being without moun- tains to afford any strong positions for its defenders, Warsaw was carried by assault after a desperate defence. Since that time every effort has been made by Russia to destroy all trace of nationality. "Warsaw, in Masovia, formerly the capital, is a large city, surrounded by a moat and a double wall. Including its suburbs, it occupies a vast extent of ground. It is situated on the Vistula, which is about as broad here as the Thames at Westminster. Cracow stands also on the Vistula : many of the streets are spacious and handsome, but almost every building bears the marks of ruired grandeur. Here most of the sovereigns of Poland were both crowned and interred. Its university is much decayed. Its public square has been considered one of the largest in Eiurope. By the Congress of Vienna this was made a free city, "with an adjacent territory under the denomination of the "Bishop- ric of Cracow." Population 25,000. Podgorze is also declared a free city, with a territory of nearly four miles in circumference, but under the protection of Austria. Rivers. The Vistida is the largest river of Poland : it rises in the Carpathian Mountains, passes by Cracow, M GUYS GEOGRAPHY. Warsaw, Thorn, &c., and falU Into the Baltic bulow Dantziu. The Dnieper and the Dniester are noticed under Russia. The Btig risea in Fodolia and falls into the Dnieper. Mountains. The Carpathian Motmtaina divide Hun- gary and Transylvania from Poland. They are always covered with snow, which has been known to fall in the middle of summer. Except these, Poland is, in general, a level country. Climate, &c. The climate of Poland is considered healthy ; and though cold, it may yet be called temperate, and settled, for so northerly a situation. Soil and Produce. The soil is fertile in corn, as ap- pears from the vast quantities sent down the Vistula to Dantzic. The pastures of Poland are rich. Animals. The forests contain great numbers of buf- faloes, wolves, boars, gluttons, lynxes, elks, and deer, all wild ; and a creature called bohac, resembling a guinea- pig, but seemingly of the beaver kind, each having a separate apartment, and living ten or twelve in a tribe. ' Population, Manners, &c. Before the dismember- ment of this country, it was supposed to contain 14,000,000 of inhabitants. No fewer than 2,000,000 of Jews were said to inhabit there, but now the number is much re- duced. The Poles are fair in their complexion, well propor- tioned, and handsome ; brave, honest, and hospitable. Their diversions are manly and warlike. The grandeur and equipages of the Polish nobility have been described as ceremonious, expensive, and showy. I'he peasants were born slaves, and had no notion of liberty. Religion. Their religion is the Catholic ; but Jews, Turks, and Infidels, are tolerated. The number of Pro- testants is very considerable. The clergy have been accounted rich, powerful, and ignorant. Language. Their language is a dialect of the Scla- vonic, and is both harsh and inharmonious. The Latin is also common in some parts. The nobility and gentry speak French. Copernicus, the astronomer, was a native of this country. CuHiosiTiES. The salt mines here, consisting of nume- rous caverns several hundred yards deep, are wonderful ; as are the human bodies preserved in the grottos under the mountains near Kiov, on the Dnieper. ' * • ' - ' Commerce, &c. The chief exports of Poland are, all kinds of grain, hemp, flax, masts, planks, pitch, and tar honey, wax, tallow, &c. But commerce is chiefly con- fined to the city of Dantzic down the Vistula. EUROPE. PRUSSIA. 25 GovKRNMENT. The government was of a mixed form, beii)^ monarchical and ariBtocratical. The ki ii}^ watt elected by the nobility, gentry, and clergy ; and it was their cus. tuni not to inter their dead king till a new one wan chosen. Chhonoi.ooy. Poland was anciently the country of the VanduU, who in part emigrated from it to invade the Roman empire ; and they were i)artly expelled by the Kussians and Tartars. After a long succession of monarchs, the last sovereign, Stanislaus Augustus 1 1 1., was elected in 17(54. This prince, while a private nobleman, resided some time in London, and was a member of the Royal Society. His name de- serves to be immortalized for his generous exertions for the welfare and liberty of his subjects in 1791, when a revolution took place to remove those barriers which had before kept the nobility and citizens at too great a dis- tance from each other. The king and nobles patriotically stood forth, and re-modelled the constitution in a manner that did them honour, taking off the yoke of slavery from the people. But the barbarous policy of the neighbouring empires crushed the attempt. Stanislaus was deposed in 1795, and Poland dismembered. It now no longer stands amongst the list of nations. [For a more extended history of Poland, Sweden, Den- mark, Russia, Prussia, and the other European States, see "Guy's EmaiENXs ov Mudkun Hisiouy," price 3«.6rf.] PRUSSIA. The territories of Prussia having been considerably extended by the Congress of Vienna, are now formed into the following ten Provinces : PROVINCES. CHIEF TOWNS. Eastern Prussia . . . Konigsburg, Tilsit, Ale met Western Prussia . . . Dantzic, Elbing, Thorn Gratid Duchy (f Posen . Poscn Silesia Breslau, Glogau ' Brandetiburg .... Berlin Pomerania .... Stralsund, Stettin, Star ird Duchy of Saxony . . . Magdeburg^ Wittenbprg Westphalia .... Munster, Minden -.. Neufchatel .... Neufchatel Grand Duchy of the L ower Cologne, Aix-la- Chapelle, Rhine Coblentz Duchy of Cleves and Berg Cleves, Dusseldorf ' * c 26 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. // The last two Provinces comtitute the accessions of Prussia on the Rhine. The Rivers are, the Vistula y Prcgely Memelj Oder^ Warta, Elhe^ Rhine^ ^ . The principal GvLT is that of Dantzic. > The PRUSSIAN DOMINIONS, including the late acquisitions, are of considerable extent, being from 500 to 600 miles long from west to east, and the greatest width from north to south about 400 miles. They are bounded on the north by the Baltic, on the east by Poland, on the south by Bohemia, Franconia, &c., and on the west by the kingdom of the Netherlands : though this last boun- dary, it will be observed, includes the kingdoms of Saxony and Hanover, as well as some minor independent States. By the Congress of Vienna, the king of Prussia was created Duke of Saxony, Grand Duke of the Lower Rhine, Landgrave of Thuringen, Margrave of the Two Lusatias, and Count of Henneberg, and placed in sovereign posses- sion of a considerable part of Saxony, from the frontiers of Bohemia to Luckau, the bailiwicks of Turgau, Eilem- burg, and Delitz, the country of Merseburg on the Saal, the principalities of Paderborn, Minden, Neufchatel, Corbey, andSiegen, the ancient department of the Outhe, Lower Meuse and Roer, Grand Duchy of Berg, Duchy of Westphalia, &c. Part of Pomerania and the fertile island of Rugen, for- merly belonging to Sweden, were received by Denmark in exchange for Norway at the peace of 1814, and trans- ferred by that power to Prussia for the Duchy of Lauen- burg. Berlin, seated on the little river Sprea, is a large and handsome city, capital of the ancient electorate of Bran- denberg ; the seat of government, and the residence of the Prussian court. Its population in 1838 was 272,484. It has numerous manufactories of oloth, metals and glass ; and has a communication by water both with the Baltic Sea and the German Ocean. The New Theatre, and Museum, are two of the most splendid and classical struc- tures in Europe. Konigshurg the capital of the ancient kingdom of Prussia ; is a large beautiful city, containing upwards of. 63,000 inhabitants. It is distinguished for its commerce and shipping, and stands on the Pregel, over which it has seven bridges. There are many fine public buildings, and a celebrated university in this city. Dantzic is a large, rich, commercial town. It was an- EUROPE. PRUSSI A. 21 nexed to the king of Prussia's dominions in 1793. It has about 54,000 inhabitants, and is seated oh the western bank of the Vistula, near the Baltic. Memel is a strong fortress, and has an increasing trade. Thorn^ a city of Polish Prussia, stands on the Vistula, over which is a remarkable bridge. Its trade, though de- clining, is still considerable. Elbing is a populous sea- port situated on the river Elbing, east of the Vistula, near the Fntche Haffe. Posen, on the river Warta, is t a for- tified city, which is now erected into the capital of a grand duchy of this name, and furnishes one of the titles of his Prussian majesty. Breslau is the capital of Silesia, with a university. It is seated at the confluence of the rivers Oder and Ohlau, which last runs through some of the streets. It has several large squares, and the public build- ings are very stately. It is populous and much frequented by the merchants of the surrounding countries. !5^ Rivers. For the Vistula^ see Poland, Pregel runs into the Frische Haffe, below Konigsberg. Memet is a river in Lithuania, rimning near the town of the same name. The Gulf of Dantzic lies on the southern shores of the Baltic. The Climate, &c. The air upon the whole, is whole- some, the soil fruitful in corn and other commodities, and the forests abound with venison and wild fowl. The rivers and lakes are well stored with fish ; and amber is found on the coasts of the Baltic, particularly on the Samland shore. The Manners and Customs of the Prussians differ but little from those of the Germans. The same may be said of their diversions. The Religion of Prussia is Protestant, both Lutheran and Calvinist : but chiefly the former. Almost all other sects are here tolerated. There is a university at Konigs- burg. The Government is an absolute monarchy, and the succession hereditary. The Revenue, from its duties of customs and tolls, and the yearly 3ubsidies, &c., is supposed to amount to nearly 8,000,000/. The Commerce consists of naval stores, pot -ashes, am- ber, linseed, tallow, hei^ap-seed, wax, honey, corn, and other commodities. Their manufactories supply a great part»vf Germany, and are much increasing. Chronology. The early inhabitants, a brave and war- like people, descended from the Sclavonians, refused to submit to the neighbouring princes. They continued in- dependent and pagans to the time of the Crusades j when c2 28 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. about the year 1230, the German Knights of the Teutonic order, obliged them to embrace Christianity. The in- habitants of Prussia were almost extirpated by the reli- gious knights during these conflicts, and the country peopled with Germans. The elector, Frederick-William, surnamed the Great; by a treaty with Poland in 1657, obtained a confirmation of Ducal Prussia to nim and his heirs, freed from vassalage. With these titles they continued till 1701, when Frederic, son of Frederick- William the Great, raised the duchy of Prussia to a kingdom, placing the crown on his own head. Frederick-William III, whose reign commenced in 1797, died in 1840, and was succeeded by his son the crown prince, Frederick-William IV. — Population about 14,000,000. M f BRITISH ISLES. '-•j; The United Kingdom, or British Isles, include Great Britain and Ireland, with the adjacent isles. Great Britain is divided into England, Scotland, and Wales, v, •.," ^ ■> '■^,i4> 9 ENGLAND. England contains forty counties or shires, viz. ^ Six Northern Counties, counties. Northumberland Cumberland , Westmoreland Durham . Yorkshire . Lancashire J.4 CHIEF TOWNS. Newcastle, Morpeth, Alnwick ' , Carlisle, Penrith, Whitehaven Appleby, Kendal Durham, Stockton, Sunderland York, Leeds, Hull, Scarborou^ I Lancaster, Liverpool, Manchester Four bordering on Wales. j. Cheshire • . , Chester, Nantwich, Macclesfield Shropshire , , Shrewsbury, Ludlow, Bridgenorth Herefordshire . Hereford, Ledbury, Leominster Monmouthshire . Monmouth, Abergavenny r^'Y Ten North Midland. ^ Derbyshire . • Derby, Chesterfield, Ashbourn Staffordshire . . Stafford, Lichjfield, Wolverhampton Warwickshire , Warwick, Birmingham^ Coventry Worcestershire , Worcesterj Kidderminster ^ Evesham EUROPE. — ENGLAND. 29 COUNTIES. CHIEF TOWNS. Hu7iiingdonshire , Huntingdon, St. Ives, St. Neofs Northamptonshire Northampton, Peterborough Rutlandshire • . Okeham, Uppingham " ' Leicestershire," , Leicester, Loughborough '^' Nottinghamshire . Nottingham, Newark, Mansfield -,v Cambridgeshire , Cambridge, Ely, Newmarket ir Ten South Midland. -r Gloucestershire Oxfordshire . Buckinghamsh ire Bedfordshire • Hertfordshire . Middlesex . Surrey , . , ^ Berkshire . Wiltshire . Somersetshire . Lincolnshire Norfolk , Suffolk , , Essex • Gloucester, Bristol, Cheltenham Oxford, Banbury, Woodstock Aylesbury, Buckingham, Wycombe Bedford, Ampthill, Woburn Hertford, St. Mban's, Hitchin London, Westminster, Uxbridga Guildford, Southwark, Kingston Reading, Windsor, Abingdon Salisbury, Devizes, Marlborough Bath, Wells, Taunton, Yeovil Four Eastern. Lincoln, Stamford, Boston, Barton Norwich, Yarmouth, Lynn, Holt Ipswich, Bury, Hadleigh, Sudbury Chelmsford, Colchester, Harwich I ^t Kent , • Sussex . Hampshire Dorsetshire Devonshire Cornwall . Six Southern. Canterbury, Maidstone, Dover ' Chichester, Lewes, Brighton Winchester, Portsmouth, South- j^ ampton ■**' j Dorchester, Weymouth, Blandford Exeter, Plymouth, Barnstaple Launceston, Falmouth, Truro Rivers in England. — The Thames, Medway, Severn, Humber, Trent, Ouse, Mersey, Tees, Wear, Dee ; the four Avons, Tyne, Tweed, 8^c. ?*" Tlie Lakes are Windermere, Derwentwater, Grass- mere, Ulswater, Coniston, 8fc. ^ The Mountains, Hills, &e., are the Peak, Hel- w vellin. Cross Fell, Skiddaw, the Endle, ChUtern, Mal- vern, Cotswold, iVrekin, Mendip, Chevwt, Wharnside^ Ingleborough, ^c. 3 }r o 30 guy's geography. Capes. Lizard Point, Land's End, Spurn Head, 8fC. Bays. Mounts Bay, Torbay, Cardigan Bay, More- combe Bay, 8^c. Islands. The Isles of Wight, Portland, Scillyy Jnglesea, Man, Feme, Holy Isle, Cocquet^ Sheppey, Alderney, Guernsey, Sark, and Jersey. ENGLAND is separated from France on the south by the English Channel, from Ireland on the west by St. George's Channel ; it has the German Ocean on the east, and Scotland on the north. Its length is about 360 miles, and its average breadth, includin2,,^^«tts, about 230 miles. 7(7 Berwick-upon-Tweed is a town and county by itself. Newcastle is famous for its coal trade ; it stands on the Tyne ; and with its extensive improvements displayed in its splendid streets, and public buildings, it is one of the best built towns in the north of England. Durham is a county palatine, and is celebrated for its fine cathedral of pure Saxon, its college, and its mustard ; it is built on seven hills on the banks of the Wear. ^^ Sunderland is famous lor its iron bridge over the Wear, under which ships can sail without lowering their masts Sunderland, Hartlepool and Stockton, supply much of the London market with coals. Darlington is a large and flourishing town, the centre of the northei'n rail- way communications. Yorkshire is the largest county in England, and is divided into three Ridings, called the North Riding, the East Riding, and West Riding. York was formerly reckoned the capital of the North, and in point of rank the second city in England. The Minster or Cathedral is considered the most elegant and maeniiicent Gothic struc- ture in the kingdom. Y if -• Leeds is the principal of the clathing towns in York- shire ; it is situated in a vale, which trade has rendered one of the most fertile spots in England. Sheffield is noted for its hardware. Hufl, sometimes call Kingston-upon- Hull, is probably the fourth port in the kingdom for com- merce. It is seated on a river of the same name, where it enters the Humber, " , . '.. ^ Scarborough is famous for sea-bathfhg and for itiR Spa. Liverpool, upon the river Mersey, is a large and flourish- ing sea-port ; though two centuries ago it was only a small village. It is at present th<} second port in the kibgdom* F 'H •; EUROPE. — ENGLAND. 31 t 'r Its Docks are unrivalled for extent and conrenience by any in the world. Its chief trade is with America and the Kast Indies. t Manchester is an ancient, populous, and flourishing town, the centre of the cotton trade : its immense business supplies the markets over the chief part of the world. It has attained greater opulence than any other of the trad- ing towns in the British dominions. Its population is next to London. CJieshire is a county palatine, and has distinct privileges. It gives the title of Karl to the Prince of Wales.— This yy county has been long famous for its cheese. -^si^ / Derbyshire is celebrated for many natural curiosities, among which is the Peaky fluor and other spars, &c. Staffordshire is noted for its porcelain and earthenware, and also for its cloth trade. Warwickshire is the most central county in the king- dom. Birmingham is a large and populous town, cele- brated for its hardware manufactures, which are sent to every quarter of the globe, and in cheapness and beauty are unrivalled. Stratford-upon-Avon is the birth-place of Shakspeare. Coventry is famous for the riband trade it is a large and populous city. Worcestershire is famous for the rich Vale of Evesham^ and for pears. and salt. Worcester is a well built and plea, sant city, standing on a rising ground near the fertile bor- ders of the Severn. It is eminent for its manufactories of gloves, and of beautiful porcelain, which is now equal to tliat of China, and perhaps superior to any other in Europe. Kidderminster has a large manufactory of carpets. Droit- tvich is noted for its 'salt pits, from which are obtained 700,000 bushels annually. Herefordshire is noted for cider and hops. Monmouth is celebrated for being the birth-place of Henry V., who conquered France. Neioport in Mon- mouthshire is a place of considerable trade, the iron- works here and in the neighbourhood are of great importance. . Gloucestershire is famous for cheese. Bristol is a large and populous sea-port, mostly in Gloucestershire, but some part in Somersetshire ; it is a city, and has a sepa- rate jurisdiction. In wealth, trade, and population it is reckoned the third city in England, adjoining it are the famous hot wells of Clifton, ^ewkeshury is noted for its njiaifafaccory of stockings. wQ ^ ' £ (!l^tiitenham is celebrated /for its mineral waters, it is iTpori? ylsited by invalids than any other town in England. 0tjlord contains the best endowed and most celebrated nniveirwty in the world. 32 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Buckinghamshire is distinguished by its manufactories of lace. EtOHi in this county, is famous for its college. Berkshire contains Windsor Castle, the chief residence of the Sovereigns of England, and of unrivalled grandeur. Bedford is famous for lace manufactories. Dunstable for straw hats. Rutlandshire is the smallest county in England. Nottingham is noted for stockings and ale, and Mans- field for malt. Lincoln once contained fifty-two parish churches, and was exceedingly populous. The cathedral, a stately gothic pile, one of the largest in England, is its glory. Here is the famous great bell called Tom of Lincoln The church at Boston has a lofty spire, which serves as ^ beacon for ships at sea. - — / In Norfolk not one hill of any considerable height is lo be seen. Norwich is famous for crapes, camlets, damask, shawls, &c. It had once fifty-eight parochial churches, and has now thirty- six churches, besides the cathedral, f^ Cambridge is the seat of a celebrated university. Neuf- market is remarkable for its horse races. The Isle ofElyy formerly a vast marsh, but now drained and become a rich soil, is included in Cambridgeshire, although it is a dis tinct district, and has its own jurisdiction. Its courts of justice are held in the city of Ely, and town of Wisbeach. Hertford^ the county town of Hertfordshire, was much diminished in its splendour, from the north road being turned through Ware by King John. This town was of some note even in the time of the ancient Britons ; and the East Saxon kings often kept their court here. St. Albans is said to have been founded before the birth of Christ, and abounds in Roman remains ; a portion of the Roman wall is yet to be seen. Colchester is famous for oysters, and for its manufac- tories of baize and serges. ^Harwich is a port where passengers usually embark for Holland. Middlesex. London is allowed to be one of the first cities in the world ; and, on account of its extent, riches, and commerce, it may be reckoned the most considerable. Its most remarkable buildings are, the six bridges across ♦.he Thames, viz., the four bridges, London, Blackfriars, Waterloo, and Westminster of stone, and the Southwark and Vauxhall of iron ; the Tower, India-house, Custom- house, Royal Exchange, Mansion-house, Guildhall, Somerset-house, with King's College attached, Whitehall, Westminster-hall, the new Houses of Parliament, British Museum, National Gallery, and the churches, chiefly Pt. Paul's, Westminster Abbey, St. Stephen's Walbrook, and / # 7^ EUROPE. ENGLAND. 33 Sr. Martin's in the Fields ; besides many other noble edifices both public and private, as the Bank of England ; the Post Office ; the London University ; the New Bethlem Hospital, Chelsea College, &c. There are numerous manufactories established in this city ; and it trades to all parts of the globe. London^ H^e.^tminster, and Southwark, are reckoned as making up one large city, the capital of all the British dominions, situated on the Thames and containing upwards of 1,800,000 inhabitants. In Kent, are Margate and Ramsgate on the sea. Twn- bridge Wells, famous for its spa. At Chathamy Sheer/iess, and Woolioich, are large dock-yards. At Greenwich is a noble hospital for superannuated seamen. Dover, which contains Roman and Saxon antiquities, is the nearest port to France. The county of Kent is distinguished for hopt and cherries, and for its general fertility. Canterbury gives the name to the Archbishop Primate of a// England. Maid' stone is famous for its paper mills. Brighton in Stissex, was the favourite residence of George IV., who built the pavilion there. Bognor has become celebrated by the discovery of a Roman villa, and some curious tesselated pavement. At Petworth a very pretty shell marble is found. In this county is Hastings^ now a celebrated bathing place ; Buttle, Chichestert Arundel, &c. Por/smouthy in Hampshire, is the most regular fortress in Britain ; it contains one of the finest harbours in the world, and has the grandest dock-yard in England. Winchester is remarkable for its college and cathedral. Salisbury, in Wiltshire, has a very fine cathedral, with the highest spire in the kingdom, and Devizes is noted for its corn-market and wool trade ; Wilton for its carpets. Somersetshire supplies lead, copper, and lapis calarai- naris. Bath is a beautiful city, and famous for its hot medicinal waters. Taunton is the county town. Yeovil is a large market town. Dorsetshire manufactures cordage for the navy. Dor~ Chester is famous for ale. Devonshire contains rocks of beautiful marble ; and it is noted for its cider. Plymouth is one of the most im- portant places in England, on account of its strength, situation, and excellent dock-yard, as well as the extra- ordinary Break- water lately constructed there. Devonport, formerly called Dock, adjoins Plymouth. Exeter is a con- siderable city, and the seat of extensive domestic commerce. It has manufactories of serges and other woollen goods. Both Devonshire and Cornwall supply copper, tin, and lead : and woollen manufactnres abound in all these ( ' •w // 34 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. western counties. Cornwall gives the title of Duke to the Prince of Wales. Rivers. The Thames rises in Gloucestershire, under the name of the Isis, and receiving the river Thame, ten miles south-east of Oxford, is from thence called the Thames, then passing through London, empties itself into the German Ocean. The Medway rises in Sussex, passes Tunbridge, Maidstone, Rochester and Chatham, and falls into the Thames west of the Isle of Sheppey. The Severn rises in Wales, runs by Shrewsbury, Worcester, Glouces- ter, &c., and from thence to the Ocean, forming the Bristol Channel. The Humber is rather an arm of the sea, formed by the junction of the Trent, Ouse, Derwent, &c. The Mersey rises in the south of Yorkshire, and passes by Liverpool. The Dee rises in Wales, and falls into the Irish Sea, below Chester. The four Avons are in Wiltshire, Leicestershire, Gloucestershire, and Cheshire. The Wear in Durham ; the Tees divides Durham from Yoritshire. The Tyne in Northumbeiland. The Tweed divides Scotland from England in part of its course. Lakes. Windermere, the largest in England, between Westmoreland and Lancashire ; TJlswater in Westmore- land and Cumberland; Derwentioater and Grassmere in Cumberland. Coniston in Lancashire. Mountains. Cross Fell, Skiddaw, Saddleback, Sea Fell, and Helvellin in Cumberland ; the Peak, in Derbyshire ; the Endle in Lancashire ; Ingleborough, Whamside, and Pennigant in Yorkshire ; the Chiltcrn in Bucks ; Malvern in Worcestershire ; Cotswold in Gloucestershire j the Mendip Hills in Somersetshire ; the Wrekin in Shrop- shire ; Cheviot Hills in Northumberland. Capes. Lizard Point and Land's End in Cornwall; Spurn Head north of the Humber. Bays. Mount's Bay in Cornwall ; Torhay, Devonshire, Cardigan Bay ; Morecamhe Bay, Lancashire. Islands. Wight, a beautiful spot, is a part of Hamp- shire ; Portland Isle, in Dorsetshire ; Anglesea, North Wales ; M«,n in the Irish Sea ; Scilly Isles or Rocks off Cornwall ; Cocquet, Feme, and Holy Isle off Northumber- land ; Sheppey in Kent ; Guernsey, Jersey ^ Alderney, and Sark, lie near the coast of France ; are subject to Eng- land, but governed by the old Norman laws. Guernsey is a fine country ; chief town, St, Peter le Port, Jersey is something larger, and a pleasant fertile spot ; the chief town is St. Helicr*s. These islands were attached to England by William the Conqueror. Great Britain is about 570 miles long, and in some places 300 broad, and contains 18,656,414 inhabitants. E UROPB. — ENGLAND. 35 Climate. The situation of England, surrounded as it is on three sides by the sea, renders it liable to con- siderable variations in the weather ; but it prevents those great extremes of heat and cold to which other places in the same degree of latitude are subject, and it is on that account frier . / to the longevity of the inhabitants in general. To its situation, likewise, we are to ascribe that perpetual verdure for which England is remarkable, occasioned by refreshing showers, and warm vapours of the sea. It is also deserving of remark, that the inconstancy sometimes observablo in our weather is not attended with the injury to vegetation that might be apprehended. Even the greatest irregularity and the most unfavourable ap- pearance of the seasons are not, as in other countries, attended with famine, and vei*y seldom with scarcity. Perhaps this may be, in part, owing to the great improvements in agriculture. It was admirably observed by King Charles II., in reply to some who were boasting of the climate of Italy, that he thought that was the best climate where he could be abroad in the air, with plef'sure, or at least with- out inconvenience, the most days in the year, and the most hours in the day ; and this he conceived he could be in England, more than in any other country in Europe. Soil. Such regard has been paid to agriculture, that no nation in the world can equal the cultivated parts of England in beautiful scenes. The cheerful villages, the commodious hous 28, the well-stocked farms, and the noble seats to be seen not only adjacent to populous towns and cities, but over the whole kingdom, are objects, an ade- quate idea of which is not easily conveyed by words. It is certain, that no country in Europe equals England in the general opulence of its inhabitants. Honey and saffron are natives of England ; wood for dyeing is cultivated here. The ale and porter of England excel the malt liquor of every other country. The cider of Herefordshire and of Devon, when properly made, is by some preferred to French wines. The English grapes grown out-of-doors, are not sufficiently sweet for wine ; but our grapes and pine-apples cultivated in the hot- houses are delicious. All the hortulan productions are found in England in excellence and abundance. Metals, &c. Among the minerals the tin and copper mines of Cornwall are most celebrated. They were known to the Greeks and Phoenicians before the Christian era. These mines are of immense benefit to the nation. The number of Cornish miners is uaid to amount to 100,000.. 3& GUY S GEOGRAPHY. // Some gold has been discovered there, and the English lead is impregnated with silver. There are black-lead mines near Keswick in Cumberland, to which county they are almost peculiar. Marble is found in Devonshire, Westmoreland, and other counties ; and quarries of free- stone, in several places. Northumberland, Yorkshire, and Cheshire, contain alum and salt pits. The English fullers -earth is highly valuable to the clothing trade. Pit and sea-coal is found in many counties. The mines of Northumberland and Durham supply London. Animals. The size of the English oxen is well-known ; and the English horses are perhaps the best in the world, whether we regard their spirit, strength, swiftness, or docility. The breed of this animal has been improved by the English with incredible pains. The English sheep are a very fine breed. The mastiffs, bull-dogs, and game- cocks of England have peculiar strength, spirit, and fierce- ness, which are said to degenerate if removed to foreiga climates. Both fish and fowl are much the same here as in the neighbouring countries. Population, &c. England and Wales contained in 1841, 15,906,829 inhabitants. The description given of the English is, that they are generally well-sized, regular- featured, commonly fair and florid in their complexions. This country has been accounted the native land of female beauty. The English appear to possess a mean between the gravity of the German and the liveliness of the French ; they are solid and persevering, and have a natural inclina- tion for arts and arms. They have a thorough sense of liberty, which inspires them with courage ; and are matchless for valour both by sea and land. They have arrived at such a height of true and solid learning, that they are entitled to the empire of human knowledge. Religion. It has been asserted, that Christianity was first preached in South Britain by the apostles and their disciples. We have good authority for saying, that about the year 150, a great number here professed the Christian faith. Wickliffe, in the reign of Edward III., was the first who called in question, a'^d boldly refuted, those papal doctrines which had passed for genuine during so many ages. The religion now established by law is epis- copal Protestantism, or Lutheranism ; but all other reli- gions are tolerated. There are two archbishops, namely, those of Canterbury and York, and twenty-one bishops, including Sodor and Man ; viz., London, Durham, Win- chester, Bath and Wells, Exeter, Rochester, Lincoln, Carlisle, Chester, Oxford, Gloucester and Bristol, Ely, EUROPE. — ENGLAND. 37 or Ripon, Hereford, Salisbury, Norwich, Peterborough, Lichfield and Coventry, Chichester, Worcester. LANfiUAGi:, &c. The English languaf^^o is a compound of almost every other in Europe, particularly the Saxon, the French, and the Celtic. The Saxon, however, pre- dominates ; as the words borrowed from the French are radically Latin. It enjoys all the properties, without many of the defects, of other European l;ini?u:ii,'es. CuuiosiTiES. The antiquities of England are, British, Homan, Saxon, Danish, &c. The cliief IJritish antiquities are those circles of stones called Stonehcnge, in Wiltshire. Monnments of the same kind are seen in other ])arts of the kingdom. The Roman antiquities coiisist chiefly of altars and monumental inscriptions. Their military ways give us a high idea of their civil as well as their military policy. The Saxon antiquities cliiefiy consist of eccle- siastical edifices and places of strength. The Danish erections are not always discernible from the Saxon. York-minster and Westminster-hall and Abbey are among the finest specimens in Europe of that pointed style which prevailed before the recovery of the Greek and Roman architecture. ' Among the natural curiosities may be reckoned the Spas, as those of Bath, Clifton, Tunbridge, Epsom, Chel- tenham, Leamington, Malvern, Buxton, Matlock, Har- rowgate, Croft, Dinsdale, &c. Also the Salt-springs ; as those of Droitwich, in Worcestershire. Or those of sulphur ; as the well of Wigan, in Lancashire ; or of bitumen, as that at Pitchford, in Shropshire. Others have a petrifying quality, as that near Lutterworth, in Leicestershire, and the Dropping Well of Knaresborough in Yorkshire. Derbyshire has many curiosities ; as the Mam Tor, the Elden-hole, Pool's-hole, &c. Government. The British government is monarchical, mixed with aristo-democratical ; that is, the king is the head, and in his name all deeds are published ; but his authority is restrained by the parliament. The nobility in the House of Lords give the government partly an aristocratical cast ; and the gentlemen in the House of Commons, who are all chosen by the people, have a decidedly democratical character. These three different powers being a check upon each other, the government of Great Britain is hence reckoned the most perfect of any in the world. Commerce. Commerce and manufactures have made the English the most powerful people on the globe. In the reign of Elizabeth, England first began to feel her true weight in the scale of commerce. She planned some set- i I . .,;. -.iiii-:^-. ,v-s:_',RfeS^'i!*iii:;.-i; 38 GUYS GEOGRAPHY. // tlcmcuts ill America, particularly Virj^iiiia. Suhaequcnt discoveries of new regions increased her shipping. The chief trade and jnaritime power in Europe, which were till then in the hands of the Spaniards and Portuguese, gradu- ally fell away after the defeat of the Spanish Arniada, and were taken up hy the English, and the inhabitants of the Low Countries. Great Britain is. of all countries, the most proper for trade ; as well from its situation as an island, as from the freedom and excellency of its constitution, and from its natural products, and considerable manufactures. There is scarcely a manufacture in Europe, which is not brought to great perfection in England. The woollen and cotton manufactures are the most considerable. Hard- ware is another capital article, from which great advan- tage is derived. Our trade with the West India Islands, as Jamaica, Bar- badoes, &c., to Canada, Australia, and our other various colonies, is a mutual source of wealth. The trade of Eng- land to the East Indies constitutes one of the most stu- pendous political as well as commercial machines that is to be met with in history. An additional power to the trade of England has been given within these few years by Railway communica- tion ; these roads are connecting the principal towns in all directions, and also the valuable mines of coal, lead, slate, &c., with the sea and navigable rivers. They hasten intelligence, and in every way give a stimulus to trade. Steam navigation is also facilitating our commerce, and drawing nearer our distant possessions and foreign coun- tries. The superiority of English Steam Vessels must also greatly strengthen the British Navy, and consolidate the empire. * ^ To enumerate more at large the extent and advantages of British commerce in this abstract would be improper; suffice it to say, that it so tar exceeds not only that of any other nation, but most of the European nations united, that England may be looked upon as the storehouse of the western world. CiJuoNOLOGY. This island w-as invaded by Julius Csesar, the first Roman emperor, 53 years before the birth of Christ. Several years after, the Romans made a second expedition, and the Britons a brave defence, but they were at lengtii defeated ; and their king, Caractaeus, was carried prisoner to Rome. The Saxons and Danes became after- wards masters of this country, nv^,, In the year 1066, William of Normandy, with the assist- ance of an army of 60,000 men, collected from almost EUROPE. — WALES. 39 every part of Europe, possessed himself of Kngland, nnd during his reign the constitution and Isiws began to dawn. Many of the Hucceeding reigns wore favotn'uhle to the wealth or political importance of the nation : jiarticulaily among the Edwards and tlie Henrys. And almost every i * struggle that occtnred between the princes and the people ultimately contributed to the liberties and benefit of the latter. The beheading of Clharles I. produced a remarka])lo revolution ; and in l(5HH, the Prince of Orange was called to the throne under the title of William III. He was grandson of Charles, having married Mary, Charles's grand-daughter, who reigned with him. Her Majesty Victoria I., only child of Edward, Duke of Kent, fourth son of George HI., was proclaimed Queen June 20th, 1837, and on the 10th of February, 1810, she married Prince Albert of Saxe Coburg (iotha, her cousin. ["Gly's Elemf.nts of BitiTisn IIisTo.n," containing England, Scotland, Wales, and Ireland, under separate heads, with Tutors' Questions, price 3». Gd., maybe bene- ficially used as a cla&s book with this and the three fol- lowing portions of this Geograj)hy.] ssist- niost WALES. Wales, hfiny west of Englatid, has twelve Counties, viz. COUNTIES. Flmt$kire . Denhiffhshire . J.sle of Anglesea Caernarvonshire Merionethshire CHIEF TOWNS. Flint, St. /tsaph, Mold, Hohjivell Denbigh, Wrejcham, Ruthin Beaumaris and lloUfhsad Caernarvon, Bangor, Conway Dolgelhj, Bala, llarleigh Montgomeryshire. Montgomery, Welch Pool Cardiganshire , Cardiga , Aberystwyth Radnorshire . . Radnor, Presteign, Knighton Breclcnoclcshirc . Brecon, Builth, Crichhoivel Glamorganshire . Cardiff, Llandaff, Sivansea Caermarthenshire Caermarthen, Kidwelly, Llandovery Pembrokeshire . Pembroke, St. David's, Milford -^ Rivers. The Wye^ the Severn, the Dee, the Towy, the Dovey, Sfc. - . Mountains. Snowden, Cader Idris, Plinlimmon, and Brecknock Beacon. ■ D 2 40 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. WALES lies on the west of England. It is about 140 miles long, and 50 broad, it is very mountainous, resem- bling Switzerland on a small scale, and by many thought nearly as picturesque. Its population, in 1841, was 911,321. Merthyr Tydvil^ in Glamorganshire, is remarkable for its great population, entirely connected with the iron trade : it was a very insignificant place not many years ago. Swansea is a neat town, and much frequented as a summer bathing-place. Cardiff is the county town of Glamorgan. JVrexham is in North Wales, and the principal town of the district : it is famous for its flannel. Caernarvon is famod for being the birth-place of the first Prince of Wales, afterwards King Edward II. Cardigan is famous for its lead trade ; Brecknock for its cloth trade. Ab^rystwijthi in Cardiganshire, is a delightfully situated watering-place, ab>;ut twelve miles from the roraautio" scenery of the Devil's-bridge and Hafod. ,i Pembroke is one of the best towns in South Wales. Llangollen is celebrated for its beautiful vale and fine scenery. Beddegelert is a small village at the foot of Snowden, in the midst of rugged mountains, remarkable for an old legend connected with it, and for the pass of Pont Aber- glaslyn, the grandest bridge scenery in the empire. The Isle of Anglesea is connected with the main land by the celebrated Menai Suspension Bridge. Holyhead in the Isle of Anglesea, is the nearest port to Dublin. Milford Haven is an excellent harbour, perhaps the best in Great Britain, and as safe and spacious as any in Europe. A thousand sail of ships may ride in perfect security, and a ship may pass in or out of it in an hour. There is no danger in sailing in or out with the tide by day or night, from whatever point the wind may happen to blow. Wales, in general, carries on a great trade in coals, and has several flannel manufactories, and is also rich in mineral treasures, iron foundries, slate quarries, tin and lead mines. It abounds in black cattle and goats. It is a mountainous country ; the principal mountains are Snow- den in Caernarvonshire, Coder Jdris in Merionethshire, and PlinlimmoH betAveen the counties of Mon^tgomery and Cardigan. The chief river is the IVye ; but the Severn and the Dee have their rise in this country. The Wye rises in Plinlimmon, near the source of the Severn ; and EUROPE. — SCOTLAND. 41 passing by Hereford, Ross, and Monmouth, falls into the Severn below Cliepstow. The Religion and Goveiinment ace the same as those of England. The Bishopricks are four, viz., those of St. David, St. Asaph, Llandaff, and Bangor. Chauacter. The Welsh are said to be choleric, but honest, brave, and hospitable. They possess quick parts, and only want more numerous schools and public endow- ments among them to foster their native genius. The Welsh language is still generally spoken in the country. Wales was united to England under Edward I., who de- feated and killed Llewellyn, the last prince of that country, Edward's eldest son was declared Prince of Wales, and the eldest son of the Sovereign of England is cresited Prince of Wales soon after his birth. .. SCOTLAND. Scotland is divided into thirty-three Counties^ viz. COUNTIES. CHIEF TOWNS. Orkney and Shetland Kirkwall, Lerwick V. Caithness Sutherland Ross . . Cromarty Nairn Inverness Elgin or Murray Banff Aberdeen Kincardine . Forfar or Angus Perth Fife . . . Kinross . Clackmannan Stirling , Dumbarton . Argyle . . Bute , , Ayr . . . Renfrew . , Lanark . . Wick, Thurso Dornoch, Strathy Dingwall, Taine j Cromarty Nairn Inverness, Fort St. George ^ Elgin, Forres Banff, Cullen, Keith Aberdeen, Inverurie, Huntley Bervie, Stonehaven Forfar, Montrose, Dundee ■ Perth, Dunkeld, Callendar Cupar, St. Andrew's ^ Kinross Clackmannan, Alloa Stirling, Falkirk Dumbarto?i, Helensburgh Inverary, Campbeltown, Oban Rothsay, Brodick, Lamlash Ayr, Irvine, Kilmarnock Renfrew, Greenock, Paisley Glasgow, Lanark, Hamilton 42 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. COUNTIES. Linlithgow , Edinburgh . Haddington , Berwick . Roxburgh Selkirk , Peebles . Dumfries Kirkcudbright Wigton . ,•■.'.'■5. ., ■■&;. CHIEF TOWNS. , Linlithgow^ Queensferry . Edinburgh, Leith . Haddington, Dunbar |: ;" . Dunse, Lauder ^, ?* •' ^ . Jedburgh, Kelso, Melrose •" ^ . Selkirk, Galashiels . Peebles, LJnton . Dumfries, Annan, Gretna Green , Kirkcudbright, New Galloway . Wigton, Whitehorn, Port Patrick Rivers in Scotland. The chief are the Nith, the Three Eskes, the Tweed, the Clyde, the Forth, the Tay^ the Dee, the Don, and the Spey, Sfc. The Lakes are Loch Lomond, Katrine, Tag, Fine^ Awe, Lochy, Ness, 8fc. The Mountains are Ben Nevis, the Grampians, Ben Wivis, the Pentland Hills, Lammer Muir, the Cheviot Hills, Sfc. •' . The Islands are the Hebrides or Western Isles, the Orkney Isles, the Shetland Isles, and those of Mull, Colonsa, Jura, Isla, Arran, and Bute. SCOTLAND, anciently called Caledonia, lies on the north of England, from which it is separated by some part of the river Tweed, the Solway Frith, and the Cheviot Hills. It is about 270 miles long", and its average breadth is about 130 miles, with a population of 2,620,610. It is distinguished into the Highlands and the Low- lands, separated from each other by the Grampian chain of mountains, the greater part of the north and west being mountainous, where the Gaelic is still spoken ; and the south and east is comparatively flat, wil'.* fine corn land, and highly cultivated farms spreading through several of its districts, but the portion nearest to England is moun- tainous and barren. Th3 largest of the Orkney Isles is Pomotia or Mainland; its chief toAvn is Kirkwall. The largest of the Shetland Isles is also called Mainland, and its chief town is Lerwick. The Orkney and Shetland Islands form together one of the counties in Scotland. Near Inverness and Fort St. George is the village of Culloden, famous for the battle fought in the year 1746, when the Duke of Cumberland defeated the Scotch rebels.^ .'^ .* EUROPE. SCOTLAND. 43 .".:i ;J Fort AvgmtuH is a strong place on Loch Ness. Fort IVilliam is at the base of Ben Nevis, and the commence- ment of the Caledonian canal. Aberdeen is the third city in Scotland for extent and beauty. It is formed of the Old and New Towns ; the former is situated on the Don, the latter on the Dee. Old Aberdeen is noted for its university. Perth is a handsome town, and one of the principal in the north of Scotland. The manufacture of linen and of cotton here is very considerable. The country round Perth and on the banks of the Tay is remarkable for pictu- resque scenery, and rich cultivated land. The Carse of Gowrie, a tract of country between Perth and Dundee, produces the best wheat in Scotland. Sf. Andrew's^ in Fifeshire, was formerly the metropolis of the Pictish kingdom. It had once a cathedral, a large gothic structure, now demolished. It has a university. Dundee, situated on the Frith of Tay, has an excellent harbour, and a flourishing trade. It is the chief place of exportation for the linens of the country. It has numerous fine docks, inferior only to Liverpool in extent. -^ Of the Isles of Arran and Bute, which together make up one county, the chief town is in Bute, and is Rothsay : the castle of which gives the title of Duke to the Prince of Wales. Greenock, a sea-port in Renfrewshire, is -a place of ^. eat trade. Glasgow, for population, riches, and commerce, is the first city in Scotland. Here are considerable manufacto- ries of cotton, glass and earthenware ; stockings, gloves, cordage, &c. The university is spacious and well built. The cathedral is a venerable Gothic structure. There are some fine public buildings. The city is seated on the river Clyde. Glasgow trades extensively with the United States and Canada : its intercourse with Ireland and the Isle of Man, Liverpool, and the other towns on the western coast by steam vessels is incessant, and gives life to the river Clyde by the continual passing of vessels in all directions. Paisley is the largest manufacturing town in Scotland : its fabrics are lawn, muslin, shawls, cambric, &c. Edinburgh is the capital of Scotland, and one of the finest cities in the British empire : it is situated near the Forth, and stands on an eminence, making a magnificent appearance : the castle is built on a solid rock of great height, and looks down upon the city, commanding a most extensive and beautiful view. That part called the New Town is very elegant and well laid out. Edinburgh has 44 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. a university, and numerous public buildings. Leith is the harbour oi Edinburgh, and lies about two miles distant ; its harbour is secured by a noble stone pier, and its wet and dry docks are yery commodious. Port Patrick (in the county of Wigton) is the nearest port to Ireland. Rivers. The Fm'th rises in Perthshire, and falls into the German ocean. The Tay flows partly oetween the highlands and the lowlands. The Tweed rises in Peebles, and in part of Berwickshire divides Scotland and England. The Dee and the Do7t are both in Aberdeenshire. The Spey rises in Inverness, and divides the counties of Elgin and Banflf. The Clyds falls into the Irish Sea. The Eske joins the Liddel, and runs into Solway Firth, and North and South Eske rise in the Grampians and flow through Forfar to the North Sea. Lakes. Loch Lomond may be reckoned among the first : it lies in the county of Dumbarton. Loch Tay, in Pei»th- Bhire ; Loch Awe, in Argyleshire, Loch Lochy and Loch Ness, in Inverness-shire ; the last and Loch Katrine, which is 130 fathoms deep, never freeze ; these and other beau- tiful lakes present us with very picturesque scenes. The Caledonian canal, opening a communication for ships with the Atlantic and t^e M orth Sea, cost 1,000 OOOA, but did not answer expectation until steam vessels were placed on it, and now a considerable trade is carried on between the Clyde and Murray Firth. Mountains. Ben Neiiis, in Inverness-shire, the Gram- pian Hills, with Ben ilacdui (the highest mountain in Britain), Ben Lawers, Ben Volich, and Ben Lomond on their range, run in f» westward course from Aberdeenshire into Argyleshire and Dumbarton. Ben Wivis is in Ross-shire. The Pentland Hills run through Lothian, and join those of Tweedale ; the Lammer Muir Hills lie in Berwickshire ; and the Cheviot Hills on the borders of England, between Roxburgh and Northumberland, Islands. Lewis, or Harr' is the largest of the western isles, and belongs mostly to Ross-shire. Sky, Uist, and some others of the western isles, are inciaded in Inver- ness-shire. Isla, Jura, Colonsa, Mull, &c., belong to Argyleshire. The little island lona oi Icolmkill, is cele- brated for having been the burying place of many ancient Scotch, Irish, and Norwegian kings. Staffa is a great natural curiosity for its basaltic columns. Isla produces lead, copper, and iron. The Religion, by law established, is Calvinistical Presbyterianisra. The Language spoken in the Highlands is called Erse, EUROPE. IRELAND. 45 and is much the same as that used by the common Ir.'sh : the lowland language may be considered as a dialec^ of the Saxon or English in use three or four centuries ago Charactkr. The Scotch are not only temperate, ia- dustrious, hardy, and valiant, but great lovers of learning. Scotland has produced many eminent characters, in every branch of science and literature. England and Scotland were formerly two kingdoms, but were united under one sovereign in 1603, when James the Sixth of Scotland became king of England ; and in 1707 they were more firmly united by a common legislature under Queen Anne. IRELAND. Ireland is divided into four Provinces, viz.^ LeinsteTj Ulster, Munster, and Connaught. These are subdivided into thirty-two Counties. Leinster contains twelve, viz. COUNTIES. Dublin . Louth , Wicklow Wexford Longford East Meath West Meath King's County, Queen's County Kildare Carlow Kilkenny CHIEF TOWNS. Dublin, Swords Drogheda, Dundalk Wicklow, Arklow, Bray Wexford, New Ross Longford, Ardagh Trim, Navan Mullingar, Athlone Philipstown, Birr Maryboro\ Portarlington Kildare, Athy Carlow, Old LeighUn Kilkenny, Callen Down . Armagh . Monaghan Cavan . Fermanagh Donegal . Jjondonderry Tyrone Antrim Ulster contains nine, viz., . Downpatrick, Dromore, Newry . Armagh, Charlemont , Monaghan, Clones . Cavan, Cooieshill, Kilmore . Enniskillen r. lAfford, Donegal, Raphoe . Londonderry, Coleraine , Omagh, Strahane, Clogher . CarrickfergiiSy Antrim, Belfast d3 46 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. MuNSTER contains six, viz., :■/■ COUNTIES. Clare . • Limerick , Kerry . , Cork . Waterford Tipperary CHIEF TOWNS. Ennis, Killaloe, Ross Limerick, Newcastle ' Tralee, Killarney, Aghadoe<^ Cork, Youghal ^ i Waterford, Dungarvon Cashel, Clonmel Xi-r Ijcitrim Roscominon Galway Mayo . CoNNAUGiiT contains Jive, viz., , Carrick, Leitrim . Roscommon, Elphin, Boyle . luam, Gahuay, Clonfert ^ , Castlebar, Killala Sligo .... Sligo, Achonry The Rivers of Ireland are the Shannon, the Black- water, Barrow, Noir, Suir, Liffey, Boyne, Bann, Lee, Derg, 8fc. The Lakes or Loughs are Erne, Neagh, Strangford, Belfast, Foyle, Swilly, Corrib, Mask, Ree, the Dergs, Killarney, 8fc. The Mountains are those of Mourne in Down, Carntoger in Derry, Galtee and Knockmeledwvn in Tipperary, Croaghpatrick and Nephin in Mayo, Com- meragh in Waterford, Mangerton in Kerry, Lugna- quilta in the county of Wicklow, 8fc. The Islands are Rathlin, Inistrahal, Tory, North Isle of Arran, Achdl, Clare, Inisbofin, South Isle of Arran, the Blaskets, the Skelligs, Valencia, Clear, 8fc. Bays, Gulfs, and Harbours: Donegal Bay, Sligo Bay, Galway Bay, Dingle Bay, Bantry Bay, Cork Harbour, Dungarvon Bay, Wat".rford Harbour, Wex- ford Haven, Dublin Bay, Dum^'ilk Bay, Dundrum Bay, Belfast Lough. IRELAND lies to the west of Great Britain, separated from it by St. George's Channel, the Irish Sea, and the North Channel. It is a fertile country, but not highly cultivated ; in many parts are vast tracts of peat bogs, as the Bog of Allen, in King's County, &c,, which, however, are highly valuable as fuel Ireland is 280 miles long, and 160 broad. " - Dublin is situated on the Liffey, and is rectoned the second city in the British dominions, and containing EUROPE. — IRELAND. 47 'g nearly half a million inhabitants. It is the see of the archbishop of the province of Leinster, and the residence of the Lord Lieutenant, who holds his court in the castle. The appearance of this metropolis, and of the bay of Dub- lin, and the surrounding country, on approaching them from the sea is grand and beautiful. There is a University ^ called Trinity College, of deserved celebrity, which is the only one in Ireland '. the number of studenti is about 2,000. The barracks are said to be the largest and most complete in Europe. Armagh is the archbishop's see of the province of Ulster. In this county is the celebrated Giant's causeway, consisting of basaltic columns, upwards of 400 feet high, very similar to the caves in the Isle of Staffa. IJonaghadee is the nearest port to Port Patrick in Scot- land. Belfastf in the bay of Carrickfergus, is a large sea-port of increasing importance. Londonderry or Derry, is the most celebrated city in Ulster. Waterford is the nearest port to Milford Haven in Wales. Cork is the second city in Ireland for size, riches, and commerce. The Cove of Cork is a commodious har- bour. Limerick, on the Shannon, is a handsome, populous, commercial city, and famous for its gloves and salmon. Rivers. The Shannon, rises in Leitrim, and serves in part as a boundary between Connaught and the three other ])rovinces. The Blackwater and the Suir run through Munster. The Barrow, Noir, Boyne, and the Liffey, run through Leinster ; the Bann and the Derg through Ulster. Lakes. Erne, in Fermanagh. Neagh, north of Armagh. Straugford, in Down. Foyle and Swilly above London- derry. Corrib and Mask, in Connaught. Ree, between Roscommon and Longford. Derg, there are two, one in Donegal and one in the Shannon. The Lakes of Killarney in Kerry. Islands. Rathlin, Inistrahaf, Tory, and North Arran, lie round the north of Ireland. The others are near the weslern and southern coasts. Bays. Many of them lie near the counties of the same name. Dingle Bay lies south of the Shannon's mouth ; and Bantry Bay more on the southern coast, 30 miles Bouth-west of Cork. . ... Canals. There are several canals cut through different parts of the kingdom, for the convenience of inland navi- gation, particularly those between the Shannon and the Liffey, Newry and Chariemont. Character of the People, &c. The Irish are gene- 48 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. rally well made, strong, active, haughty, careless of their lives, and greedy of glory ; quick of apprehension, cour- teous to strangers, and often violent in their affections. Ireland has produced many great characters in every department of science and literature. The Duke of Wel- lington is a native of Ireland. Religion. The Protestant Religion is established by law, and is the same as the Church of England : it has two archbishops and fourteen bishops, but the professors of the Roman Catholic religion are the most numerous. Climate. It is warmer in winter than in England, with more rain, caused no doubt by its exposure to the Atlantic winds ; but this humidity gives perpetual verdure to the land, and hence the name of the Emerald Isle to Ireland. Chronology. In 1172, Henry II. conquered this king- dom, and took the title of Lord of Ireland. Henry VIII. assumed the title of King of Ireland, In the beginning of the present century, Great Britain and Ireland were united into one kingdom. NETHERLANDS. OR HOLLAND. The Kingdom of the Netherlands contains the following PROVINCES. CHIEF TOWNS. Holland Proper . , Amsterdam, Rotterdam, Ley- den, the Hague, Haarlem . Middleburgh, Flushing, Goes . Utrecht, Amersfoort , Nimeguen, Arnheim, Zutphen . Deventer, Zwolle . Covorden , Groningen , Leeuwarden, Hargen . Breda, Bergen op Zoom Luxemburg {part of) . Luxemburg Limburg (part of) , Maastricht. Rivers. The Rhine, the Meuse, and the Scheldt. Islands. Walcheren, and the other Islands of Zeeland; the Texel, and some smaller ones. Zeeland , , // Utrecht Gelderland Overyssel . Drenthe . . Groningen Friesland . North Brabant These Provinces, with the exception of Luxemburg and Limburg, lie opposite to England, at the distance of 90 miles, nearly at the south end of the North Sea, and are only a narrow slip of low swampy land, lying below the mouths of several rivers. The streets in most of the towns have canals running through them, bordered with rows of trees. During the occupation of Holland by the French, EUROPE. NETHERLANDS, OR HOLLAND. 49 this country, including the whole Dutch territory in the Netherlands, was divided into fifteen depaitments. Holland (North and South,) is by far the finest and richest of all these provinces. Amsterdam is the capital : it is a very tine and rich ; city, containing above 220,000 inhabitants. It is built upon piles of wood, driven into the ground. Rotterdam ranks next for commerce and wealth. It Btands on the Meuse, and is the birth-place of the famous Erasmus. Its inhabitants are estimated at 72,000. The Hague, though called a village, was long the seat of government, and the residence of all the foreign ambas- sadors and strangers of distinction. It is celebrated for the magnificence and beauty of its buildings, and the po- liteness of its inhabitants, who are computed at 35,000. Ley den and Utrecht are fine cities, as well as famous for their universities. The province of Zeeland comprehends eight or more islands; some of which are moderately large, viz., Wal- cheren, Schowen, South Beveland, North Beveland, &c. Middleburgh and Flushing are both on the island of Walcheren. Luxemburg is a strong city, divided by the Alsitz into the upper and lower town ; the ancient duchy of Luxem- burg, and part of that of Bouillon, are united, and now constitute the grand duchy of Luxemburg, of which the king of the Netherlands is the grand duke. This new duchy forms one of the states in the Germanic confedera- tion, the city of Luxemburg being considered as a military point and fortress of it, and the Grand Duke having the privilege of nominating the governor and military com- mander, subject to the approbation of the confederation. The Texel, an island, lies at the mouth of the Zuyder Zee : it has a good harbour, and a town of the same name. Rivers. The Rhine almost loses itself in the sands, west of Leyden. The Meuse passes between Rotterdam and Zeeland. The Scheldt empties itself near Flushing. Climate. This country consists of land between the mouths of great rivers, and what the inhabitants have gained from the sea, by means of dykes, which they raised and still support at an incredible expense ; the air is there- fore humid, and the atmosphere foggy. Its moisture causes metals to rust, and wood to mould, more than in any other country. The soil is unfavourable to xegetalion, but by the in- dustry of the people it is rendered fit both for pasturage and tillage. Here are no mountains nor rising grounds. The whole face of the country when viewed from a 50 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. tower has the appearance of a continued marsh or bog, drained by innumerable ditches. Their canals are nume- rous, and serve for the same purpose as roads in other countries. Yeobtabi.es and Animals. German and Danish cattle are fattened in their meadows to a vast size. The Dutch have a good breed of sheep, the wool of which is highly valued ; and their horses and horned cattle are of a larger size than those of the other nations of Europe. Excellent butter and indifferent cheese are made here. Storks build and hatch in their chimneys. No herrings visit their coasts, although the Dutch were celebrated for curing those which they caught on the British shores ; but they have fine beds of oysters about the Texel, and fishing has long been a fertile source of wealth to the people of Holland. This country produces tobacco ; and contains some iron. The Religion established is Calvinism, but all others are tolerated. '' Their Lanquagb is Low Dutch, which is a dialect of the German ; but the people of fashion speak English and French. Among their learned, Erasmus, Grotius, and Boerhaave stand at the head. The invention of printing is claimed by the Dutch. Their Universities are those of Leyden, Utrecht, Groningen, Harderwick, and Francker. Curiosities. Their dykes, to preserve the country from inundations, are stupendous. The Stadthouse of Amsterdam is a fine building; it stands on nearly four- teen thousand long piles driven into the ground. In this country are several museums, containing some very sin- gular curiosities, natural and artificial. Commerce. Before the French revolution, the Dutch were the most commercial: people in the world. Their commerce extended to all parts, and their East India fleet brought them every summer great quantities of gold, besides pearls, diamonds, ivory, spices, &c. ; and in the seventeenth century it was supposed to exceed that of all Europe combined. Their trade with Sumatra and their other islands in the east is still considerable. Chronology. These provinces were (with Belgium) originally an assemblage of several lordships, dependant on Austria, during the reign of the Emperor Charles V. But when his son Philip succeeded to the crown of Spain, a general insurrection took place, and tlie Prince of Orange (great grandfather to our King William III.) was elected to be their stadtholder, or general, in 1579, and soon after formed the republic called the Seven United Provinces, or Holland, Napoleon Bonapart© erected it EUROPE. BELGIUM. 51 into a kingdom, over which he placed, as sovereign, his hrothor Louis, but afterwards declared it an integral part of France, which it remained till 1813; when, by the downfall of Napoleon, a counter-revolution took place, and the Prince of Orange was recalled, lie took the title of William L, King of the Netherlands, A.D. 1815. This union of Flanders with Holland was never popular, and Belgium now forms a separate kingdom. William I. abdicated the throne in 1840, and was succeeded by his son William-Fredoric. BELGIUM. llehjhim is composed of the following Provinces^ viz. : PROVINCES. West Flanders, East Flanders . .fntwerp South Brabant CHIEF TOWNS. i . Bruges, Ostendy Ypres, Nieuport , Ghent, Oudenard, Dendermonde , /Antwerp , Brussels, Louvai)iy Mechlin Limburg {part of) Ifasselt, Tongress JIainaut , . . Mons, lournay Namiir, . . , Namur, Charleroy Liege .... Liege L^ixemburgi part of) Bouillon, Bastogne Rivers. The Mease, Scheldt, Sambre, 8fc. Canals. Those of Brussels, Ghent, Ostend, Sec. BELGIUM lies on the north-east of France. It is about 150 miles long and 100 bioad. ^■intwerp was once the emporium of the European con- tinent, but one of the first exploits of the Dutch, after tliey shook off the Spanish yoke in 1579, was t) ruin the commerce of Antwerp, by sinking vessels loaded with stone in the mouth of the Scheldt, thus shutting up the entrance of that river to ships of burthen. This was the more cruel, as the people of Antwerp had been their friends and fellow-sufferers in the cause of liberty. The French, during the revolution, made a conquest of the country, and threw the navigation open. Its comi ^erce is now considerable, and its population is 70,000. The spire of the cathedral is 466 feet high, and of great beauty. Brussels is also a fine tow n, and the capital of Belgium : it contains 100,000 inhabitants. Here the best camlets are made, and the finest kinds of lace. Brusse/ty LoU' 52 GUY H GEOGRAPHY. vaine, and St. Omer'a have been famous for their colleges. Bruges^ Ostend, and Nicnport lie near the sea. Ghent is a considerable town, divided by canals into 20 islands, and over these are 300 bridges. Between Brussels and Nivelles is the village of Waterloo, in the neighbourhood of which, on Sunday, the 18th of June, 1815, was fought that great battle which terminated in the total defeat of Bonaparte. Limburg is situated on a hill near the river Wese, and is remarkable for its woollen manufactures and cheese. Air, Soil, &c. The air upon some parts of the coast is bad; that in the interior more healthy. The soil is rich and its produce abundant, especially in corn, fruits, and flax. They have abundance of pasture. Travelling in this luxuriant country is safp and delightful. Flanders is a flat country, with scarcely a single hill. The roads are generally a broad causeway, and run several miles in a straight line, till they terminate in a view of some noble building. Religion. Before the conquest of this country by the French, the established religion was the Roi "n Catholic ; but Protestants and other sectR were not molested. In the constitution of the kingdom of Belgium, religious toleration is a fundamental law. Artists and Learning. The Flemish painters and sculptors have great merit. The works of Rubens and Vandyke are greatly admired. Their Manufactures are beautiful linens and laces, for which they are unrivalled, particularly in their cam- brics from Cambray, but this town now belongs to France. Chronology. The countries west of the Rhine were called Gallia Belgica by the Romans : they were con- quered by Julius CsBsar. The Goths, Austrians, and Spaniards had afterwards successive possession. The battle of Ramillies, gained by the Duke of Marlborough, contributed to their shaking off the yoke of Spain, and they became subject either to Germany or France. During the latter years of the French revolution, tbe Flemings were considered as an integral part of the French empire ; but at the peace of 1814, they were included under the government of Holland ; and tbe Prince of Orange was styled William I., king of the Netherlands. The people of Flanders, however, have recently severed themselves from Holland, determined to have a government of their own ; and, in 1831, Prince Leopold, of Saxe Coburg, was chosen king. ^^ ■. .»,. KUROPK. — GERMANY. 53 7r* GERMANY Is now divided into the. following thirty-eight distinct slates, which are united under the name of the Germanic Confederation ; and governed by a Diet held at Frank- fort, in which each State is entitled, according to its extent, to the number of votes denoted by the figure opposite to its name. , „, STATES. VOTES. CHIEF CITIES. yJustria {part of the Empire f) 4 — Vienna Prussia {part of Kingdom of) . 4 — Berlin ' Bavaria {Kingdom of) , . . 4 — M inich Saxony {ditto) . , Hanover {ditto) , Wurtemburg {ditto) . Baden {Principality of) . Hesse (Electorate of) Hesse {Grand Duchy of) 4 — J Dresden 4 — Hanove 4 — Stutgoi fi 3— Poden 2—-Ca^sel 3 — Darmstadt DUCHIES OF Holstein {belonging to Denmark) Luxemburg {belonging to Holland) Brunswick , . . Mecklenburg Schwerin . Nassau ..... Saxe Weimar, Saxe Gotha .... Saxe Coburg .... Saxe Meiningen . Saxe Hilburghausen , Mecklenburg Strelitz, , Holstein Oldenburg . Anhall Dessau . . . Anhalt Bernberg, , Anhalt Roten .... Schwartzburg Sanderhausen Schwartzenburg Rudolstadt Hohenzollern Heckingen, Lichtenstein .... Hohenzollern Sigmaringen Waldeck • , , . . ^—Kiel 3 — Luxemburg 2 — Brunswick 2 — Schwerin 2 — Nassau — Weimar ;i, — Gotha — Coburg ^ , • , — Meiningen — Hilburghausen — Strelilz — Oldenburg — Dessau — Bernburg — Zerbs — Sanderhausen — Rudolstadt ^ — Heckingen — Lichtenstein — Sigmaringen — Corbachf Waldeck 54 GUYS GEOGRAPHY. DUCHIES OF VOTES. CHIEF CITIES. Old Reus New liens Schaumhurg Lippe .... IJppe Hesse Homhiirg Fi-ce Cities of Frankfort ^ Bremen, Hamburg, Lnheck . . . . l—Schlaifz 1 — Gera 1 — Schaumhurg 1 — Lippstadt 1 — Homburg Total . . 70 Votes, But for discussions of minor importance, and for ordinary occurrences, the votes are reduced to 17 ; — tke greater powers possessing one vote each, and one to some of the smaller states united. ;. The Rivers of Germany are the Danube, the Rhine, the Elbe, the Oder, the JVeser, and the Maine. The Lakes are those of Constance, Bregentz, Chiensea, Sfc. The Mountains are the Hartz, the Alps, and those Oh the borders of Bohemia. // - . GERMANY lies east of France and the Netherlands, and south of Denmaik and the Baltic. It is about 670 miles in length, and 550 in breadth. Before the French Revolution it was divided into nine Circles, viz., Austria, Bavaria, Suabia, Franconia, Upper and Lower Rhine, Westphalia, and Upper and Lower Saxony : besides the States of Bohemia, Moravia, Lusatia, and Silesia. The empire of Austria is composed of various states, an account of which will be found under its proper head. The Emperor of Austria, as ruler over Austria and Bohemia, is constituted perpetual President of the Ger- manic Diet. Prussia, the second power in the Confederation, is principally composed of states which formerly belonged to Germany ; it is described at large under Prussia. Bavaria, after having been long the second, is now the third state in Germany. From an tlectorate, it was, by tiie influence of Napoleon, erected into^ a kingdom : it in- cludes, besides the whole Circle of Bavaria, a great part of Franconia, part of Suabia, and of the Upper Rhine. The population is 4,315,469. Munich, the capital, lies in EUUOPE. — GERMANY. 55 an extensive plain on the Iser, ninety miles south-west of the Danube. It is a handsome city, and full of well-built modern edifices ; the King's new palace is much admired. Population about 95,000. Saxony, from an electorate, was also erected into a kingdom by Nai)oleon. It was of considerable extent, but the king, having taken too decided a part in favour of his old benefactor, was compelled by the Congress of Vienna, to cede almost the whole of his dominions north of Dresden and Leipsic. The population is 1,650,000. Dresden is the residence of the King of Saxony, and is a beautiful city : it is famous for its mirrors, its foundries of bells and cannon, its galleiy of pictures, its various col- lections of tlie fine arts, and for its porcelain -manufactory. It has also a college or university. Population 66,000. Leipsic is a flourishing city, the centre of the book trade in Germany, where three fairs are annually held for the sale of books. Hanover, from an electorate, is also created a kingdom. It has received from Prussia a considerable addition of territory in the principalities of Hildesheim and East Friesland, the country of Gojar and Lingen, with a part of Munster. On the death of William IV. of England, his brother, the Duke of Cumberland, as Ernest I., suc- ceeded to the Crown of Hanover. Its population is about 1,668,000. Hanover is its capital. G'dttingen possesses a greater interest, being the seat of the most flourishing Protestant university of Germany : it numbers 1,500 students. WuRTEMBURG was formerly a duchy. In 1802 it was made an electorate, and is now a kingdom. Stutffard is the capital. The population of the kingdom is 1,635,000. The states of Bavaria, Wurtemburg, Baden, Hesse Darmstadt, the two Hohenzollerns, and Lichtenstein, lie south of the Maine. All the others, except the Austrian states, which are to the east, are to the uoith of that river. Hamburffh, a free city, is situated on the Elbe, and is one of the chief places of commerce in Europe. It has a population of 130,000. Franhfoitf the seat of the federative diet, is situated on the Maine. It has two great fairs every year, and, as an inland town, is a place of great commerce. Cassel is a very diversified city, und has several manu- factories of hats, porcelain, &c , and a valuable cabinet of curiosities. Weimar has long been the Augusian city of Germany, and distinguished as the residence of German literati. Brunswick is famous for its strong beer, called 56 GUYS GEOGRAPHY. Mum. Slrelilz attracts admiration by its beautiful lakes. Coburg abounds in curious petrified wood. The prin- cipality of Iscnburg is ceded to Austria. Vienna was formerly considered as the capital of the whole German empire. In 1806, the constitution of the Germanic empire was set aside by the power of France, but remodelled by the treaty of 1815. Vienna is now the capital of the Emperor of Austria's dominions. Rivers. The Danube rises in Suabia, near the borders of Switzerland, and passing by Ulm, Ratisbon, Vienna, and through Hungary and Turkey, falls into the Black Sea, by several channels. The Rhine rises in the Alps, and passes through the Lake Constance. After passing many cities, and dividing, in one part, France from Ger- many, it flows through the Netherlands, and almost loses itself in the sands below Ley den in Holland. The Elbe rises in Silesia, and passing through part of Bohemia, enters Saxony ; waters Dresden, Hamburgh, &c., and falls into the German Sea. The Oder rises in Moravia, runs through Silesia, passes Frankfort in Upper Saxony, and falls by three mouths into the Baltic. The fVeser rises in Franconia, passes by Bremen, &c., and falls into the German Ocean. The Maine rises on the confines of Bohemia, and falls into the Rhine a little above Mentz. Lakes. Constance, between Germany and Switzer- land. Chiensea, a small lake *•; Bavaria. Mountains. The A/ps sepuii ce Italy from France, Switzerland, and Germany. The mountains near Bohe- mia divide it from Saxony, Bavaria, and Moravia. The Hartz border upon Hanover, and are rich in mines. Climate. The climate and soil diffler greatly ; the southern parts are not unpleasing; the northern, in many places, bad and desert. The most mild and settled weather is found in the middle of the country. There is no great difference between many parts of Germany an(' Great Britain. Animals. There are vast forests and woods, conse- quently an abundance of wild fowl and game of all sorts. The German wild boar differs in colour from our common hogs, and is much larger. The Glutton of Germany is said to be the most voracious of all animals. Here are excellent heavy horses, but neither the horses, oxen, nor sheep are to be compared to those of England. Inhabitants. The Germans are frank, grave, honest, hospitable, and generally very fair in their dealings ; ex- cellent both in arts and war ; have an extensive genius for mechanical learning. Industry, application, and per- severance are their characteristics ; though they are EUROPE. — GERMAN?. 57 generally thought to want animation. The Germans have greatly distinguished themselves in various branches of literature and science. RELiaiON. Religion is nearly equally divided between Protestants and Roman Catholics ; other sects, and Jews are tolerated. It was in Germany that Luther introduced the Reformation, and made such a stand against the errors of Rome ; yet the celebrated Englishman, John Wickliffe, went further in reform than Luther himself, though he lived a century and a half before him. Languaoe. The Teutonic part of the German tongue is an original language, and has no relation to the Celtic. It is called High Dutch, and is the mother tongue of Germany ; but varies much in its dialects in different provinces. Curiosities. Their mineral and other springs, such as Pyrmont, are numerous. The imperial library at Vienna is a great literary rarity. The vast Gothic cathedrals, palaces, &c., impress the beholder with their diversified magnificence. There is a tun at Heidelberg that holds 800 hogsheads, and is generally full of the best Rhenish wine. GovBUNMENT. Their government was of the mixed form ; the emperor was head, but not master of the em- pire ; he could do but little without the consent of the electors, &c., who formed what was called the Diet of the empire. But the emperor of Germany, in 1806, relin- quished that title and assumed that of the Emperor of Austria. A new order then arose for a short time ; but in 1815, the sovereign states of Germany becamo a regular and permanent deliberative assembly, holdiny, a Federative Diet, for maintaining the external and interna' security, the independence and inviolability of the Con» federate States, which are bound to submit all their desires to the Diet, not to make war on each other, nor contract any alliances, or make a separate peace, contrary to the interests of the Confederation. Charlemagne, or Charles the Great, king of France, was founder of the German empire in 800. The present emperor is Ferdinand, who succeeded his father, Francis II., in 1835. 58 guy's geography. " AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. , The Austrian Dominions comprehend Austria^ Bohemia^ Moravia, Sfyria, the Tyrol, and Illyr'm in Germany; also Hungary, Tra?isylvatiia, Gallicia, Sclavonia, Croatia, and Dalmatia ; and in Italy, Milan, Mantua, and Venice* AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS IN GERMANY. DOMINIONS. CHIEF TOWNS. // Austria Proper . . Vienna, Lintz Bohemia .... Prague j Moravia . , , . Brimn, Olmutz \ Styria Gratz, Judenhurg The Tyrol .... Innsprvdc, Trent lilyria Laylach, Klagenfurt, Trieste, AUSTRIA Proper, the principal state of the empire, as well as the first in the Germanic Confederacy, is the south-easterly portion of the German states. Before 1804, it was but an archduchy ; it was then erected into an empire under Francis II., who, up to that period, was Emperor of Germany. ViENNA, the capital, and the chief city of the Austrian dominions, is seated on the southern bank of the Danube, at twenty miles distance from the frontier of Hungary. Its palaces, and some other public buildings, are magnificent. It contained in 1880, 319,873 inhabitants, only 70,000 being within the fortifications, the rest among its numerous suburbs, Bohemia, an ancient kingdom, lies entirely surrounded by mountains, to the north of Austria : it is a rich and fertile country, with a population of 4,152,560, who are un industrious and manufacturing people. Prague, the capital, is situated on the river Mulda : it is a fine old city ; its noble bridge, its Gothic cathedral, and its decay- ing palaces, give it an air of antique grandeur. Its population has been estimated at 120,000. Moravia, a marquisate, is of less extent than Bohemia, has, like it, a mountain frontier, and is equally fertile. Brunn, the capital, has a population of 40,000, is strongly fortified, and has considerable manufactories. Olmutz is also fortified. EUROPE. AUSTRIAN EMPIIIK. 59 Galucia waa taken from Poland ; only a part of it now remains to Austria, the northern division bein^ annexed to the duchy of Warsaw, and the western to the bishopric of Cracow. The southern part, with the salt mines and territory of "Wieliezka ; the circles of Jarnopol, Lloozow, Brezezan, and Zuleszyk, are restored to Austria. For the Rivers and Mountains, see Germany. Air and Soil. The air of Bohemia is not so whole- some as that of the other German states, though its soil and produce are nearly the same. The soil of Austria is very productive. Chakacter. The Bohemians resemble the rest of the Germans in their persons, habits, and manners. Religion. Popery is the established religion, but Protestants are tolerated. Language. The Bohemian language is a dialect of the Sclavonian ; but the people generally speak German. History. Till the year 1 138, the Bohemian nobility used to elect their own princes, when Albert II., of Aus- tria, received three crowns; the empire (of Germany), Hungary, and Bohemia. Bohemia has never since been able to shake off the yoke, being still subject to the House of Austria. STYRIA, THE^YROL, ILLYRIA, &c. Styria is a duchy south of Austria. Though in general a mountainous country, the inhabitants raise great quan- tities of grain. Here are mines of iron, which have been worked a thousand years, and still continue rich. The Styrian steel is held in high estimation. Gratz, the capital, seated on the Mur, is a populous and thriving town. The Tyrol, including Voralberg, is the most west- ward of the Austro-German doR>;.aons: its mountains vie with those of Switzerland, of which it appears a con- tinuation. The mineral productions are various, but of little amount. Innspruck> the capital, is an ancient, con- siderable, and well-built town. Population 11,000. Illyria has ' '.en formed by uniting into one govern- ment Carinthia, Carniola, viid Istria. Th''^ region, though extremely mountainous, produces a c<. .: Jerable quantity of corn. The mines of lead, iron, ana mercury are very productive, particularly the latter, which yu Ul more than any other part of Europe. Laybach, in Li.r- niola, the principal seat of government, is an ancient place, containing about 12,000 inhabitants. Trieste, containing 69,500, and Fiumey 8,000, are the principal Austrian sea-ports. '""" w . -r * „^f V \h 60 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. HUNGARY, &c. \, . STATES. CHIKr" TOn'NS, Upper H'lvigary . . PRESBURr, Dehretztu, T Jmy Lower Hungary . . Buda^ Pudh Iransylvania . . . Hermans! adty Kronstadt Gallida and Lodomirla Le Kherg Selavonia .... Poseaa, EsreJc Croatia , , , , Agram. KaHstadt Dalmatia . ,. . , Zara, Spalairo, Ragusa, The Rivers are the Damr>e, the Drave, Kilave, ^c. The Mountains are ike Krapakf cr Carpathian. !W?f^ HFNGAUY lies to the east of Germany, the south of pyLifi .1 and tlie north of Turkey. It is a country of great exiout, h^\v% about 470 miles long, and 350 broad, and a populatioii. of 12,000,000. Presburg, the capital of the kiii^'dom, where the kings are crowned, and the diet is held, Jic pleasantly situated on the Danube, and has a population of 42,000. Debrelzin, a large commercial town, and Tokay, celebrated for its wine, are in Upper Hungary. // Budxi and 'V«//i, on the other side of the Danube, form together the most important city of Hungary. Buda, on the right bank of the river, was the ancient capital of the kingdom, and is now the seat of government, with a popu- lation of one-third, and Pesth having two-thirds, they form together a population of 130,000. Transylvania, situated on the south-east of Hungary, is a mountainous country, having the Carpathians for its I eastern and southern boundaries. The population is up- wards of 2,000,000. Hermanstadt, considered the capital of Transylvania, la a fortified town, Avith 18,000 inhabitants. Kronstadt^ ' situated at the south-east corner of the province, is a large trading lown, containing a populat/vi of 36,000. Gai-licia and Lodomiria is t' ' ' portion of Poland annexed to Austria. It differs u t 'derably from that mai'sh"'' level which pervades n ' aY the whole of the other rts of Poland, being ' ^w-.. >.s Hungary extremely mou .u.nous, and the remai ;•«- .(^ vales of extraordinary fertJ'.jv quantity of corn. The salt mii^es ductiveness, superior to any ot'^- iversified by hills and ■nd producing a vast for extent and pro- 1 the world. The EUROPE. HUNGARY. ei population is 4,385,608. Lemberg, the capital, has G0,000 inhabitants, nearly one-third of whom are Jews. ScLAVONiA, situated between the Drave and the Savet is about half covered with wood, and the remainder but ill cultivated. Posega and Eszek are its principal towns. Croatia, between Germany and Turkey, and Dai.- MATiA, along the shores of the Adriatic Sea, are two pro- vinces that have long been annexed to the Austrian monarchy. Agram is a large and strong town on the river Save. Zara, the capital of Dalmatia, is a small town. Spalatrn is much larger, and contains the remains of a palace of Dioclesian, one of the grandest monuments of ancient architecture. Ragusa and Cattaro have good harbours ; the latter is an important military position. The Venetian States belonging to Austria are noticed under Italy. Rivers. For the Danuhet see Germany. The Drave rises in the Tyrol, and, separating Hungary from Croatia, falls into the Danube near Eszek. The Save rises in Austria, and falls into the Danube near Belgrade. The Theiss and the Maross are large rivers ; and after uniting, enter the Danube above Semlin. The Vistula rises in Gallicia. For the Mountains, see Poland. Soil. The land is in many parts extremely fertile, and in some places producing the moet esteemed grapes in Europe. The country abounds with mines, yielding gold, silver, copper, iron, and lead. Animals. In the woods is a race of horses, the most active, hardy, and spirited, for their size, in the world ; the hussars, or light dragoons of the Austrian army, are mounted on them. The other animals are similar to tnose of Germany. Peoplf. The Hungarians are a brave, magnanimous, and hardy people ; handsome and well shaped. Their appearance is improved by their dress, which is peculiar and very becoming. They have the most devoted attach- ment to their ancient privi'eges and customs. The F inperor of Austria is king o^ dlungary. Riii.QioM. Though the prv, v^ailing religion is Ron mi n Catholic, i): :re is an immense number of Protestanis, m^h^ many Jews. Their Dialects are various ; but German and Sclavonic predominate. Ancient Pwinonia formed but a small part of Hungai-y. See Russell's Atlas of Classical Geography. l&^: ."^L «>yii d2 GUYS GKOGRAFHY. FRANCE. < >.a France was anciently divided iiito Provinces. It is now formed into the following Departments : — On the North-West. PROVINCES. Brittany Normandy Maine . Anjou . Isle of France Picardy , . Artois , Flanders, 8fc, Champagne 4orrar:e Alsace DEPARTMENTS. Isle et Vilaine , Lower Loir . Finisterre , , Coih du Nord . Morhihan, , . Lower Seine . , Calvados , Orne , , , , Eire . . , . La Manche , . Sarte . . . . Mayenne . Maine et Loire , North. Seine el Oise, , Seine et Marne , Oise . . • Aisne • . Somme . . Pas de Calais Nord . North-East. Auhe . M'lrne Upper Marne Ardennes Yon lie Moselle . Meurthe . . Meuse Vosyes . # Lower Rhine, Upper Uhim. \ CHIEF TOWNS. Rennes Nantes Quimper St. Brieux Vannes Rouen Caen Alen^on Evreux Saint Lo Le Mans Laval Angers Paris Melun Beauvais Laon Amiens Arras, Calais Lille Troyes Chalons Chaumont Mezieres Auxerre Metz Nancyk Inr le Dw Lplwdl ^Urashurg Colmar EUROPE. — FRANCE. 63 * PROVINCES. Poltou , . Saintonge , Angoumoia . Touraine Orleanois . Berry , Nivernois Bourhonnois Marche , . JAmosin , • Auvergne Lyonnois Franchk Comte Burgundy , Guienne Gascoiiy . Beam , West, departments. Vienne , . « Deux Sevres . Vendee . Lower Charente , Charente . . . MiDDIE. Tndre et Loire . Loire t , Loir et Cher , . Eure et Loir , Cher .... /«f/re .... N/evre . . » Allier Creiise . . , Upper Vienne Correze . . , Pz^y de Dome Cantal \Rl^ne I Loire .... East. J^^ra , . . . Doubs . • • Upper Swne . CcJ^e c m ofher coun- tries for the recovery of their health. Narhonne, in the department of A ' \de, is famovs for its honey, and the cathedral noted for its noble choir. The departments, formerly Provence, are extremely fer- tile ; they produce the best oil ; and the fields are full of orange, %, lemon, almond, and olive trees. Tou/on is a soa-port of great importance, and the gene- ral magazines of naval stores. Maravilles is a ftne city, and celebrated sea-port, in the Mediierranean. Nancy is a famous city. The cathedral is a superb structure. The departments, formerly Champagne, abound in corn and cattle, and produce the wine called Champagne. Burgundy. These departments are fertile, and produce the wine called Burgundy. Lyons stands at the confluence of the Rhone and the Saone : it is the second city of France for commerce and opulence. It has manufactures of silks, and gold and silver stufts. In the year 1793, it suilered extremely from the effects of the Revolution. Corsica, an island about 200 miles south-east from the mouths of the Rhone, is a department of France : its chief towns are Ajaccio, Bastia, and Calvi. Napoleon was born in Corsica. The territory of Avignon, and county of Venaisian, have been erected into the department of Vaucluse. By the conquest of Paris, and restoration of the Bour- bons in May, 1814, the territories of France were fixed at the limits of 1792. The usurpations of France were cur- tailed by its being again conquered in 1815, and obliged to receive garrisons of foreign troops in all its northern for- tresses, to remain there at the expense of the French for five years. They were withdrawn at the end of three years. Rivers. The Rhone rises in Switzerland, passes through the lake and city of Geneva, receives the Saone at Lyons ; and from thence runs due south by Avignon to the Mediterranean. The Garonne and the Loire fall into the Bay of Biscay. The Seine and the Somme fall into the British Channel. Canals. That of Languedoc was intended to open a communication between the Mediterranean and Atlantic ; but being only six feet deep, it can be only used by small vessels. By the canal of Calais, travellers easily pass by water from thence to St. Omer, Gravelines, Dunkirk, Ypres, and other places. Railroads in France are now giving additional facilities to travellers.! EUROPE. — FRANCE. flr The canal of Orleans runs 18 leaguep, to the benefit of the public revenue. Bays. The Baj/ of Biscay washes the flouth-wostern coast of France, and tlie northern of Spain. Quibcron liai/, north of Belle-isle. The Gu/f of Lijotis, at the mouths of the Rhone. Mountains. The Alps divide Franco from Italy ; Mount Jura separates France from Switzerland ; the Ce- venues, in the late province of Languedoc; and Mount d'Or in Pay vine, flax, and wool, but Iioihch, Hheep, deer, fish, and fowl. The duny is their chief support. Iniiabitants. The Swiss are a brave, hardy, indus- trious people ; true and faithful to their word. 'J'he nu-n are sober, courageous, and ('xcrHont soldiers. The Swiss cottages convey the livi licst image of cleanliness, ease, and simplicity. In the Swiss gentry a genuine and inar- tificial good breeding is conspicuous. Manufactukks. The d lef are linen, cotton, and silk. ried on to a great extent in the Ooneva. ^ntons are Roman Catholic, ndcr mixed, but great Watch-making has beei. districts of Neufchate' Religion. Some some Protestant, an> toleration is met with Language. They speuiv i . ench, German, and Italian, an they border on these several countries. Curiosities. Every district abounds with some natural curiosity ; wild but beautiful prospects, interspersed with lofty buildings and wonderful hermitages, especially that near Friburg; and the bridge burnt by the French at SchafThausen wa< as curious as it was singular. The Government was a free republic, till it fell a prey to the rapacity ol France ; and the different cantons, though united in one common bond, were governed by their own laws. The ancient system is again restored. Chronoi.ooy. The ancient inhabitants of this country were called Helvetii : they were subdued by Julius CjEsar. The Burgundians and Germans next subdued them till about 1300, when the Emperor Albert I. treated the people with so much rigour, that a singular revolt rescued them from the German yoke. The story oi Gesler the governor of these provinces, who, in the wantonness of tyranny, set up a hat upon a pole, to which he ordered the natives to pay respect, is generally known. Gesler being shot by Tell, the independence of the country under the form of a republican government took place, and has continued with a few interruptions to the present time. ITALY. Ifaly is now restored to its former denonmiations and divisions : DIVISIONS. Venice and Lomhardy chief towns. Venice^ seated on Islands Milan, ComOf LoiJi, Cremona Mantua, Padua, Verona IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 ■U m 12.2 t. tL lAO M 11= U IIIIII.6 V] <^ /2 7 /^ o / Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14560 (716) 872-4503 11 80 4 GUT S GEOGRAPHY, DIVISIONS. Piedmont , Genoa .... Savoy .... Sardinia (Island of) Parma . . , . Modena Tuscany Massa . . . . Carrara St. Marino . Lucca . . . . CHIEF TOWNS. Turin, Alessandria Genoa, Spezia, Savona Chamber ry, Annecy Cagliari, Sassari Parma, Piacmza, Guastalla Modena, Mirandola, Reggio Florence, Leghorn, Sienna ^' '?. I Carrara St. Marino . • . , / Lucca. Ecclesiastical States, Rome, Bologna, Ferrara, Ravenna, Ancona, and Civita Vecchia. I \ Naples . Sicily . Naples, Gaeta, Salerno Palermo, Messina, Syracuse. Rivers. The Po, Tiber, Arno, and Rubicon. Gulfs and Bays. The Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of Venice, Genoa, Gaeta, Naples, Salerno, and Tarento. Straits of Messina and Bonifacio. Lakes. Maggiore, Como, Gar da. 8^c. * Mountains. T'he Alps, Apennines, Mount Vesu- vius, Mount Etna. Islands. Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, Elba, Malta, and Lipari Isles. Capes. Di Leuca, Spartivento, Passaro. ' ' ITALY is a large peninsula, shaped like a boot, and washed on three sides by the Mediterranean. The French formed the northern States of Italy into a kingdom ; but they have again assumed their ancient character. Its length is about 670 miles, and its greatest breadth about 380, though it is not much more than 100 miles in width throughout the greatest part of its length. The Emperor of Austria has acquired the Venetian States, and all the territory between the Ticino, the Po, and the Adriatic, the Valleys of Valteline, Bormio, and Chiavenna. The King of Sardinia recovered his dominions, such as they were, in 1702, with the exception of some cessions to Geneva. The Archduchess Maria Louisa (late Empress of France) is sovereign of the duchies of Parma, Piacenza, and Guas- tella ; the reversion of these states to be regulated by the allied courts. "• i EUROPE. — ITALY. 81 I'' '• \ 3. t- t ( The Archduke Francis d'Este is made Grand Duke of Modena. The Archduke Ferdinand of Austria has regained the grand duchy of Tuscany ; and also the principality of Piombino, and that part of Elba formerly belonging to the King of the Two Sicilies. The Archduchess Maria Beatrice d'Este is the here- ditary sovereign of the duchy of Massa, and principality of Carrara, with the Imperial fiefs of Lunigiana. St. Marino is a small republic. The Infanta Maria Louisa of Spain is sovereign duchess of Lucca ; the descent in her male issue, with reversion to the Grand Duke of Tuscany. The Pope has regained the Marshes, and their depen- dencies, the territories of Benevento, Ponte Corvo, Ra- venna, Bologna, Ferrara, Comachio, &c. Ferdinand IV., King of the Two Sicilies, was restored to the throne of I^aples, without any change of territory or of authority. Milan is a beautiful and fertile country. The city of Milan was considered as the capital of the dukedom, which again belongs to the House of Austria. It is the largest city of Italy, having a population of 160,000. Its ca- thedral, built of solid Avhite marble, is one of the most celebrated in Italy. Mantua is the birth-place of the poet Virgil. ^,i iy-r-'i^.- ^Xxk Venetian States, now possessed by Austria, are fruitful, abounding with vineyards and plantations of mulberries. Venice is built on seventy-two small islands, and over the several canals are laid nearly five hundred bridges. Its magnificent palaces are going fast to decay ; commerce has long since been diverted to other channels. The church of St. Mark is a noble edifice. Genoa, formerly a great naval republic, rivalling Venice, lies on the coast. It is a most superb city. The manu- factures are velvets, damask, gold and silver tissues, &c. It is now a duchy, and the King of Savdinia is the duke ; the people enjoy their own laws and privileges. Parma. The cheese called Parmesan is made here. Piedmont belongs to the King of Sardinia : Turin is his capital ; a fine city, though not very large. The silks of Piedmont are reckoned the btfst in Italy. Florence is a very beautiful city, surrounded with vine- yards and delightful villas. It is full of paintings, sculp- ture, and architecture. It stands on the Arno. Leghorn has a famous harbour on the Mediterranean, and great commerce. f3 82 GUY S GEOGRAPHY The States of the Church (or territories of the Pope) contain several provinces. Rome is the capital, and the usual residence of the Pope. This grand city abounds with noble ruins, triumphal arches, superb buildings, beautiful paintings, statues, &c. The population of Rome is 158,000. Naples has been called a paradise, from its beauty and fertility. The city of Naples is built in the form of an amphitheatre, and is one of the finest cities in the world. It contains about 350,000 inhabitants. The Bay of Naples is of unrivalled grandeur. Rivers. The Po rises in Piedmont, and falls into the Adriatic. The Tiber rises in the Apennines, and, passing ^ '^ by Rome, falls into the Mediterranean. The Arno passes ' by Florence, and falls into the sea at Pisa. The famous Rubicon forms the southern boundary between Italy and the ancient Cisalpine Gaul. This river Hows into the Adriatic, north of Ravenna. |i Gulfs. The Adriatic flows between Italy and Turkey. Gulf of Genoa, south of the city. Gulf of Gaeta north, and Salerno south, of Naples ; Gulf of Tarento under the foot of Italy. Straits. Jkfessma, between Sicily and Naples. Boni- facio, between Corsica and Sardinia. The Lakes Maggiore, Como, Pesso, and Garda lie on the north of Italy ; there are other small ones in the middle of the country. Mountains. The Alps, the highest mountains in Europe, form its northern boundary. The Apennines extend through the whole length of It"'- . The volcanic • mountains, Vesuvius, near Naples, an na, in Sicily. Islands. Sicily is a kingdom : iis chief towns are Palermo, Messina, and Syracuse. Sardinia is a kingdom ; chief town Cagliaui. The population is reckoned at 450,000 ; this romantic island is susceptible of great improvement. Corsica vfz.:> formerly subject to Genoa, now to France ; it is mountainous and woody. Its capital is Bastia. Elba, celebrated for its iron mines, lying between Tuscany and Corsica is about eight miles long and two broad. It was the spot chosen by Napoleon for his residence, when he abdicated the throne of France. Part of it is again restored to the prince of Piombino, as far as respects the property ; the sovereignty of the island I being united wholly to the state of Tuscany. Malta, iox- raerlyil/e?«Va, belongs now to England. It formerly belonged to the Knights of Malta. Lipari Isles, the chief of which > is Lipari; and the volcano Stromboli forms one of these -J islands. ' Capes. St. Vito west, and Passaro south, of Sicily. J ^ EUROPE. ITALY. 83 Spartivento south of Italy. Di Leuca at the heel of Italy. Air and Soil. There is a great variety of temperature. Near the Alps the air is keen ; and the Apennines have also a great effect on its climate. The Campagna di Roma, the air of which was always impure, is now almost pestilential from the marshes. The happy soil of Italy produces the comforts and luxuries of life in great abundance. The Italian cheeses, particularly Parmesan, their olive oil, and their silks, form a great part of their commerce. The animal productions differ little from those of Ger- many and France. Inhabitants. The several states of Italy contain 21,483,000. The Italians are in general well-propor- tioned, and have much expression in their countenances. The women are well shaped. Sobriety and taciturnity are ascribed to the Italians. They are prudent, witty, and polite. They excel in the fine arts more than in the sciences. In their manners they affect a medium between the French volatility and the solemnity of the Spaniards. Their Religion is Roman Catholic ; but persons of all religions live here unmolested, provided no gross insult is offered to the established worship. Language. The basis of the Italian language is Latin; it is remarkable for its smoothness, and is easily mastered by a g od classical scholar. Learning. Great men might be enumerated in every branch of science and literature ; but their painters, sculptors, architects, and musicians, are unrivalled. Curiosities. This country so abounds with remains of antique monuments, that their very names would fill a volume — such as amphitheatres, triumphal arches, ruins of temples, villas, bridges, catacombs, &c. Modern curi- osities are equally numerous. Rome itself has some hundred churches, once filled with all that was rare in painting, sculpture, and architecture. St. Peter's is perhaps the most astonishing, bold, regular fabric that ever existed. Till the French Revolution, Italy was divided into different states, and under different forms of government. The Pope was generally considered as the sovereign of the country ; but his temporal power, during that event, began to decline, and was for a time nearly extinct ; by the general restoration of the European powers in 1814, the Pope has resumed his sovereignty, restored the au- thority of the clergy, and re-established the order of the Jesuits. ^ 84 GUT S GEOORAPHT. THE UNITED STATES OF THE IONIAN ISLANDS. .* ^' These States are composed of the following Islands : — CorfUf Paxoj Santa Maura, Theaki, or IthacOy Cepha- loniay Zante, and Cerigo ; and the other small islands situated along the coast of Albania and the Morea, which formerly belonged to the Venetian dominions. THE Islands above-named extend in a north-westerly direction along the east coast of the Adriatic, from three to four hundred miles. By a treaty signed at Paris, 5th November, 1815, between Austria^ Russia, Prussia, and England, they were placed under the protection of the latter power; and in pursuance of that treaty, a Constitutional Charter was agreed on by a legislative assembly, composed of forty of the principal inhabitants, and passed on the 2ud May, 1817. The seat of govern- ment is declared to be at Corfu, the capital of the island of that name. The orthodox Greek is the established religion, but all other forms of the Christian religion are protected. The Greek is the sole recognized language for official proceedings, and the only other language which can be used for copies, &c., is the English. The executive government is vested in her Britannic Majesty, who is represented by a Lord High Commissioner. The popu- lation of these Isles amounts to 204,242 persons, of whom 36,000 belong to Zante, which is 60 miles in circum- ference, and annually exports above 7,000,000 pounds of currants, 9,500 barrels of oil, and 48,000 barrels of wine, besides lemons, oranges, &c. Cephalonia contains 63,000 inhabitants, and is about 100 miles in circumference ; its exports in oil and wine are less than Zante ; but in cur- rants its exports are 9,700,000 pounds. The population of Corfu is 65,100 ; its produce in oil is 85,000 barrels, and 55,000 barrels of wine ; also 27,000 pounds of flax. It is the key to the Adriatic, and may become a place of considerable trade. Santa Maura has a population of 18,000 ; it produces annually nearly 6,000 tons of salt, 1,300 barrels of oil, and 35,000 of wine. Cerigo is be- tween 50 and 60 miles in circumference, having a popu- lation of only 9,000 souls; but it is the key to the Archipelago, and produces corn, honey, wax, and cheese, besides cattle. I I EUROPE. — TURKEY. 85 s ' > TURKEY IN EUROPE. Turkey in Europe contains the following Provinces : — PROVINCES. .7 CHIEF TOWNS. Moldavia .... Jassy, Chotzin Wallachia .... Bucharest Servia Be/grade Bosnia SerajevOf Bagnialuka Bulgaria , . . . Sophia, Widin \ ^•ff' Roumelia Macedonia . Albania Constantinople, Adrianople Salonica, Contessa Durazzo, Scutari '^■ Rivers. The Danube, Maritzae, Vurdar, Drin. Seas, Gulfs. The Euxine or Black Sea, Sea of Marmara, Archipelago or Egean Sea; Gulf of Salonica. Straits. The Bosphorus and Dardanelles. Mountains. HcBmus or Balkan, Athos, Olympus, Pindus. Islands. Candia, Lemnos, Thasos, Samothraki, Imbro. * {k TURKEY IN EUROPE has Hungary and Russia on the north, the Black Sea and Archipelago on the east, Greece and the Adriatic on the south and west It is about HOO miles long and 500 broad, and, with Turkey in Asia, and the north-east of Africa, form the Turkish empire. Roumelia and Macedonia form the largest of the Turk- ish provinces. Roumelia was formerly called Thrace. It is fruitful, and has mines of silver, lead, and alum. Con' stantinoplet the ancient Byzantium, is the capital of all the Grand Seignior's dominions. The government is fre- quently called The Porte. The view of the city from the harbour is confessedly the finest in the world ; but on en- tering the city, our expectations are disappointed, for the streets are narrow, the houses low, and the palaces con- cealed by high walls. The population is supposed to be upwards of half a million. Adrianople, the second city, was formerly the capital, and contains about 100,000 inhabitants. Salonica, the ancient Thessalonica, stands on the gulf of Salonica. In the province of Macedonia are the plains of Philippi, famous for the victory obtained by Augustus and Mark Antony over Brutus and Cassius. Bulgaria is a long plain between the Danube and the Balkan mountains, and tolerably fertile. Sophia is the capital, with 60,000 inhabitants. Thessaly contains Mount Olympus, and the Mounts of I' ■-j^':: 86 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. Pelion and Ossa, mentioned by the P6el8. Between the two former were the celebrated plains of Tempe. Larisaa (now Jeniaahir), famous for being the residence of Achilles, is a thriving town, with a population of 30,000. Albania is a rugged and mountainous country, extend- ing along the Gulf of Venice. The Danube^ called the Ister by the ancients, flows through the north of Turkey, and falls into the Black Sea. Sea of Marmara lies between the Bosphorus and the Hel- lespont. The Jrch jjelago^ called by the Turks the White Sea, and by the ancients the ^gean Sea. The Gulf of Sahnica lies to the north-west of the Archipelago. The Bosphorus is also called the Canal or Straits of Constanti- nople. The Dardanelles, or Hellespont, over which Xerxes laid his bridge when he invaded Greece, is near the site of old Troy. Mount Athos, celebrated for its singular form, and for the number of monasteries and hermitages on its towering height, lies on a peninsula that runs into the Archipelago. Findus separates Thessaly from Epirus. Hsemus, or the Balkan mountains, form a strong military position. Islands. In Candia are the famous mount Ida, and the river Lethe; it is one of the largest islands in the Mediter- ranean. Candia is the capital, and Canea is a considerable town. Lemnos is- still distinguished for its mineral earth. Thasos is famous for its gold mines, delicate wines and fruits. Soil, Air, &c. The soil, though unimproved, is luxu- riant, producing corn, wine, coffee, rhubarb, myrrh, and other odoriferous plants and drugs. But, though the air and climate are delightful and salubrious, yet Turkey, both in Europe and Asia, is often visited by the plague. The Turks are invited to frequent bathing by the purity of their waters, and the injunctions of their religion. Animals. The horses are excellent, both for beauty and< service. The goats are valuable, both for their milk and flesh. Inhabitants. The Turks are generally well-made and robust men : in youth, their complexions are fair, and their faces comely. The women, when young, are commonly handsome, but generally look old at thirty. In their de- meanour the Turks are rather grave and sedate ; but when agitated by passion^ furious and ungovernable. Their Religion is that of Mohammed, or Mahomet, whom they believe to be a greater prophet than J^esus Christ. The text of their law is the Koran. Lanquaqe. The Turkish language is a dialect of the Tartarian. It is the easiest of any we know, because the EUROPE.—GREECR. 87 "■•K ■J'. I most regular ; having only one conjugation of verbi, one declension of nouns, and no gender. It is not very copi- ous, but manly, energetic, and sonorous. Com M HUGE. Nature presents to the inhabitants all the conveniences and advantages of commerce ; but the go- vernment is such as destroys every exertion, and depresses every hope. Hence commerce is here but little attended to. The manufactories are managed by the Christian sub- jects, who annually export the finest carpets, besides cot- ton, leather, raw silk, &c. The Government is despotic. The Grand Seignior is master of the lives and property of his subjects ; and some of the Emperors have exhibited all that is shocking and unnatural in arbitrary power. Ch itoNOLoav. The Turks or Turkomans were originally from Scythia, or Tartary. They extended their conquests during several centuries from the shores of the Caspian to the Straits of the Dardanelles, and embraced the doctrine of Mohammed, About the year 1300, the sovereignty of the Turkish or Ottoman empire was founded in Bithynia (in Asia Minor), by Othman, Ottoman, or Osman I. He was succeeded by a race of warlike princes. In 1352, they passed the Hellespont, and got footing in Europe. Soon after which Amurath settled the seat of his empire at Adrianople, gradually re- ducing the dominions of the Greek emperors. After a long siege, Mahomet II. took Constantinople in 1453, which was followed by the submission of all Greece. Thus ended the Greek or Eastern empire : since that time the Turks have been looked upon as an European power. GREECE. T7ie recently erected kingdom of Greece, comprehends the Turkish Provinces of Livadia, anciently Hellas, and the Morea, the ancient Peloponnesus, together with the adjacent Islands in the JEgean Sea. Livadia is provisionally divided into Western Greece « , . Missolonghi Eastern Greece . . . Athens The Morea, formerly ( Corinth, Mycene, Tripolitza, Peloponnestts . . . ( Argos Islands. The Northern Sporades include — Skyro, Skiatho, Stropelo^ 8fc. The Western Sporades — Hydra, Egina, Salamis, 8fc. ; and the Ancient Cyclades — Andro, Zea, Naxia, Paros, Milo, Amorgo, 8fc. 88 gut's okograpby. m M^uZTn""'- ^'"■•""•'"< Heli^, and the MainCe ^^^"^^^^^ fhe an. of Z>^//.^o*. now reduced toaT2!,*n^'''^^^^^^ouscity Athens, in its present stafl it ^" ""'"^^^ called cj^rf on the brink of preSm^?' 1,^".'^^ «[ ^^rtress, stanXi* the most beautii?al spe^ns ^/^°""^« ""''^ remains o? ever were erected. '^ ^°' °^ ^^^^^^n architecture that Ihe MoRKA, formprlv P„. tion of Eastern Greece y'^^^^^'^'^t Evhtxa: it is a nor ^een first coined^'';- J" ff 7 "'oney is'said o ^ Hydra, a little xov\vV\L x ^'^'^^^^ ^O'' its marhlp ^lount Parnassus is in thp M« Capes Gallo lUo* ^ ^^®^<^a. on the ?*: tir/Grcr-l^'^' '-"'> «>« ^o„ia„ Sea Population. The fof«i and island Population in f.W'waTesf"' ^^ ^^^^^^ental GovERNMKNT. A Constitutional ^'^'"^^^ed at 926,000. th^g^^irf p'^'^^^'^^b^eneh^sen^inO P°^^^^« of means ?,i ^^"^^"^^ ' ^"^ the po S p/^' '^"^^'"'^ «°« o*" means duly organized. Pojuical elements are by no «uld'';Uh^aZ«:;Ttthirr^ "'"o- "^y be oo„ " fogress through hif A^L,- "?^' '"J a'so in the n,m?v " contains thf H,^''*''/ ^'"' ^fr'""" course ^fS'.! 'h-e portions of the GetgCb, f "^ """"' ' « ' • f I'' \ i'- ?t I I /H/rvift*/ /it fittt/?^ .ft-Arv'/ Attj^n^fi if %/ /tss/f/»»>" 90 GUT 8 GEOGRAPHY. the Spice Islands, namely, Amboyna and the Banda Isles ; the Philippines ; the Japan Islands ; the China Islands ; Hainan, Formosa, Sa^lien, Loo Choo, and Chusan ; the Kurile Isles ; and between Asia and America are the Aleutian and Fox Islands. PENINSULAS. The Peninsulas are those of Hindostan, Ma- lacca, Corea, and Kamtschatka. CAPES. In the north of Asia are Cape Taimura, or Ce*- vero Vostochnoi — North Cape, and East Cape--*{ Cape Lopatka, in Kamtschatka — Cape Romania, south of the Eastern, and Cape Comorin, south of the Western Peninsula of India. MOUNTAINS. ' The Oural Mountains, which form in part the eastern boundary between Europe and Asia ; and the Caucasus, part of the southern boundary, between the Black and Caspian Seas; Ararat, south of the Caucasus ; the Altaian Mountains which separate Russia from the Chinese Empire ; Taurus, or Kuron, a chain of mountains, which are continued with little interruption until they unite with the Himaleh Mountains, which separate Hindostan from Tibet and Chinese Tartary ; and the East and West Gauts in Hindostan. OCEANS, SEAS, GULFS, STRAITS. The Arctic Ocean ; the Indian Ocean ; the Pa- cific Ocean ; the Red Sea or Arabian fSulf ; the Straits of Babelmandeb ; the Persian Gulf; the Caspian Sea; the Lakes Aral and Baikal; the Red or Arabian Sea ; the Bay of Bengal ; the Straits of Malacca and Sunda ; Sea of Celebes ; China Sea ; Yellow Sea ; Sea of Kamtschatka. It ter 1,1 ASIA. TURKEY. 91 Pa- the the the the kbes ; RIVERS. The Obe, the Irtish, and Lena, in Siberia ; the Tigris and Euphrates in Turkey and Persia; the Amoo or Oxus, in Independent Tartary ; the Indus, Ganges, and Burrampooter, in India ; the Irrawaddy, in Burmah; the Hoang Ho and Yang-tse-Kiang, in China; and the Amur, in Chinese Tartary. TURKEY IN ASIA. Turkey in Asia consists of several Provinces^ or Pa" chalics : PROVINCES. CHIEF TOWNS. Asia Minor, comprehend- I « « r a T^ f J- \Smyrtiaf Bursa^ Ephesus Caramania .... Konieh,Caraman,Kaisaric^ Roum ...... Trebisondf Tokat, Samsoun Itchil 4 Sclefkeh, Tarsus Adana Jdana, Bostan, Samisat Turcomaniaj or Armenia • Erzeroum, Khars Curdistan, or Assyria . . Betlis Diarbekir ..... Diarhekir, Maden Algezira Mosul Irak-Arabi .... Bagdad, Bassora Syria, including Judea , Aleppo^ Damascus^ Antioch Palestine, or the Holy Jerusalentj Sidon, Tyre, Land Gaza The Rivers of Turkey in Asia are, the Euphrates, Tigris, Orontes, Jordan, Kizil-Irmak, and Meander. The Mountains are Taurus, Anti-Taurus, Ararat, Lebanon, Herman, 8fc. TURKEY IN ASIA is subject to the Grand Seignior. It is bounded by the Archipelago, the Black, and Medi- terranean Seas, Persia, Arabia, and Egypt. It is about 1,100 miles from west to east, and its greatest width from north to south 850; but its general width between the Black and Mediterranean Seas, is about 350 miles. Asia Minor lies between the Black and Mediterranean Seas, and comprehends the ancient kingdoms of Lydia, Pamphylia, Pisidia, Lycaonia, Cilicia, Pontus, and Cappa- docia ; in which were ;he seven churches of Asia, men- 92 QVTS GEOGRAPHY. m II \ tioned in the Revelations ; all of them celebrated in the Greek, Roman, or Sacred History ; but now a theatre of ruins. Natolia, or Anatolia, is the most western, and the largest province of Asia Minor, extending from the Black to the Mediterranean Seas ; and along the Archipelago. It contains many large towns, the principal of which are Smymay said to be the birth-place of Homer ; it has a very considerable foreign trade, and a population of 130,000; Bwrsa, or /»n«a, has 100,000; Pergamos\b,Q^\ and EphesuSf which has yet some remains of its ancient splendour ; but the inhabitants are only a few who have reared their huts among the ruins. Angora^ celebrated for the Angora goat ; the hair of which rivals silk in fine- ness. The population is upwards of 50,000. Caramania occupies the middle of Asia Minor. Koniehf the capital, is rendered f£lmous by the total defeat of the Turkish army, and the capture of the Grand Vizier by Ibrahim, the son of Mehemet AH. Its population is about 30,000. Roum is a province in the Black Sea. Trebisond, tho principal Turkish port in the Black Sea, has a popula- tion of 35,000. Tokatf in the interior, has, it is supposed, 30,000 inhabitants. Itchily a province on the Mediterra- nean, contains no place of note but TarsttSt the birth-place of St. Paul. Adantty the south-east province of Asia Minor, is valuable as possessing the passes into Syria. Tuucomania lies east of Asia Minor, and is that part of Armenia which belongs to the Turks: but Upper or Eastern Armenia is subject to Persia. The Armenians mostly profess Christianity. Erzeroumt the capital, is supposed to have 100,000 inhabitants. CuuDiSTAN lies south of Turcomania, and comprehends part of the ancient Assyria. The inhabitants are a mixture of Christians, Mohammedans, and Idolaters. They are the fiercest and most predatory race of all that inhabit the Turkish dominions. Betlis is the capital. DiAUBKKiu is a high table land, about 120 miles long, between the Euphrates and the Tigris. The city of Diarbe- kir^ on the west bank of the Tigris, is the ancient Armida, a bulwark of the Eastern empire against the Parthians. It contains 38,000 inhabitants. Aloezira, the Assyria and Mesopotamia of the ancients, is a great plain between the two rivers. Mosuh the capi- tal, is a gloomy looking place, in a state of decline ; it con- tains 35,000 inhabitants. Iuak-Arabi, the ancient Chaldea, south-east of Algezira, forms with it the Fachalic of Bagdad. The city of Bag- dad is on the east bank of the Tigris ; and although it ha« ASIA. — TURKEY. 93 Lends Ixture jy are it the long, Uarbe' Imida, liians. |;ient8, capi- con- ;ezira, Bag- I it hat no remains of the splendour of its caliphs, is a place of some consequence, and has a population of 20,000. Hil- iah, on the Euphrates, is built on the site of Babylon ; it contains about 12,000 inhabitants. BassorOt situated on the combined branch of the two rivers, is a flourishing city, which absorbs nearly all the foreign commerce of Persia and the Euphrates. The inhabitants, estimated at 60,000, are a mixture of Turks, Arabs, Persians, Indians, and all the people of the east. Syria extends from Asia Minor on the north, to Arabia Deserta on the south. Judea^ Pakstine, or the Holy Land, is the southernmost part of Syria. Aleppo may be styled the capital of Asiatic Turkey, and previous to the earthquake in 1822, was a very fine city, containing not less than 250,000 inhabitants. ScanderooUf or Akxan- dretto, is the sea-port of Aleppo. The climate is so un- wholesome, that tombs are more numerous here than "houses. Damasetu is now called El-Sham j it lies north by east of Jerusalem, in a most fertile plain, and is well watered. The environs of this city rank as the paradise of the East. It is still famous for that beautiful silk manu- facture called damask. The little fishing town of Sour is all that remains of Tyre, the queen of nations : and Saide^ or SidoUf the sister city of Phcenicia, contains but 7,000 inhabitants. Antioeh, now Anthakia, was anciently a celebrated, but is now a poor, ill-built town, with a population of 11,000. Here the disciples of our Saviour first received the name of Christians. Jerusalem, though an inconsiderable place compared with its ancient state, contains between 20,000 and 30,000 inhabitants. It was here Christ preached the Christian religion, and was crucified by the Jews upon Mount Calvary, a little to the west of the town. It was the capital of Judea, but was razed to the ground by Titus, the Roman general, in the year of our Lord 70. Rivers. The Euphrates is one of the most celebrated rivers in the world. It rises in Armenia, north of Erzeroum, and after uniting with the Tigris falls into the Persian Gulf. The Tigris rises in the mountains of Armenia, and passing by Diarbekir and other cities, falls into the Euphrates. The Orontes falls into the Levant (or eastern part of the Mediterranean), fifteen miles below Antioch. The Jordan is a river of Palestine, which rises in the mountains of Anti-Libanus, and running south, passes through the Sea of Galilee, or Lake lof Tiberias, and falls into the Dead Sea. The Meander flows into the Archipelago. 94 GUYS GEOGRAPHY. Mountains. TawtiSt or Kuron, Lake or Sea of Aral. CHIEF TOWNS. Bokhara, Samarcand. Balkh. Koukan. ^ .. ^-0 Khiva. it ' THE chief divisions of Independent Tartary are Bokhara, Koukan, and Khiva ; they have all been seats of empire. Bokhara, since the recent acquisition of Balkh, has be- come the most powerful. The capital of the same name is supposed to contain upwards of 100,000 inhabitants. Bokhara is a great seat of Mohammedan learning. Samarcand, once the capital of Asia, and whose walls enclose a circuit of forty-eight miles, is now little better than a mass of ruins. Balkh, the ancient Bactria, pos- sesses the fame of unrivalled antiquity ; it is called in the East the mother of cities. Kokatin, or Koukan, is a state or kingdom little less powerful than Bokhara. Koukan, the capital, is supposed to be the largest town in Tartary, Khojend, the former capital of Koukan, is still a very considerable place ; its situation on the river Sir, is said to be truly delightful, and its inhabitants the most learned and civilized of any in this part of Tartary. Khiva, or Khieva, forms another kingdom of Indepen- dent Tartary. once a seat of empire, and still considerable. Khiva, the capital, is poorly built, and is rather a fixed encampment than a town ; it is situated about 15 miles west of the river Oxus, and contains above 25,000 inha- bitants. It has been estimated that in Khiva and Bokhara there are from 150,000 to 200,000 Persians, and 15,000 Russians held in slavery. The population of Bokhara has o2 1 100 GUY S GEOORAIMIT. II been eitimated nt 3,000,000: of Balkh, 1 ,000,000 ; that of Koukun at 3,000,000 ; and Khiva at 1,500,000. The Kiryhi*e» or Kirguaea, and other roving and predatory tribes, also at 1,600,000; making a whole of 10,000,000, The military force of all tlu^ Tartiir states is oavalry ; which, for the strength of the horses, the hardihood of the men, and their valour, are scarcely equalled ; and if they were united under one head, they might muster about 300,000 such horsemen, and renew the ages of Tartar conquest. The Tartars are a fierce people, leading in general a wandering life ; they are inured to horsemanship from their infancy. Their delight is in war ; and there is no nation that wages it on a more dreadful and barbarous systenj ', though in their domestic life, and their intercourse v I'li each other, they display the simplicity and amiubh' virtues 0^ the i)a8toral age. Compared with the Hindoos and Chinese, they are frank, sincere, and honest ; md though tliey make strangers feel the influence of a national pride, yet they protect and treat them with courtesy. The river Oxua^ or Jihon, rises in Bokhara, and re- ceiving some tributary streams, empties itself into the Lake or Sea of Aral. The river Sir also flows into the Aral. The Ourai divides Independent Tartary from As- trachan, and emptiest i.self into the Caspian Sea. It also separates Asia from Europe. The mountains Beiur Tag lie on the east of i'artary. i PERSIA. Persia is bounded by Russia in ^sia, the Caspian Sea, and Iiidependetit Tarlary^ on the north ; on the east by Hindostan ; on the west by Turkey in Asia; and la divided into Western Persia^ or the \ozafiions of the Shah, or Emperor of Persia, and Afghrcnyf^f^or Eastfi/'r Persia. It is above 1,300 miles f re // ..•< i-/ eastj and 950 from north to south. The modern empire of Persia contains the following Provinces : PROVINCES. •- hilan . , An 'rhijan Mazanderan Khorasan Irak . . . CHIEF TOWNS. '^ Beshd. \^ Tabrez or Tauris. Larif Balfrush, Astrabad. Meshed, Neshabore. Ispahan, Teheran, Sultania. Pars . . . . . Shiraz, Busheer. ASIA. PKRSIA. 101 le \9 PROVINCES. Laristan , Kirman . Khusistaii CIIIEP TOWNS. Tflr, Tarem. Kirman, Gamheroon. Shunter. y Mountain. Ararat. RivEKH. Kerah, Tedzen, Ihermund, ' Lakes. Ztirrah, Uremea, Baktegaiui. ISPAHAN, recently the capital of Persia, is seated on the small river Zenderhud, in a fine plain, surrounded tX some distance by mountains. It was thought by some to be the finest city in the east, containing a great numbe of palaces, mosques, and baths, now going to decay. Teheran, the present capital of Persia, is situated at the foot of the loftiest mountains of Elbur ;. Its principal edifice is called the ark, combining thr> character of a palace and a citadel. In summer it is so unhealthy, that all who can leave it. The Shah, with his roops, and the chiefs, with their trains, depart and encam * on the plains of Sultania ; its population, in consequenc e, varies from 60,000 to little more than 10,000. Shiraz has long been famous for the beauty of its envi- rons, and the polished gaiety of its inhabit.uits. It has been the favourite seat of the Persian muses ; and near it are the tombs of Hafiz and Saadi, the most c lebrated of the Persian poets. Its wine is considered the best in the East ; it enjoys also a considerable and increasing trade. Rethd is a large town, with a considerable t -ade ; the inhabitants are said to amount to between 6( 000 and '^0,000. Tabrez, or Tauris, was formerly a \ ry large city, but it is greatly decayed. Meshed, the cipital of Khorasan, is a large and strongly fortified city, containing the superb tomb of Haroun Alraschid. It has 50,000 in- habitants. Busheer, or Abu Shehr, is the emporium of the foreign trade of Persia, carried on chiefly with India : Gamheroon and Ormus, the former seats of commer ce, are reduced to villages, and in the possession of the Imaum of M uscat. Mountain. j4rarat is in the province of Azerbijan. RiVBUs. Kerah empties itself into the Tigris, near Bassora. The Tedzen flows into the Caspian Sea. Heer- mund into Luke Zurrah, through Afghanistan. Lakes. Zurrah, in the western part of Afghanistan. Uremea, in Azerbijan j and Lake Baktegaun^ near Shiraz. o3 I I 102 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Aiu AND Soil,. The air is generally serene and pure but in the southern parts hot, and sometimes communi- cates noxious blasts, which often prove fatal. The fruits, vegetables, and flowers are delicious. The finest pearls in the world are found in the Persian Gulf. Animals. The Asiatic /ion, the /j/nx, and the ante/ope are met with in Persia. Of domestic animals, the Persian goati are peculiar ; they have long, coarse, brown hair, and a large tuft stands between the horns, like the forelock of a horse. Sheep, of the long-tailed species, are nume- rous ; and the wool is used for the finest manufactures. The diomedary and camel are in general use as beasts of burden. The horses are little inferior to those of Arabia, and are attended to with equal care. INHABITANTS. The Pcrsiaus of both sexes are generally handsome ; but their complexions, towards the south, are somewhat swarthy. They are celebrated for their vivacity, gay dressing, humanity, and hospitality. Their dress is simple, but the materials of their clothes are commonly very expensive, consisting of valuable stuff's, richly em- broidered with gold and silver. They wear at all times a dagger in their sash, and linen trousers. The dress of the women, as well as that of the men, is very costly ; and they are at great pains to heighten their beauty by art, colours, and washes. The population amounts to about 12,000,000. ■ Keliuion. The Persians are Mohammedans, of the sect of Ali ; for which reason the Turks who follow the succes. sion of Omar and Abu Bekr, call them heretics. Language. The language of Persia is perhaps the most celebrated of all the Oriental tongues for strength, beauty, and melody ; and the Persians are the most lite- rary people among the Asiatics, at least of modern times. Aniiquitiks. The most celebrated are those of the palace of Persepolis, one of the most magnificent structures that art ever reared. The excavated hill of Nashki Rous- tan, a few miles south of Persepolis, contains tombs of some of the earliest Persian monarchs. MANUi'ACTLKKs and COMMERCE. The Persians excel in the manufacturing of silk, woollen, mohair, carpets, leather, porcelain, and steel. Their works in these com- bine fancy, taste, and elegance ; their carpets are unri- valled. Their trade in these articles is carried on in foreign bottoms. The GovEKNMENT is despotic, and the succession here- ditary in the male line only. They have no degrees of nobility ; so that the respect due to every man on account of his high station expires with himself. Civil matters are ( ( 2 J n a ASIA. — AFGHANISTAN, OR EASTERN PERSIA. 103 all determined by the Cazi ; and ecclesiastical ones by the Scheik al Sellaum, or head of the faith. Chkonoi.ooy. The Persian empire succeeded the As- syrian or Babylonian, and was founded by Cyrus : who, about 536 years before Christ, restored the Israelites, that had been captive at Babylon, to liberty. This empire was of short duration : it ended with Darius, who was con- quered by Alexander the Great , 331 years before Christ. At Alexander's death, his empire was divided between his general officers, and became four kingdoms. In 250 before Christ, a new empire was formed by the Persians, called the Parthian empire, under Arhaces. But 20 years afterwards, Artaxerxes restored it to its ancient title. In the year of our Lord 651, the Saracens put an end to that empire ; and from this period, Persia became a prey to the Tartars, till the time of the famous usurper Nadir Shah, commonly called Thomas Kouli Khan, who once more raised it to a powerful kingdom. He re-conquered most of the Persian dominions which had been taken by the Turks and Tartars ; but his cruelties and exactions became at length so oppressive, that he was assassinated in his tent in 1747. After his death many pretenders started up ; great confusion and bloodshed prevailed in different provinces ; and the most shocking crimes were committed, until the settlement of Kerim Khan's govern- ment. He was in power about thirty years, and governed Persia under the title of Regent (Vakeel) ; for he would never receive the title of Shah. ( ( d AFGHANISTAN and BELOOCHISTAN, or EASTERN PERSIA. Afghanistan is rather an aggregate of various territo- ries, than a distinct or connected kingdom. DIVISIONS. Cahul .... Candahar . Part of Khorasan, Seistan . Beloochistan , CHIEF TOWNS. Cabid, Peshawer Candahar, Furrah Herat Dooshak Kelat, Bela CABUL, the principal city of Afghanistan, is one of the most delightful in the world ; being situated 6,000 feet above the level of the sea, it enjoys a temperate climate. 104 GUT S GEOGRAPHY. \'^ It is surrounded by an extensive plain, watered by three rivulets. Its population is estimated at 60,000. Pe- shawer is a large town, with 100,000 inhabitants. Ghizni is a fortified town. Herat^ on the western frontier of Afghanistan, is situated on the high road from Persia and Independent Tartary to Hindostan, and is the route of the caravans, and the dep6t of the commerce carried on by the three countries. Here is an extei:sive manufactory of carpets. Population. The inhabitants of Eastern Persia are composed of Afghans, Belooches, Tartars, and Persians, and may amount to 10,000,000. The Afghans, who are by much the most numerous, are of a martial and lofty spirit, bold, and simple in their manners, and extremely hospitable. ~ They have generally a strong attachment to a pastoral life, and hold in disdain a residence in towns. The Relioion is Mohammedan ; though toleration pre- vails more than is usual in Mussulman countries. * W HINDOSTAN, or INDIA. Hindostan may he divided into the British Possessiojis, States under British protection, and Independent States. / The British Possessions comprise the following Pro- vinces-— ^ Bengal, Bahar, Allahabad, Delhi, Orissa, the Circars, the Carnatic, Malabar, Canara, Candeish, and parts of several Provinces adjoining the British Posses- sions ; also the Island of Ceylon. The States under British p?'otection are — Oude, Bo- paul, Goojerat, Catch, Mewar, Marwar, Rajpoots^ Sat - tar a, Travancore, Cochin, Mysore, the Nizam, Berar, and various minor States. The Independent States are—Sinde, Scindia's domi- nions, Nepaul and Bootan, Daoudpotra, the Rajah of Dholpoor Baree, and the Punjab. There are in Hindostan a few settlements belonging to different European powers, the principal of which are — Goa to the Portuguese, Pofidicherry to the French, and Tranquebar to the Danes. Chief Cities, &c. Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Be- nares, Surat, Patna, Agra, Delhi, Arcot, Seringapatam, Oude, Hydrahad, Lahore, and Cashmere. V*' ASIA. HINDOSTAN, OR INDIA. 105 ?f Rivers, llie Ganges^ Burrampooter or Brahmapou- tra, I?idus, Nerbudda, Godavery^ and Kistna. Mountains. The Himaleh, and the West and East Gituts. Bays, &c. Bay of Bengal, Gulfs of Cvtch and Cam bay. • Cape. Comoriti. HINDOSTAN extends from the Himaleh mountains, which form its northern boundary, to Cape Comorin, its southern extremity ; a distance of above 1,8.50 miles ; and from the Indus on the weet, to the Burrampooter on the east, about 1,450 miles. The British Possessions, or territory of the East India Company, are subdivided into three Presidencies, namely, Bengal, Madras, and Bombay. The Bengal Presidency is the largest, and the principal, including nearly the whole of the northern part of Hindostan ; in its capital, Cal- cutta, the Governor-General of India usually resides. This Presidency contains, according to the last returns made to the British Parliament, 220,312 square miles, with a population of 69,710,071. The Madras Presidency lies on the south eastern side of the Peninsula, containing 141,923 square miles, and a population of 1J,508,585. The Presidency of Bombay^ on the western side of the Peninsula, contains 59,438 square miles, and a population of 6,251,546 ; making the whole number under the con- trol of the East India Company nearly 90,000.000 of persons. Ceylon, a large and beautiful island, lies to the east of the southern extremity of India, from which it is separated by the Straits of Manaar. It is nearly 300 miles in length, and 160 at its greatest breadth ; the population does not quite reach 900,000. Colonibo^ the capital, is the seat of government, and a place of great trade, from whence cin- namon, the staple product of tlie island, is exported in great quantities. It has about 50,000 inhabitants. Ceylon differs from British Hindostan in not being under the control of the East India Company, but is a Crown colony. The population of the States under British protection are estimated at 40,000,000, and the countries independent of Britain at 11,000,000; making the total population of Hindostan upwards of 140,000,000. Cities. Calcutta, situated on the Hoogley, the only 106 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. V. / / branch of the Ganges navigable for large vessels, has, from a few straggling cottages in a wooded marsh, been raised by Britain to be the capital of India, and one of the finest cities in Asia. It is the principal seat of British govern- ment in the East, the See of a Bishop, and a College. The government house is a very splendid and costly struc- ture, where considerable state is maintained. The English town, or suburb, consists of 4,300 houses. Though built only of brick, it is elegant, and even superb ; the houses are handsome, and covered with a fine composition of shell lime-stone, called Chunam, which, bearing a fine polish, has the appearance of marble. The mixture of European and Asiatic manners here is wonderful. Coaches, palan- quins, the passing ceremonies of the Hindoos, and natives of nearly every part of Asia, form a diversified and amus- ing scene. Calcutta is supposed to contain upwards of 450,000 inhabitants. Madrasy or Fort St. George, on the Coromandel coast, is the seat of government of the Presidency next in rank to Bengal, and, like Calcutta, exhibits a striking novelty to Europeans. It is built near the sea, from which it has a rich and beautiful appearance. Madras has no harbour ; but a mere road, which is often exposed to dangerous winds. In 1827, Madras, with the neighbouring villages, contained a population of 420,000. Bombay, the western capital of India, and the smallest of the three Presidencies, has, like Madras, a Governor and Council, subordinate to the Supreme Government of Calcutta. The city is situated on a small island, connected by a causeway to the larger one of Salsette. It has a fine capacious harbour or bay, where whole fleets may find security in all seasons. The trade with China is con- siderable. The population is 220,000, Benares is a rich and well-built city on the Ganges, from which its appearance is beautiful. The Hindoos consider it to be ancient and holy beyond all others ; it contains a great number of Hindoo temples, and is the grand depository of the religion and learning of this vast country. The population is upwards of 200,000. Surat. in the Gulf of Cambay, is a place of great trade, its population is 600,000. Delhi was once the capital of the Mogul empire, and was a large, rich, and populous city, but has declined as rapidly as the Mogul power. Agra has also been the capital of the empire, and, like Delhi, large, * ' :h, and populous ; also like it, decayed. Seringapatam, lately the. capital of the kingdom of My- sore, is situated on an island in the river Cavery, In ASIA. HINDOSTAN, OR INDIA. 107 )OS it [he last Ind as Lke ly- In 1792, Lord Comwallia compelled Tippoo Saib, sovereign of Mysore, to cede above one- third of his dominions to the East India Company : and, in 1799, this tyrant lost his life and his kingdom, which was conquered by Sir Arthur Wellesley, now Duke of Wellington. Hydrabad, a large and populous city, is the present capital of the Deccan. About six miles from Hydrabad is Gokondat long celebrated for its diamond mines. Lahore is the capital of the Seiks, who, from a religious sect, have become a great political body, and are the most important native state now existing. Cashmere is beautifully situated on the banks of the Jelum, ov Jhylum^ and is celebrated for the manufacture of the most elegant shawls in the world. Rivers. The Ganges, a large and celebrated river, rises near Tibet, and after running south-east many hun- dred miles, and receiving into its streams a number of rivers much larger than the Thames, falls by several mouths into the Bay of Bengal. The Hindoos hold its waters sacred and in high veneration. The Indus (or Sinde) has its rise very near to that of the Ganges, on the other side of the Himaleh mountains. It separates Tibet from India ; and after running north- west as high as lat. 35, it turns to the south-west, and enters the Arabian Sea by many mouths. It is a fine, deep, and navigable river ; its entrance, however, is much choked with sand. These two rivers, with the Indian Ocean, very nearly encompass thp whole Indian empire, except that part which is beyond the Ganges. The Hoogley is an arm of the Ganges formed by the union of its two most western branches. Several European nations have had factories on this river. It is the only branch of the Ganges commonly navigated by ships. The Burrampooter, or Brahmapoutra, which forms the eastern limits of Hiudostan, pours a vast body of water into the Lower Ganges, before its junction with the sea. Modern geography had long identified it with the Sanpoo, and consequently assigned to it a long course along the table land of Tibet ; but this origin is now generally dis- credited. The Nerhndda, which partly divides Hindostan Proper, or Northern India, from the Deccan, or Southern India, and, after a course of about 780 miles, falls into the Gulf of Cambav. The Godavery and the Kistna rise on the east side of the Gauts, and, crossing the Peninsula, fall into the Bay of Bengal. Mountains, The Himaleh, or Himalayah mountains. 108 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. which separate Hindostan from Tibet: Chumalaree and Dhawalagiri, two of these mountains, are supposed to be the highest in the world. The Oauts extend from near Surat to Cape Comorin, running generally within sixty miles of the coast. Bays. The Bay of Bengal flows between the two Pe- ninsulas. The Gulfs of Cutch and Cimbay lie between the river Indus and Bombay. The Gulf or Strait of Ma- naar lies between the southernextreniity of India, and the \^ . island of Ceylon; here is a valuable pearl fishery. Cape Comorbi is the southern extremity of Hindostan. Aru AND Soil. Hindostan, towards the north, is pretty temperate, but hot towards the south : and it rains almost constantly for three months in the year. Its productions are rice, milUt, cotton, hgs, pomegranates, oranges, lemons, I citrons, cocoa trees, &c. There are mines of gold, silver, and diamonds. Animals. Here are elephants, rhinoceroses, buffaloes, lions, tigers, leopards, panthers, monkeys, camels, and dromedaries. Population. The basis of the population consists of that remarkable native race, the Hindoos or Gentoos, amounting to about 120,000,000, who, for thousands of years, have retained, quite unaltered, all the features of their original character. The other inhabitants ( exclusive • of the Europeans) are Mohammedans, or Mussulmans, improperly called Moors, who, although under 10,000,000 in number, have been for several centuries the tyrannical rulers of the greater part of India. The Hindoos are of a black complexion, their hair long, their persons straight, their limbs neat, their fingers long and tapering, and their countenances open and pleasant. They are divided into different tribes or castes. The four principal tribes are the brahmins, soldiers, labourers and mechanics. The brah- mins have the care of their religion and their laws ; these priests are held sacred by the Hindoos. The soldiers are generally called rajah poots, that is, descendants of the rajahs. The labourers include farmers, and all who culti- vate the land. The mechanics include merchants, and all ' who follow any trade ; but these are subdivided again into separate branches. Besides these, there are the Pa- riahs, who are the outcasts of the other tribes, and per- form the most disagreeable offices of life. All I'.ie differ- ent tribes are forbidden to interrflarry, dwell, eat, or drink, with each other. The Diet of the Hindoos is simple, consisting chiefly of rice, ghee (a kind of imperfect butter), milk, vegetables, and spices. The warrior caste may eat the flesh of goats, ■ ASIA. HINDOSTAN, OR INDIA. 109 36 re le ji- II to sheep, and poultry. Other superior castes may eat poultry and fish ; but the inferior castes are prohibited from eat- ing fiesh or fish of any kind. Their Manners are gentle; their happiness consists in the solace of domestic life. Their religion permits them to have several wives, but they seldom have more than one ; and their wives, it is said, are distinguished for de- coium and fidelity. The shocking custom of women burning themselves, on the death of their husbands, is still practised in this country. Their Religious Institutions form a system upheld by everything that can excite reverence and secure attach- ment in the superstitious multitude. The temples con- secrated to their deities are magnificent ; their religious ceremonies spleudid, and the supremacy of the brahmins is supported by immense revenues. The influence of re- ligion extends to a thousand particulars, which, in other countries, are governed by civil laws, or by taste, custom, or fashion. Their dress, their food, their professions, are under the jurisdiction of religion. They pretend that Brahma^ who was their legislator both in politics and religion, was inferior only to God. His doctrine consisted only in the belief of a Supreme Being, in the immortality of the soul, in a future state of rewards and punishments, and in a transmigration of the soul into different bodies, &c. ; but the Hindoos worship animal)^, images, and hideous figures, delineated or carved. , Government. The Hindoos are governed by no written laws, nor is there a lawyer in their whole empire. Their courts of justice are directed by ^precedents. The Mo- hammedan institutes prevail ,only in their great towns and environs. Trade. In all ages the trade with India has been the same. Gold and silver have been uniformly carried thither to purchase the same commodities with which it still sup- plies all nations. To the early division of the people into castes, we must ascribe the permanency of its institutions, and the immutability in the manners of the inhabitants. Chronology. It is pretended that Brahma, their legis- lator, existed many years before our account of the crea- tion. The Mohammedans began in the reigns of the caliphs of Bagdad to invade Hindostan ; they penetrated as far as Delhi, and settled colonies in various places, whose descendants are called Titans. Their empire was over- thrown by Tamerlane, who founded the Mogul govern- ment, which still subsists. They are said to have intro- duced the division of provinces, over which they appointed u no GUY S GEOGRAPHY. goubahs : these are again subdivided into a number of nabobships, rajahships, circars, and lesser districts. The name India appears to be derived from Hind, the name given to it by the ancient Persians, through whom the knowledge of the country was transmitted to the Greeks. v.". INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. India beyond the Ganges is an extensive region, situ- ated to the east of Hindostan, and the south of ChinOj and partaking^ in some measurej of the physical and political character of both. It comprises several ex- tensive and important countries^ namely — Assam, Aracan, Ava, Pegu, Siam, Tonkin or Tunquiuj Cochin China, Cambodia, Laos, and Malaya, or Malacca, These countries may be divided into — The British Ter- ritories ; the Birman Empire ; the Kingdom of Siam ; and the Empire of Annam or Cochin China, THE British Territories consist of ^5«am, with some appended territory ; the former kingdom of Aracan, the provinces of Yeh, Tavoy, Mergui, and Martaban, extend- ing along the Malayan peninsula, and of Malacca itself. Assam is an extensive country to the east of Bengal, and the south of Bootan and Tibet; from which it is separated by lofty ranges of mountains continued from the Himaleh. The Birman empire is on its south-eastern frontier. The acquisition of it was considered desirable as a bar ;ier to Hindostan. It is watered by upwards of sixty rivers ; the principal of these is the Burrampooter, which runs through the entire length of it. A great part of the surface of Assam, thus profusely watered, possesses a luxu- riant fertility, yet the effeminacy and indolence of the inhabitants have hitherto rendered the gifts of nature fruitless ; so that nine-tenths of its surface consist of desert and jungle. However, the tea-plant having been found to abound and flourish here, its cultivation has been com- menced on an extensive scale, and with such a prospect of success as may tend to improve, not only the face of the country, but the character and condition of the inhabit- ants. Gold, in considerable quantity, is found in the sand of its rivers ; and with elephants' teeth, and coarse silk, is an article of exportation. . " • I * ASIA. INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. HI Assam has several appendages ; the couii, of tlie Gar- rowSf an almost savHge race ; Gentiah, the country of the Kosayah, represented as offering human sacrifices ; Cochar^ a country nearly similar to it ; and Cassay, or Mechley^ the people of which are milder and more industrious than any of the above, and bear a greater resemblance to the Hindoos. Munnipore, the capital, was nearly destroyed by the Birmans in the last war. Aracan reaches along nearly the whole eastern coast of the Bay of Bengal, an extent of above 400 miles. Ara- caUi the capital, at the mouth of the river of the same name, is a large city, and the seat of considerable trade. By means of boats, betel and other productions of Ava, are brought down the river, and exported to Bengal. Cheduba and Ramree are large fertile islands, belonging to Aracan. The worship of Boodh, under the name of Gaudma, is fully established ; the Aracan image of that revered being is supposed to possess peculiar sanctity. There is also a considerable number of Mahometans, who have been attracted by motives of trade. Aracan was for a long period an independent state ; yet was subdued without much diflBculty by the Birmans, and is now trans- ferred to Britain. The Bay of Bengal is thus protected from piracy, and considerable commercial facilities are obtained. The Malayan provinces, extending along the western coast of that peninsula, was long a debatable ground between the Birman and Siamese empires. Their popu- lation is thus estimated ; Yeh^ 3000 ; Tavoy^ 15,000 ; Mergui, 8000 ; Martabarit 24,000. They are not distin- guished for fertility ; the plain along the co£.st being soon encroached upon by the range of bleak mountains, which stretch along the whole interior of the peninsula; but they possess the finest and most salubrious climate to be found in any part of the East Indies. The sick in the last war, who were sent thither from Rangoon, experienced a rapid recovery. Amherst town, recently founded on the river Salven, which forms the boundary between this ter- ritory and the Birman empire, will, it is expected, become the seat of an important commerce. Malacca, though by the treaty of 1814 it was restored to the Dutch, was, in 1825, ceded to England in exchange for her possessions in Sumatra. It was long a great em- porium of the trade of the Oriental islands, as well as a place of refreshment for vessels bound to China; but since Prince of Wales* Island, and Singapore, under thei fostering sway of Britain, have risen to their present im- portance, the port of Malacca is much less frequented, h2 (/ 112 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. The population of the town is estimated at 4790 ; that of the country at 33,800. . ^ H-, THE BIRMAN EMPIRE. The Birman Empire is divided into two parts : Jva, or Birmah, occupying the upper valley of the Irrawaddy, is the seat of the ruling power ; and PeffU, once its rival, but now its subject kingduin. Ava consists of a plain, well cultivated, abounding in timber, and its brave and hardy inhabitants have generally held the supremacy over both nations. Pegu is entirely traversed by the alluvial branches of the Irrawaddy, Pegu, and Salven or Thaleian rivers. Its valleys are of extreme fertility, and particu- larly productive of rice, with which it supplies the whole empire: it has also extensive forests, abound] r>g in teak, a tree equal, if not superior, to the oak. Ava, the present capital, is a very large city situated on the Irrawaddy, and containing many magnificent temples and palaces ; the population has been estimated at 150,000. Ummerapoofa, recently the capital, is situ- ated about twenty miles above Ava, on the Irrawaddy, is, like it, a large city, with many splendid buildings. Ban' goorty the grand emporium of the empire, is situated on one of the branches of the river Peg:^, extc-.iding along its banks for about a mile. It is merely a huge assemblage of wooden huts, the custom-hou^e being the only edifice built with brick. The population, amounting to about 30,000, is composed principally of foreigners from all the countries of the East, and of all religions, who have been encouraged to settle here by the liberal policy of the Bir- man government. Pegu, the ancient capital, was reduced after the conquest to a state of desolation. Alompra, the conqueror, rased every dwelling to the ground, demolished the walls, which appear to have been thirty feet high, and forty feet broad, and spared only the praws or temples. The present sovereign has adopted a milder course, in- viting the Peguese to return, and rebuild their fallen capital : the maywoon or viceroy has been removed from Rangoon. The population of the Birman empire is esti- mated at about 8,000,000. SIAM. \ Siatn consists of a great valley at the head of an exten- sive gulf, and enclosed by two ranges of mountains, which although not very lofty, are steep and encumbered ; and has maintained a more stable character than any other of ASIA. — INDIA BEYOND THE I. . r*GE8. 113 this cluster of kingdoms. It was, indeed, subdued by the Birmans in the height of their power ; but on this, as on other occasions, the strong national feeling of the Siamese impelled them to rise on the invader, who, entangled in the difficult passes, and attacked by disease, was obliged to quit his hold of the country. Chantibond, the most eastern district of Siam, is a hilly and romantic region, covered with noble forests, sind abounding in valuable aromatic plants. Pepper is the most important object of cultivation, and capable of almost indefinite augmentation. Cardamoms are produced for the Chinese market. Yuthia or Siam was the capital previous to the Birman conquest, since when the government has been transferred to Bankok, farther down the river Meinam, and more favourably situated for trade. Bankok may be regarded almost as a city floating in the water. The houses are little more than large wooden boxes, of an oblong form, extremely neat, and thatched with palm leaves. They extend in rows eight or ten feet from the bank, to which they are fastened by long bamboos. The shore, meantime, is covered with numerous palaces and gilded temples, and with the habitations of the grandees, raised by posts above the ground, which is yet so swampy as to render it scarcely possible to walk or drive through the streets. The popu- lation of Siam is supposed to be about 2,800,000. THE EMPIRE OF ANNAM OR COCHIN CHINA. The Empire of Annam, or Cochin China, includes, besides Cochin Chinay Tonquin and Camhoja; to which Laos and Tsiampa are appendages. This empire has China on the north, the Birman empire on the west, and it is bounded on the east and south by the China Sea, extending from the 9th to the 23rd degree of north latitude. The population of the whole empire is supposed to be about 5,200,000. Almost the whole coast of Cochin China is composed of steep cliffs, which from their rugged forms, and the sharp pinnacles in which they terminate, appear to consist of granite, and between which and the sea there is scarcely a level interval. Gold dust is found in the rivers ; and the mines yield ore of singular purity. Hue, the capital of Cochin China, is situated on the river Hue, about ten miles above its entrance into the fine Bay of Turon. It consists of a large quadrangular fort, or rather fortified city, which constitutes one of the most complete and remarkable military structures in Asia : here the sovereign keeps his fleet of galleys. 114 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. ToNQuiN (of the three kingdoms forming the empire of Cochin China) is the largest, most fruitful, and most valuable. Its character is more decidedly Chinese than that of the others. It formerly constituted part of that empire, and still retains its forms and institutions. The English and Dutch attempted to open a commercial intercourse with Tonquin, where fine and cheap silks, lacquered ware, and some gold might be obtained ; but the exactions of the Mandarins, and the little demand for European goods, rendered it a losing traffic, and it has been almost y\ wholly abandoned. KE-CHOthe capital, is situated on the river Holi-Kian, also called Sangkoi, about eighty miles from its mouth, and is navigable for Chinese vessels of 500 tons. Ke-cho has the appearance of a Chinese city, and is the largest in the empire : it has a population of above 140,000. \ Camboja or Cambodia is enclosed by mountains on the east and west, and fertilized by the river Maykiang or Camboja running through its whole extent from north to south. The most peculiar product of Camboja is Gam- boge, or rather Camboge gum, yielding a fine yellow tint. Ivory also abounds, with several precious woods ; and some gold. The country is fertile in rice and animal food. There are many Japanese settlers, with Chinese and Malays, which last can scarcely be distinguished from the natives, who are of a dark yellow complexion, with long black hair. SAiaoNa, the capital of Camboja, is situated near the mouth of the river Donnai and the China Sea. It is the residence of the viceroy, or governor, and a place of con- siderable trade. The markets are well supplied with native products, and those of the neighbouring countries, though scarcely any European goods are to be seen. There is an excellent naval arsenal formed under European direction, and which has produced 150 galleys of the most beautiful constraction. The population is upwards of 100,000, of whom 10,000 are Chinese. Siampa or Tsiampa is a small maritime province, be- tween Camboja and Cochin China. The natural produc- tions are cotton, indigo, and indifferent silks. Their junks are well built, and much employed in fishing. ■ The people by whom all the countries in the Eastern peninsula are inhabited present several peculiaritiee of ex- ternal form. Their persons are short, robust, active ; but devoid of grace and flexibility peculiar to the Hindoos. Their face flat, with high cheek-bones, present the form of a lozenge, and never suggest any idea of beauty. The hair is abundant, black, lank, and coarse ; the beard is ASIA. — THE CIllNESB EMPIRE. 115 •canty, and universally plucked out, which gives them an effeminate appearance. Though they have borrowed the outward forms of life from the Chinese and Hindoos, they are not schooled into that mechanical routine of observ- ance which is so firmly established in those countries. Their religion, like all others in the east of Asia, is de- rived from Hindostan ; yet, like the others, it is not in the Brahminical doctrine, but in the rival system of Boodh. The name, however, most venerated in all the countries beyond the Ganges is Gaudma, or Goutama; either an- other appellation of Boodh, or that of one of his most popular disciples. The construction of temples and images of Gaudma forms the grand operation to which the art and industry of all these nations is directed. Frugal and indolent in evei^ thing else, they spare neither cost nor labour in this object. THE CHINESE EMPIRE. The Chinese Empire consists of two parts— China and Chinese Tartari/j and Tibet. China contains eighteen provinces, viz. Keangsoo Gan-hwuy Che-keang HoO'pih Hoo-nan Keang-se Fuh-keen Kwei'chow Yun-nan Quang-se Quaug-tung, or Canton Pe-che-le Shan-se Shen-se Kan-suh Sze-chuen Ho-nan Shantung Chief Cities. Pekin, Nanking, Canton, and Foo- cheW'foo. Rivers. Hoang-ho, or Yellow River, Yang-tse- kiang, or Blue River, and the Kan-kiang-ho, or Canton River. Gulfs AND Bays. Leao-tong, Pe-che-le, Hang- oo, Nanking, Catiton, and Touquin. Seas. Hoang-hay, or Yellow Sea; Eastern Sea; and Chinese Sea. Islands. Hainan, Hong Kong, Amoy, Formosa, Loo Choo Islands, and the Chausan group. CHINA is a country of great extent, being upwards of 1,350 miles from north to south, and 1,100 miles from 116 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. west to east. It is separated from Chinese Tartary on the north by the great wall ; on the east and south by the Eastern and China Seas ; and on the south-west and west by Tonquin. the Birman empire, and Tibet. ' The population is estimated at upwards of 300,000,000. Pekin, the capital, is situated in a fertile plain in the province of Pe-che-le, on the north-east part of China Proper. It is divided into two cities, one inhabited by Chinese, and the other by Tartars. Pekin is eighteen miles in circumference, is walled, as is every other city in China ; the walls are, however, unusually high and thick, with nine very handsome gates. The streets are straight, many of them three miles in length, and 120 feet wide, with handsome shops on each side ; the houses here, and all over China, are but one story high. All the great streets are guarded by soldiers, who patrole night and day with swords by their sides, and whips in their hands, to preserve peace and good order. The streets are immensely crowded, as the Chinese spend much time in the open air. The grandest edifice is the imperial palace, which is in the midst of the Tartar city, and consists of many picturesque buildings, dispersed over a wide and greatly diversified space of ground. The inhabitants of Pekin are estimated at 2,000,000. Nanking was formerly the imperial city, but is now greatly fallen from its ancient splendour; for it had a magnificent palace, not a vestige of which is now to be seen. Here is a famous tower, said to be of porcelain, but covered only with porcelain tiles, two hundred feet high, and divided into nine stories. This town stands on the banks, and near the mouth of the river Yang-tse- kiang, which, like the Hoang-ho, crosses China from west to east. Nanking is usually called^ the Tartar city, and has a population of 1,000,000. Canton is a large, populous, and wealthy city, sur- rounded by high walls. The temples, magnificent palaces, and courts are numerous. The houses are neat, but con- sist of only one story, and have no windows to the street. Many families reside in barks, which form a kind of float- ing city : they touch one another, and are so arranged as to form streets. The ports of Canton, Amoy, Foo-cheW'foOy Ningpoo, and Shanghai are now opened to British mer- chants. FoO'Chew-foo is the capital of the province of Fuh-keen, and one of the ports opened by the late peace to British trade. The population is supposed to be 400,000. Amoy, another port now opened to British merchants, is situated on an island of the same name on the coast of I ASIA. THE CHINESE EMPIRE. 117 n Fuh-keen. The harbour is excellent, and the town con- tains a wealthy trading population. - * NingpoOy on the northern termination of the province of Che-keang. The English had a factory here as early as 1757. It has a population of nearly 300,000. It is open to British trade. Shanghai has a fine harbour, and is the emporium of the tea and other trades of the district. It is situated on an island of the same name in the Gulf of Che-keang. It is another of the open ports to British trade. Ching-kiang-foOt an important town on the river Yang- tse-kiang, situated near the Grand Canal, and considered the key to it. Macao is a Portuguese settlement, situated on a small island near the mouth of the Canton river. It has a population of about 12,000. It is the usual place of resi- dence of Europeans, and other foreigners. Air and Soil. Towards the north, the air is sharp ; in the middle mild ; and in the south hot. The soil is, either by nature or art, fruitful of everything that can minister to the necessities, conveniences, ur luxuries of life. The bark of the paper mulberry is used for making cloth and paper. The culture of the cotton and the ricejields^ from which the mass of the inhabitants are clothed and fed, is ingenious almost beyond description. The tallow-tree produces a fruit having all the qualities of our tallow ; and when manufactured with oil serves the natives as candles. The camphor-tree grows to a consider- able size : the drug is prepared from the branches. The tea-tree is an evergreen shrub : it is planted in rows on hilly land, and at the foot of mountains, and places exposed to the south. The leaves undergo much preparation : it is sa,id they are rolled up by the hands of females, and then liid on plates of earthenware or iron. Others say, the leaves are previously passed over the vapour of boiling water to moisten them ; then laid on iron plates which are, heated; and by being thus dried, the leaves curl up in the manner they are brought to us. The colour of the green tea is thought to arise from the early period at which the leaves are plucked ; and like unripe fruit, are generally green and acrid. To render the colour uniform, a mixture of sulphate of lime and indigo is used. Religion. There is no state religion in China. None is paid, preferred, or encouraged. The Chinese have no Sunday, nor even such a division as a week ; the temples are, however, open every day for the visits of devotees ; and those dedicated to Fo abound with images. 118 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Lanouaoe. The Chinese language contains only three hundred and thirty words, all of one syllable ; but then each word being pronounced with such various modu- lations, and each with a different meaning, it becomes more copious than could be easily imagined. It has 35,000 characters. Antiquities. The Great Wall, extending along the north of China, and separating it from Tartary, is above twelve hundred miles long ; and is supposed to. have been built three hundred years B.C. The Grand Canal is also a wonderful performance : it is said to have been made in the tenth century of the Christian Era, and to have occupied 30,000 mon forty-three years in its com- pletion. Persons, Manners, &c. The Chinese in their persons are middle- sized, their faces broad, their eyes black and small, their noses blunt ; they have high cheek-bones and large lips. The women have little eyes, black hair, regu- lar features, and a delicate, though florid complexion. A barbarous practice prevails of compressing the feet of females, from an early age, until they are reduced to the smallest possible dimensions, and leave them barely able to totter from place to place, holding by the wall, or other supports. The Chinese suffer their nails to grow : they wear a lock of hair on the crown of their heads, and reduce their eye-brows to an arched line. The character of the Chinese is mild and tranquil ; and a general good humour and courtesy reign in their aspect and proceed- ings ; but foreigners are generally impressed with an idea of their fraud and dishonesty. Chronology. The Chinese pretend to an antiquity even beyond the period to which the scripture chronology assigns the creation of the world. Poan Kou is said by them to have been the first man ; and between him and their celebrated ConfuduSy they reckon an interval of many thousand years. Confucius flourished about five hundred and fifty years before Christ. Upon an accurate investigation of this subject, it appears, that the Chinese historical relations, prior to the reign of the emperor Yi who lived two thousand and fifty-seven (or, as some say, above two thousand three hundred) years before Christ, are fabulous ; nor can the origin of the Chinese empire be placed higher than two or three generations before Fm. A succession of excellent princes, and a duration of domestic tranquillity, produced their Fo-hi, whose history is enveloped in mysteries ; their Li Laokum — and, above all, their Kon-foo-tse, or Confucitis, who was at once the Solon and the Socrates of China. ■ L » ■ --^ ;*.v.. ■■'■' ■vV^ SIA. THE CHINESE EMPIRE. il9 • I * Neither the great Zingis Khan, nor Timur, though they often defeated the Chinese, could subdue their empire, nor keep the conquests they made there. But, about the year 1644, Tai-Tsinfft or Chun-tchig, the Manchew Tartar, got possession of China, and wisely incorporated the Tartars with the Chinese, so that, in effect, Tartary became an acquisition to China. About the year 1771, fifty thousand Tartar families left the banks of the river Volga and the Caspian Sea ; and the year following, thirty thousand more, approaching the borders of China, offered themselves as subjects to Kien-long, then emperor, who received them graciously. It was in the reign of this emperor, in 1793, that the embassy of Lord Macartney arrived in China, which un- fortunately ended in disappointment. In 1816, another embassy was sent to the eniperor to regulate the trade between the East India Company and Canton, which has also been unsuccessful. - < Kien-long, or Chien-ltmg, was only the fourth sovereign of the Tartar dynasty. He ascended the throne of China in 1736 ; and at his decease, in 1795, he was succeeded \>y Kai-king. In 1821, Taou-kioang succeeded to the throne. The peninsula of Corea, on the north-east of China, is a kingdom tributary to that empire. Hainan is a large island, 190 miles in length, and 90 in breadth, separated by a narrow channel from the southern extremity of the province of Quang-tung or Canton. Hong-Kong has been ceded to Her Britannic Majesty for ever. It is a small island, 15 miles in circumference, near the mouth of the Canton River. Amogt a small island on the coast of Fuh-keen, with a town of the same name of considerable trade. Formosa, situated to the south-east of China, at the distance of 80 miles, is 250 miles long, and 70 broad. LoO'Choo Islands, thirty-six in number, constitute a small kingdom, tributary to China. Loo-Choo is pecu- liarly the name of the largest island, which is represented as one of the most delightful spots in the world. The character of the inhabitants appears to harmonize with the charm of the climate and scenery. Chausan, a large and fertile island, with a number of small islands near it, lies off the north-east coast of Che- keang. CHINESE TARTARY AND TIBET. Chinese Tartary and Tibet comprise the whole of the Chinese empire beyond the frontier of China Proper ; 120 GUY'S GEOGRAPHY. it has Russia in Asia or Siberia on the north ; the Sea of Japan on the east ; Hindostan, and China Proper, on the south ; and Independent Tartary on the west. Its length from west to east exceeds 3,000 miles, and from north to south 1,900. Chinese Tartary Is usually divided into Mandshuria, and Mongolia ; Mandshuria^ or the country of the Mand- ahur Tartars, who, about the middle of the seventeenth century, conquered China, is the most eastern part of the Chinese empire. Kirin Oula is the chief town. Corea^ a large peninsula of Mandshuria, is a kingdom tributary to, and entirely dependent on, China ; King-ki-tao is its capital. Mongolia^ except towards the north, is an immense plain, the greater part of which is a sandy desert. The CalmuckSf who are considerably the most numerous among the many branches of the Mongols^ boast of their country, as that whence issued the Huns, who acted so celebrated a part in the overthrow of the Roman empire. The chief towns are Z?i, Hoei Yuan^ where the Governor- General, with a garrison of 28,000 men, resides; and Cashgar and Yarkund are also large towns. Thibet, or Tibet, was conquered by the Chinese in 1791. In Tibet exists the most extraordinary religion and government in the world. Some peasant's child is ob- tained, who, tutored for the purpose, resides in a temple and palace, called Pootala, in Lassa, the capital, where only he is seen, sitting in a cross-legged posture, without speaking or moving, otherwise than by lifting his hand in approbation of some favourite worshipper ; his disciples flock in numbers with presents, to pay their adorations. He is called the Grand Lama, or Dalay Lama; and they pretend that he is always young, and immortal. When he begins to grow old, it is supposed that they privately dispatch him, and set up another in his stead. Some of their temples are extremely large, and the priests and monks, maintained by the government, have been esti- mated at 84,000. The worship of the Grand Lama is not confined to Tibet ; it prevails generally over Chinese Tartary, and is mostly followed in China Proper. ' EMPIRE OF JAPAN. Japan, a large and populous nation, includes several Islands. The three principal ones are — Niphon, Kinsiu, and Sikokf. The Japanese have also possession of the southern part of Jesso, a large island, situated (o the north of Niphon. Chief Cities. Jeddo, Meaco, and Nangasaki. ^ ., f t ASIA.' — ASIATIC ISLANDS. 121 1 ^ NIPHON, the largest island, is 750 miles long, and 200 at its greatest breadth. It contains the two imperial cities. Jeddo, the residence of the Cubo, or secular em- peror, lies at the head of a deep bay, on the eastern coast. It has a population of 1,500,000, and is the real capital of the empire. Meaco, the spiritual capital of Japan, is the seat of polished manners, refined arts, and intellectual culture, and the residence of the Dairi, or spiritual emperor. It is situated near the southern extremity of Kiphon, and has a population of 500,000. Kinsiu is 150 miles long and 120 broad. Nangasaki, on this island, is the only place that foreigners are allowed to approach. At Desima, a very small island, contiguous to the city, the Dutch are allowed to have a factory, under very arbitrary and humiliating restrictions. ^.^ Sikokfia 90 miles long and 50 broad. Air and Soil. The air and water are very good. The soil produces a great deal of rice, millet, wheat, and bar- ,, ley. Cedars are common, and so large, that they are proper for the masts of ships, and columns for temples. It is the richest country in the world for gold. The coast of Japan is full of shallows and whirlpools, and the country is subject to volcanoes and earthquakes. Animals. Their horses, though extremely small, are very beautiful and highly valued. Inhabitants. The people are very ingenious, and their manners are in many respects quite opposite to those of the Europeans. Our common drinks are cold, and theirs hot ; the Europeans uncover the head out of respect, and they the feet ; we are fond of white teeth, and they of black ; we get on horseback on the left side, they on the right. The population of Japan is about thirty millions. Religion. There are two religions in Japan ; one native, called Sintos, at the head of which is the i)airi ; the other, the Boodh, called here Budso, the same which prevails over all Eastern Asia. Language, &c. Their language is peculiar, and has but little aflBnity to the Chinese. The sciences are highly esteemed among them, and they have several schools for rhetoric, arithmetic, poetry, history, astronomy, &c. ' Some of their schools at Meaco have each three or four thousand scholars. Manufactures and Commerce. The Japanese for- merly traded with many countries, but now chiefly with the Chinese, the Coreans, and the Dutch. They have an art of tempering steel beyond that of any other nation in the world ; and have also better teas of all sorts, much finer and better cured, than those of China. ■ 122 GUTS GEOGRAPHY. The Japanese have neither tables, beds, nor chairs, but they sit and lie on carpets and mats, in the manner of the Turks. Government. Formerly their emperors were also sovereign pontiffs ; but in the minority of one of them, the Cubo, or General, seized the supreme government, and his descendants have ever since restricted the Palrii to the spiritual or ecclesiastical government. ASIATIC ISLANDS. In the Indian Ocean is GrmuSj in the Persian Gulf; on the west of the Malabar coast are the Laccadive Isles ; more southerly are the Maldive Isles ; and south of Hindostan is Ceylon. In the Bay of Bengal^ are the Andaman and Nicohar Isles. To the eastward are Pulo Pinang^ or Prince of Wales's Island^ Singapore^ the Eastern or Malay Ar- chipelagOt of which the group called Sunda Isles are Sumatrtty Java^ Bally ^ ^c, Borneo^ and CelebeXf the Molucca group, or Spice Islands, Gilolo, Ceram, Am- hoyna^ and the Banda Isles ; the Manillas or Philippine Isles ; Hainan, Formosa, the 2'aypin, and Loo Choo Isles ; the Japan Isles ; the Kurile Isles ; and between Asia and America are the Aleutian or Fox Isles. The LACCADIVES are a group of small isles, 120 miles from the coast of Malabar. They are but little known. The Maldive Isles are a vast cluster of small islands or rocks, near Cape Comorin. The cocoa of the Maldives is an excellent commodity. The Andaman and Nicobar Isles furnish provisions, fruits, &c., for the ships that touch there. A British settlement has been formed on the greater Andaman for convicts from Bengal. Pulo Pinang, or Prince of Wales'' s Island, has become a settlement of the East-India Company, and a rendezvous for their China shipping. It lies above the Straits of Malacca. Singapore, at the southern extrem ty of Malaya, is an 1 1 I V- r-.;:.::is. ASIA. ASIATIC ISLANDS. 123 1 1 English settlement, formed in 1819, in so adyantageous a situation for commerce, that it has already acquired a population of nearly 20,000. The Eastern Islands, or Malay Archipelago, are the Sunda Jales^ Sumatra, Java, Bally, Lomhock, Florez, Timor, Banca, &c. The Dutch claim the sovereignty ot them. Sumatra, the most westerly, is above 1,000 miles in length, and 160 of average breadth. It produces gold in considerable quantities. Its chief trade is in pepper and camphor. Palembang and Bencool^n are the principal towns. Banca, a small island contiguous to Sumatra, produces great quantities of tin. Java is the most valuable of the Dutch possessions in the East. Batavia, the capital of Java, and of all the Dutch settlements in the East Indies, and the centre of all their trade, is a large,, but very unhealthy town. Borneo is, next to New Holland, the largest island in the world : it is nearly 800 miles long, and 600 in breadth. Its mines of gold and diamonds are extremely valuable, particularly the latter. The Ourang-outang is a native of this country. Benjar MassLi is the principal Dutch settlement. Celebez, or Macassar, situated under the equator, east of Borneo, produces pepper and opium. In this, and in. .deed almost all the Oriental islands, the inhabitants live in houses built on large posts. They ascend by ladders, which they pull up in the night for their security against venomous animals. The Molucca group, or Spice Islands, derive their celebrity from producing, in great quantities, cloves, nut- megs, and mace, the growth and trade of which is mono- polized by the Dutch. GiLOLo, the largest of the Moluccas, produces rice and sago, and but little spice. In Ceram, to the south of Gilolo, the Dutch dest** yed almost all the clove trees, to enhance the value of those in the other islands. Amboyna is a principal settlement of the Dutch, and the only place where, till lately, they permitted the clove to grow. The Banda Isles are ten »mall islands, distinguished by the growth of nutmegs under the Dutch exclusive sys- tem. The annual produce has been 163,000 pounds of nutmegs, and 46,000 pounds of mace. The nutmeg tree grows to the size of a pear tree, the leaves resembling those of the laurel. The great nutmeg harvest is in July and August. - . • ci ;;f j^-sfi'i y 124 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. The Manillas^ or Philippine Isles, belong to Spain. The luxuriancy of the soil here is almost incredible. The chief town is Manilla. The KuRiLKS are a chain of islands between Kamt- Bchatka and Japan, chiefly valuable for their furs. They are mostly tributary to Russia. The Fox Islands are so named on account of the great number of foxes with which they abound. The inhabit- ants dress in furs, and ornament their heads with showy caps. Those of the same island account themselves of the same race. They live together in societies of families united, who mutually aid each other. They are said to have neither chiefs nor superiors, neither laws nor punish- ments. In dressing their food, they use a hollow stone, in which they place the food, and cover it closely with an- other. By this mode of cookery the meat retains much of its succulency. AUSTRALASIA & POLYNESIA. AUSTRALASIA is the name given to a num- ber of large islands, occupying the western parts of the Pacific Ocean, and extending southward firom eastern Asia : they include New Holland, or Australia. Van Dieman's Land, or Tasmania. Papua, or New Guinea, and the Papuan Isles. New Britain, New Ireland, and the Solomon Isles. New Caledonia and the New Hebrides. New Zealand. Polynesia cnsists of ' The Pellew Isles. The Ladrone or Marianne Islands ; the prin- cipal of which are Guam and Tinian. The Carolines, the largest of which are Hogolen and Yap. The Sandwich Islands ; of which Owhyhe^ is the largest. The Marquesas. 1* 'tft^vf.i..- i AUSTRALASIA. 125 The Society Isles, the chief of which is Otaheite. The Friendly Islands and the Fejee Islands. The Navigators' Islands, the principal of which is Maouna. ; For these discoveries we are mostly indebted to British navigators, among whom Captain Cook ranks the most conspicuous. AUSTRALASIA. NEW HOLLAND, or AUSTRALIA, is the largest island in the world, being from east to west 2,730 miles long, and 1,960 from north to south, and equalling in ex- tent two-thirds of the whole continent of Europe. The eastern part, called New South Wales, was taken posses- sion of by Captain Cook, and forms a part of the British dominions ; a colony was formed at Port Jackson in 1788, chiefly of convicts sentenced to transportation ; and a town CdUed Sydney built, which has become the capital of all the British settlements in that part of the world. From an entrance not more than iwo miles broad. Port Jackson extends into a noble and capacious basin, contain- ing a number of small coves, which afford shelter from all winds, llie climate about Sydney is considered as equal to the finest in Europe ; though the accounts of the soil and climate of this extensive country are various, and by no means uniformly favourable. The settlement, oi government of New South Wales, has increased of late years exceedingly, and a bishop has been recently appointed to superintend the spiritual affairs of the colony. It has been laid out into counties ; and several towns have been built. The southern part of this government is called Australia Felix, and a town named Melbourne has been built at Port Philip, on the north side of Bass's Strait, now a thriving colony. There are three other British colonies in New Holland ; Western Australia, or Swan River, whose chief town is Perth ; South Australia, chief town Adelaide, near the Gulf of St. Vincent ; and North Australia, the chief town at Port Essington. Convicts are excluded from all these colonies. The natives of New Holland seem to have no great aversion to the new settlers. They are in a very savage state, low of stature, and ill made ; their noses are fiat, Iheir nostrils wide, their eyes sunk, their eyebrows and lips thick, with a mouth of prodigious width, but the teeth white and even. It is observed by a late circumnavigator, Turnbull, that they are the only people on earth who have fcr—a^*^ 1 } 126 GUYS GEOGRAPHY, not profited something by European connexion : their great powers of mimicry are their sole proof of intellect or talents. Van Dikman's Land, or Tasmania, is separated from New Holland by Bass's Strait : it is 210 miles from north to south, and above 130 from east to west: the climate belongs to the temperate zone, and is therefore more cool and congenial to a British constitution. The capital, Hohart Town^ possesses a harbour perhaps the finest in the world. Van Dieman's Land is, like New South Wales, a penal settlement. Papua, or New Guinba, lies to the north of New Hol- M.' land, and is separated from it by Torret Strait. It is about 1,200 miles long, and from 150 to 200 miles in breadth, consisting of very high hills, and of valleys, in- terspersed with groves of cocoa-nut trees, plantains, bread- fruit trees, &c. It affords from the sea a variety of de- lightful prospects. The inhabitants make nearly the same appearance as the New Hollanders. In New Britain, to the north ofNew Guinea, there are many high hills ; and it abounds with large and stately trees. Eastward of New Britain, and in the adjacent straits, are many islands, said to be extremely fertile and replete with plantains and cocoa-nut treeS. New Ireland abounds with a variety of trees and plants, iand with pigeons, parrots, rooks, and other birds. The inhabitants are black and wc oily -headed, like the negroes of Guinea, but have not, like them, flat noses and thick lips. The New Hebrides Captain Cook discovered to be a number of islands. South-westward of them lies New Caledonia, a very large island, inhabited by a race of ^ stout, tall, well-proportioned Indians, of a swarthy or dark chestnut brown. New Zealand consists of two large islands, se])arated by a strait only fifteen miles wide, discovered by Captain Cook, and called by his name, and one small island called Stewart Isle : the two larger are together 1,100 miles long, and about 160 miles broad. Chains o^ high mountains run through both these islands, which, in the northern island, rise to the height of 12,000 or 14,000 feet, and are buried for two-thirds of their height in perpetual snow. The soil in the valleys, and the level tracts of land, are much more fertile than New Holland, and with cultiva- tion,^ yield grain in abundance. The land also produces, spontaneously and plentifully, roots fitted for human food, and a species of fern, which covers almost the whole country. The New Zealand flax is of pre-eminent excel- POLYNESIA. 127 I I lence, and may be had in any quantity : it it largely im- ported into England. The mountains are clothed with a profusion of fir trees, of a variety of species, unknown in other countries, and rising to a magnificent height, which the pines of Norway cannot rival. The natives are of a different race from those of New Holland, rather belong- ing to that Malay race which are spread over the South Sea Islands. They are tall and wo[\ formed, with large black eyes, and good features. Thi'y are intelligent, and are making some progress in civilization, through the me- dium of missionaries, and other Europeans settled among them. The British Government has recently taken the necessary measures to form colonies in the islands, and a Bishop has been appointed. Auckland, in the Northern Island, is the seat of government. Wellington, New Ply- mouth, and Neiaoti, have been established by the New Zealand Company. POLYNESIA. POLYNESIA, or the many isles, is the name gene- rally given to the numerous groups of islands with which a great part of the Pacific Ocean is studded. The Pbllew Isles, north-west of New Guinea, accord- ing to Captain Wilson, who was wrecked on one of them, possess a temperate and agreeable climate. The country is well covered with wood ; the lands produce sugar-canes, yams, cocoa-nuts, plantains, oranges, lemons ; and the surrounding seas abound with the finest and greatest va- riety of fish. The natives are well made, stout, and above the middle stature ; their complexions are not quite black. The Ladrone, or Marianne Islands, were discovered by Magellan, in the first circumnavigation of the globe in 1512. He gave them the name of Los Ladrones, from the thievish propensities of the natives. The largest is Guamf but Tinian has attracted more attention, from the romantic description given of it in Anson's voyage. Of the Carolines, the largest isles are Hogolen and Yap. The Sandwich Isles are thirteen in number, lying near the tropic of Cancer. The air of these isles is generally salubrious. The inhabitants are of the middle size, stout, and well made ; and their complexion a brown olive. The largest of these isles is Owhyhee, about one hun- dred miles in length. It was here the celebrated and able navigator, Captain Cook, whose death has since been uni- versally regretted, was killed in an affray with the natives. Perhaps no science ever received greater additions froni^ f 1?8 GUY g GEOGRAPHY. the labours of a single man than geography has done from those of Captain Coolc, by his three memorable voyages. The natives have made a considerable progress in civiliza- tion. The Marquesas Islands lie about 10° south lat. and 140<' west long. In their language, manners, clothing, &c. the inhabitants are similar to those of the Society Isles. Possession of them has lately been assumed by France. The Society Isi.es lie south-west of the Marquesas, the chief of which is Otaheite, or King George's Island, the largest and finest of these islands: it is considered the bright- est gem of the Pacific. The soil of Otaheite is remark- ably rich and fertile, well watered, and covered with fruit trees, forming delightful groves. It was first discovered by Captain Wallis; and afterwards visited by Captain Cfook, accompanied by Sir Joseph Banks and Dr. So- lander, who were sent thither to observe the transit of the planet Venus over the sun's disk. The inhabitants, who are now reduced to less than a fifth of their original number, are of a clear olive complexion ; the men are tall, strong, and -well-limbed ; the women are of an inferior size, but inclming to be handsome. Their clothing con- sists of cloth or matting of different kinds : the greatest part of their food is vegetable, as cocoa-nut, bananas, bread-fruits, plantains, and a great variety of other fruits. The inhabitants are remarkable for their cleanliness. Their language is soft and melodious, abounding in Towels. They have a kind of manufactory of cloth, made of the bark of three different kinds of trees. The finest and whitest is the one made of the Chinese paper mulberry. A fine kind of matting is also made by them, and baskets in wicker work of a thousand different patterns. These people believe in one supreme Deity, but yet acknow- ledge a variety of subordinate divinities, and offer up their prayers without the use of idols. In several other islands of this group there are nearly the same productions, dress, language, manners, &c. The missionaries have, at Otaheite, met with signal success, the principal part being converted to Christianity. The Friendly Isles were so named by Captain Cook, from the friendship which appeared to subsist among the inhabitants, and from their courteous behaviour to strangers. The whole cluster consists of more than si::^ty. These islands are inhabited by a race of Indians, who cultivate the earth with great industry. Tlie largest is Tongatahoo, or Amsterdam; but the island of Eaooive, when viewed from the ship at anchor, forms one of the most beautiful prospects in nature. I I 9UMMART OP AFRICA. 129 W I I The Navigators' Islands arc lo called, because the inhabitants are almost continually on the water, and go not so much as from one village to another on foot, but per- form all their journies in canoes. Their villages are all situated in creeks by the sea-side, and have no paths from one to another. The principal isle is Maottna, which, yvithOyolava and Pola, may be numbered among the larger and most beautiful of the South Sea Isles. They combine the advantage of a soil fruitful without culture, and a climate that renders clothing unnecessary.' They produce in abundance the bread-fruit, cocoa-nut, the banana, and the orange. The inhabitants are a strong and handsome race of men : their usual height is nearly six feet, but their stature is less astonishing than the large proportions of the different parts of their bodies. SUMMARY OF AFRICA. AFRICA is bounded on the north by the Mediterranean, south by the Southern Ocean, east by the Red Sea and Indian Ocean, and west by the Atlantic Ocean. It extends from north to south 5,000 miles, and from east to west 4,700. Afr a contains the following countries, viz. :— - COUNTRIES. CHIEF CITIES. Barbary, which includes Marocco, Mog-ador Marocco and Fas Algiers . , Tunis Tripoli and Barca Fezzan . Fez, Mequinez, Tetuan, Ceuta, Tangier, Sallee Tafilet Algiers, Constantina, Oran, Bona Tunis, Susa, Cabes Tripoli, Mesurata Tolemeta, Derna . Mourzouk, Zuela Egypt Nubia •V' Grand Cairo, Alexandria, Rosetta, Damietta Sennaar, Dongola, Suakin 130 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. Gondar, Axum Abyssinia . . Zaara, or the Desert. Soudan contains the kingdoms Howssa,Bornou, Begharmi, Kanem, Borgou, &c. ^^ ^ COUNTRIES. Upper Guinea includes Fort St. Lewis Sierra Leone . Liberia Grain Coast . Ivory Coast . Gold Coast . Ashantee ♦ Dahomey Benin . Axim . Adda . . . CHIEF TOWNS. Senegal Sierra Leone Monrovia Settra Krou Lahou Cape Coast Castle Komasi Abomey Benin Axim Adda ' Lower Guinea includes. Loango . • , . . Loango Congo St. Salvador Angola Loando Benffuela Bensruela Eastern Africa. Adel . Ajan . Magadoxo Zanguebar Mozambique Zeila Ras al Khyl Brava, Magadoxa Melinda, Quiloa Mozambique Monomatapa, or Moca-iQ ^i y \ ranga Southern Africa. Country of the Boshu-U ** i •' fLattakoo anas . . . . . ' Caffraria, and the country of the Hottentots Cape Colony .... Cape Town \ AFRICA. — BARBARY. 131 CHIEF ISLANDS. In the Atlantic are the Azores or Western Isles ; near the coast of Africa are the Madeiras, Canary Isles, Cape Verd Isles, and Goree. In the Gulf of Guinea are Fernando Po, Prince's Isle, St. Thomas, and Annobon. More distant are Ascen- sion, and St. Helena. On the eastern coast are, Madagascar, Bourbon, Isle of France or Mauri- tius; Comora Isles, Seychelles Isles, Almirante Isles, and Socotra. CAPES. In the Mediterranean are Capes Serrat, Bon, and Ras al Razat ; — on the west, Spartel, Bojador , Blanco, Verd, and Roxo ; — on the coast of Guinea are Capes Palmas, Three Points, and Formosa ; — more southerly. Capes Negro, and Good Hope ; — on the east coast are Aguillas, Corientes, and Guardafui. CHIEF MOUNTAINS. Atlas, south of Barbary ; Sierra Leone Moun- tains, north-west of Guinea ; — the Mountains of Abyssinia, south-west of the Red Sea ; and the Mountains of the Moon, in Central Africa. GULFS, BAYS, STRAITS, &c. The Gulfs of Syrtis and Cabes on the north ; — Gulf of Guinea, near the Equator; — Delagoa Bay in Eastern Africa ; — Saldanha and Table Bays, near the Cape of Good Hope. * The Straits of Gibraltar, Channel of Mozam- bique, and Straits of Babelmandeb. LAKES. Tchad, Maravi, Fittre, Dembea. ' - - CHIEF RIVERS. The Nile in Egypt ; — the Niger, or Quorra, in ii 132 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Soudan and Guinea; — the Senegal, Gambia, Congo, and Orange River, fall into the Atlantic, and the Zambezi, or Cuama, into the Channel of Mozambique. ii tj BARBARY. BARBARY exteuds from the Straits of Gibraltar to Egypt. It was known to the ancients by the name of Mauritania, Numidia, and Africa Proper. Makocco is formed by the union of several small states, formerly distinct, but now subdued ; and united under one soyereign, as Fas, Susa, Tafili^t, &c. The city of Marocco has nothing to recommend it but its great extent, and the royal palace, which takes up so much ground that it resembles a small city. Fez is one of the largest cities in Africa. The palaces are magnificent ; and there is a great number of mosques, which are highly adorned with marble pillars and other ornaments. Algiers, previous to its conquest by the French, was under the protection of the Grand Seignior, governed by a sovereign or dey, who was absolute in some respects, though elected by the Turkish soldiers, and frequently deposed. Algiers^ the capital^ stands on the declivity of a hill, in the form of an amphitheatre, next the harbour. The houses, rising one above another, have a fine appear- ance from the sea. The tops of the houses are flat, and the inhabitants walk on them in the evenings to take the air. They are covered with earth, and are used as gardens. Tunis forms an oblong square, and has five gates. The city has no water but what is obtained at a distance. Tripoli is a large town, and has a ha^-bour the most commodious of any along this whole coas , except Alex- andria. The houses are low and mean, the streets dirty and irregular. Tripoli and Tunis may be considered independent states, although they make annual presents to the Grand Seignior. Fezzan, now subject to Tripoli, is a circular domain in a vast wilderness, like an island in an ocean. It lies south of Tripoli. The natives are of a deep ewarthy complexion. Their dress is similar to that of the Moors in Barbary. In Religion they are Mohammedans. Mourzoukt the capital, exhibits a great contrast of vast ruins, of ancint buildings, and humble cottages. AFRICA. EGYPT. J 33 of as The ints in lies thy lors ins. rast ■n lEGYPT, AND THE COUNTRIES BORDER- ING ON THE RED SEA. EGYPT lies south of the Mediterranean, and west of the Red Sea. Grand Cairo ^ the capital, is situated near the Nile, and is a large city, containing upwards of 250,000 inhabitants ; near it stood the ancient Memphis. The streets are nar- row, and the best houses are generally built round a court, having their windows within, and presenting a dead wall to the street. Boulak, the port of Cairo, on the Nile, at the distance of two miles, is a town of considerable trade. Alexandria, once a magnificent and celebrated city, was built by Alexander the Great. It is now so much de- cayed, that the rubbish in some places overtops the houses. Mehemet Ali, since he became sovereign of Egypt, has however done much to improve the city, and steam navi- gation still more. Some remains of its ancient splendour are still to be seen ; particularly Pompey's pillar, and two obelisks with hieroglyphics, the catacombs, &c. In Bosetta, the houses, built with terraces, and standing asunder, have an air of neatness and elegance. The coun- try to the north has pleasing gardens, full of orange, lemon, citron trees, &c., with enchanting groves of palu.- trees. Damietta, a sea-port, situated on the eastern branch of the Nile, is a place of great trade. Suez is situated on an isthmus of that name, on the bor- ders of Arabia, near the northern extremity of the Red Sea. The surrounding country is a complete desert. The Nile rises in the mountains of Abyssinia, and enter- ing Egypt, divides it into two parts, forming a narrow vale on each side. Soil, Climate, &c. The vast fertility of Egypt is owing to the inundation of the Nile. Egypt was noted for its abundance of corn even in the days of Jacob ; for when there was a dearth in all the lands, yet in the land of Egypt there was bread. The rush papyrus, which grows on the banks of the Nile, served the ancients to write on. Animals. Egypt abounds in camels, asses, and a fine breed of horses. The hippopotamus, or river horse, an amphibious animal ; and a kind of weazel, called ichneu- mon, are natives of this country : as are also the bird ibis, and the crocodile. Inhabitants. The descendants of the original Egyp- tians are an, ill-looking, slovenly people, immersed in in- I ) : // 134 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. dolence, and are distinguished by the name of Copts ; in their complexion they are rather sun- burnt than swarthy . or black. The Turks who reside in Egypt retain all their Ottoman pride and insolence. Religion. The Copts i -^ofess themselves to be Chris- tians, but Mohammedanism is the prevailing religion among the natives. Language. The Coptic is the ancient language of Egypt. This was succeeded by the Greek, about the time of Alexander the Great ; and that, by the Arabic when the Arabs gained possession. The Arabic or Arabesque, as it is called, is the current language. The Coptic is now only used by the Copts in their liturgy and sacred books. Curiosities. The pyramids situated south-west of Cairo are the principal, and are supposed by some to have been built by the children of Israel as sepulchres for the Egyptian kings. The Labyrinth is another wonderful \ curiosity ; being cut from a marble rock, and consisting of several palaces. Chronology. The princes of the line o*^ the Pharaohs sat on the throne of Egypt till Cambyses II. king of Persia, conquered the country 525 years before Christ : it continued part of the Persian empire till Alexander luc Great vanquished Darius, 331 years before Christ. At Alexandei's death Egypt fell to the share of Ptolemy ; and his successors retained the name of Ptolemies till Cleopatra ascended the throne. At her death Egypt became a Komau province ; and thus continued till the Mchammedanfet expelled the Romans about the seventh century. The government of Egypt is hereditary in the family of Mehemet Ali, who has conquered the whole of Nubia and Sennaar : he is tributary to the Grand Seignior. Nubia lies between Egypt nd Abyssinia ; it contains several kingdoms little known, except Sennaar and Don- gola. In some parts the houses have mv.d walls, low, and covered with reeds, and the children go quite naked. Suakin^ or Suaquam, the only port of Nubia, stands on a small island of the same name, in the Red Sea : it has an excellent harbour. Sennaar is a large and very populous town. The king's palace is surrounded by high walls formed of bricks dried in the sun. Abyssinia is a very ancient kingdom. The seasons here AFRICA. — WEST COAST. 135 are periodical. It is rainy from April to September, tnd then succeeds, without interval, a cloudless sky. There is no country in the world that produces a greater quantit y of quadrupeds both wild and tame ; but there are no tigeni. The hyenas, howeyer, are very numerous, and dreadful iii their ravages. Gondar^ the capital, is populous, and situated on a hill near Lake Dembea. The Religion of the Abyssiniane is a mixture of Qhris- tiauity and Judaism. River. One branch of the Nile rises in Abyssinia ; the other in the Mountains of the Moon. At COUNTRIES ON THE WEST COAST OF AFRICA. SIERRA LEONE is a settlement formed by the Eng- lish, for the purpose of receiving reclaimed negro slaves. Liberia is a colony of free negroes from the United States ; they have built a town named Monrovia, near Cape Mesurada. The Foulahs inhabit the country between the rivers Mesurada and Gambia. The natives are chiefly employed in pasturage. Their principal articles of trade are ele- phants' teeth, and the skins of leopards, lions, and tigers. The trade with Europe is entirely in the hands of the French, whose principal settlement is Fort St. Louis, at the mouth of the Senegal. Of Guinea little is known except the coast. Upper Guinea comprehends the grain, ivory, and gold coast. This country is unhealthy for Europeans, though the natives live to a great age. The productions of this pro- vince are, a variety of rich tropical fruits, gums, hard woods, grain, gold, ivory, wax, &c. Benin exhibits many beautiful landscapes ; but the air in seme places is noxious and pestilential on account of the gross vapours exhaled from the marshes. Benin, the capital, seated on the river Benin or Formosa, is a spacious city ; the houses are large, though built of clay walls, and covered with reeds, straw, or leaves. jtxim is a Dutch settlement on the coast of Guinea, and Adda a settlement formed by the Danes near Cape St, Paul, to the east of Axim on the same coast. AsHANTEE and Dahomey are two extensive kingdoms, and have made some progress in civilization. The many small conflicting powers between whom the Gold Coast was formerly divided have, by recent events, been con- 1 ^ 4 « 136 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. densed into two great interests. One is that of the interior kingdom of Ashantee, whose armies have repeatedly overrun and reduced to a tributary and dependent state all the nations of the coast. Komaai, the capital of Ashantee, is an important town. LoANGO, in Lower Guinea, is a considerable kingdom, formerly part of Congo, but now independent. Congo is a name usually given to a large tract of coun- try, which includes Loango, Angola, &c. Salvador is the capit'al : here the Portuguese have a mission. Angola is a fertile kingdom. The Portuguese have several settlements, and possess great influence in this country : they have settlements also in Banguela. The English and Dutch formerly trafficked with the natives, and purchased a great number of slaves. These comprehend the countries on the West coast of Africa, to which Europeans trade for ivory, gold, &c. as theydidfor slaves, till that detestable traffic was abolished. Settlements are now formed here, chiefly under the British government, for the purpose of carrying on an honest and advantageous trade with the natives, and for promoting their civilization. Men have also been enlisted by English oificers to serve in our West-India regiments. The natives are Pagans, and the negroes are well known by their flat noses, thick lips, and short woolly hair. CENTRAL AFRICA. Zaara, or the Desert, comprehends a vast extent, stretching from the Atlantic to Nubia, and from 6ilad-uU serid, the ancient Numidia, to Soudan or Nigritia : it is, excepting a few spots, a mere desert, and so parched, that the caravans from Marocco and Nigritia are obliged to carry both water and provisions. Central Africa, Soudan, or Nigritia, is that part of Africa through which the Niger runs: it is separated from the countries bordering on the west and south coast by extensive forests and vast deserts. It abounds with grain, palm-trees, cotton, and indigo, comprising now the most cultivated tracts of the great continent of Africa. The Niger, with its tributary streams, waters the plains, and makes the country extremely fruitful. This extensive region comprehends the kingdoms of Howssa, Bornou^ Begharmiy Kanem, and several others. Howssa is ^ considerable kingdom inhabited by the Foulahs : the country is well cultivated, and the people industrious and intelligent. ,.. ,, _,, AFRICA.— EAST COAST. 137 Bomou is to the west of the great lake Tchad : it is an extensive plain, watered by the river Yeou, and fertile, but imperfectly cultivated. BegJiarmi is to the north-west of the Tchad, the people are constantly at war with the subjects of Bomou. Kanem is on the north of the same great lake. TimbuctoOf the erapoi ium of Central Africa, is situated on the Quorra or Niger. Being the place where caravans from Marocco, Algiers, and Tunis, first touch on the fertile > egions of Soudan, it must always possess great commercial importance : gold and slaves are the staple articles of export. It is described as containing some handsome mosques, and a large enclosed palace. ( I COUNTRIES ON THE EAST COAST OF AFRICA. ADEL is situated near the Red Sea. The inhabitants, who are Mohammedans, are at almost continual war with Abyssinia. It is a fertile country, and the capital, Zeilot is a place of considerable trade, as is also Berbera. Ajan, to the north of Adel, may be considered the native country of incense, myrrh, and odoriferous gums. Zamqukdau includes several petty states in which the Portuguese formerly had settlements ; but they have been mostly supplanted by the Imaum of Muscat. Magadasho, or Magadoxaf is a considerable town, under an independent chief, ^who repels all intercourse with Europeans. Brava, within the territory of Magadoxa, ia also a port of some consequence. PattCt once of great importance, is now much decayed, and a great part of its trade transferred to Lamcj, a neigh- bouring port. Melinda, long the most flourishing and handsome town on this coast, has been completely destroyed by the Gallas, a fierce and barbarous tribe in the interior. Pembay Zanx^ar, and Monjia, three small islands parallel to this coast, at the distance of about thirty miles, are fertile and productive in grain and sugar, and are partly subject to the Imaum of Muscat. Mozambique contains the principal settlements of the Portuguese in Eastern Africa. Mozambique^ the capital, derives its importance from being the emporium of the goldy ivori/t and slave* brought down the river Zambezi : it is built on an island, and has a good roadstead, and a commodious pier. Quilimane is a port, with some trade. 1 \ 138 GUY S GE0GRAPHY.7y MoNOMATAPA, 01' MocARANOA, is a kingdom, subject to the Portuguese. Tete, Sena^ and Zimhao are its principal towns. Sofala is supposed to be the Ophir of the ancients, the gold being the purest and finest in all Africa. Inhambane, to the south, has an excellent harbour, and is defended by a fort and 150 men. From eleven to four- teen slave vessels come here annually from Brazil, and each carry off, on an average, from 400 to 500 slaves. SOUTHERN AFRICA. Southern Aikica extends from Walvisch Bay on the west coast, to Delagoa Bay on the south. Cape Colony. This colony extends from west to east nearly 600 miles, and from north to south about 300 : it is situated at the southern extremity of Africa. A great portion consists of mountains of naked sandstone ; along the coast, however, and for a considerable distance in the interior, there are extensive plains covered with rich pas- tures. It was formerly in the possession of Holland, but since 1806 it has belonged to England. Cape Towti, the capital, is situated on Table Bay, about twenty miles north of the Cape. It is a neat and well- built town, and has a population of 20,000. Gem'ge Towns Graham Town, and Bathurst are towns built by emigrants from England. Caffraria extends to the east of the British colony, and to a considerable distance inland ; the people are cheerful, frank, and animated, short of stature, and robust : they have no towns, their kraals or villages never consist of more than a dozen huts, in which they spend but little of their time ; these dwellings are abandoned for others, to suit the pasturage of their herds and flocks. The Boshuanas, who inhabit the country to the north of Orange River, are superior to the Caffers in arts and civilization ; they have large towns well-built, and re- markable for neatness ; their occupations are chiefly pastoral, but they till the ground and store the grain for winter consumption ; the features of the people are more European than the Cafters, and often beautiful. Mountains of Africa. Atlas, a chain of mountains always covered with snow, and extending from Marocco to Tripoli ; from these the Atlantic takes its name. The Mountains of the Moon, to the west of Abyssinia ; the Konff AFRICA. MOUNTAINS, RIVERS, &C. 139 >re Mountains, to the north of Guinea. The Lnpata, to the west of Zanguehar ; and the Snowy JMounU^inSf to the north of the Colony of the Cape. Gulfs, Bays, &c. Aboukir, near Alexandria. Sydra and Cabes, on the north coast. The Gvff of Guinea near the Equator. Walviach Bay, on the west coast. Saldanha, Table, and False Bays, in the Cape Colony. Port Natal^ and Delagoa, and Sofala Bays, on the east coast. Rivers. The Nile is formed by the junction of two rivers in Sennaar. The largest is the Bahr el Abiad, or White River, which rises near the Mountains of the Moon, in Donga ; the other, the Ba/ir el Azrak, or Blue River, rises in Abyssinia, and passes through Lake Dembea, and after joining the White River, enters Egypt at Syene ; below Cairo it is divided into two great and several small branches, which, with the Mediterranean, forms the Delta. Its estimated length is 2,600 miles. The Niger, rises in, or its channel has been traced, to about 17 degrees north latitude, and I degree west lon- gitude, where Timbuctoo is situated ; and after a course of nearly 2,200 miles, and taking the name of Quorrat flows into the Gulf of Guinea by several channels. The Senegal rises near the source of the Niger, and falls into the Atlantic Ocean, to the north of Cape Verd. The Gambia rises near the source of the Senegal, and enters the Atlantic south of Cape Verd. The Congo, or Zaire, and the Coanza, are considerable rivers, flowing through Congo and Angola. The Orange or Gariess River runs in a westerly direc- tion nearly across Africa, north of the Cape Colony, and after a course of about 1,000 miles enters the Atlantic. Zambezi, or Cuama, falls into the Mozambique Channel. Lakes. The Tchad is one of the greatest bodies of fresh water yet discovered in Africa, being about 200 miles in length, and 150 in breadth. It is situated in the most central part of the continent. Dembea is iuAbyssinia, through which the Nile passes. Maravi is to the west of the mountains of Lupata, in Nimeamay ; and Fittre to the west of Nubia. Animals. The lion, elephaiit. rhinoceros, hippopota- mus, giraffe, gazelle, hyena, jackal, civet, dromedary, buffalo, and the crocodile, ichneumon, and ostrich. The Barbary horse, or Barb, vies with the Arabian in beauty of form. Population. The Moms, who occupy the northern parts, are chiefly descendants of Arabs ; they are a wild, roving race ; they profess Mohammedanism ; and generally to furious bigotry add the most embittered hatred of I ' 140 GUYS GEOGRAPHY. Christians. They are deeply embrowned hy the sun ; but have not the least of the negro colou^ r features. The Negroes, who are a distinct race of mankind, are generally courteous, gay, and hospitable ; like all barbarous nations, they are fond of war, and cruel to their enemies. They are led away with fantastic superstitions, charms, witch- craft, ordeal, &c. Their external aspect is marked by a deep black colour, flat nose, thick lips, and coarse hair like wool. AFRICAN ISLANDS. The AZORES are a cluster of nine small islands in the ^ Atlantic Ocean, opposite Portugal : they are given also in our summary of Europe, as they are frequently considered \\ European islands. St. Michael is the largest, but Terceira is the residence of the Portuguese governor. They are very fertile, and produce great quantities of excellent oranges. The popu- lation of all the islands is estimated at 203,500, The Madeira Isles belong also to the Portuguese. The largest, named Madeira, is remarkable for the rich wine called Madeira, and its salubrious climate. Funchal, the capital, contains 25,000 people. The island of Madeira has a population of 120,000. ' The Canary Isles belong to Spain ; they were known to the ancients as the Fortunate Islands ; the principal of them are, Grand Canaria, Teneriffe, and Ferro. They are famous for the rich Canary wine, and for the birds called Canary birds. The Peak of Teneriffe is one of the highest mountains in the world, being two miles and a quarter high. The islands contain about 200,000 inhabitants. Cape Verd Isles are a cluster lying ofF Cape Verd in Africa : they are about ten in number, lying in a semi- circle. St. Jago is the largest, and the residence of the Portuguese viceroy. The Isle of Fogo is a remarkable Tolcano. Goree is a very small isle near the coast of Africa, under Cape Verd, belonging to France : its importance arises from its situation for trade. Fernando Po is a small island in the Gulf of Guinea, on which the English have formed a settlement, to facilitate the suppression of the slave trade. There are three other small islands in the Gulf of Guinea, which belong to the Portuguese. Ascension is a small island on which there is an English NORTH AMERICA. 141 settlement, to serve as a place of refreshment for vessels employed on the coast of Africa. St. Helena will be long celebrated as the place of con- finement and death of Napoleon Buonaparte. Here ships engaged in the East Indian trade frequently stop to pro- cure refreshment. The population is about 5,000. Madagascar, in the Indian Ocean, near the eastern coast of Africa, is one of the largest and finest islands in the world, being upwards of 930 English miles in length, and 300 in its greatest breadth. It is traversed from north to south by a range of lofty mountains. The plains along the sea arc watered by numerous streams, and are extremely fruitful in rice, sugar, and other tropical pro- ductions. Madagascar is comprised in one empire ; the sovereign is also High Priest of the national religion. The island is divided into twenty-eig'it provinces. Tana- narivo is the capital. The population is estimated at 2,000,000. Bourbon^ a fine island about 350 miles east of Mada- gascar, belongs to France, and produces sugar, coffeCf tobacco, cloves, rice, &c. Mauritius or the Isle of France is also a fine island, 120 miles east of Bourbon. It is an English colony, and produces coffee, cotton, indigo, and sugar of improved quality. St Louis, the capital, contains 26,000 inhabit- ants. The Comoro. Isles, four in number, are in the Channel of Mozambique. Comora, the largest, contains about 30,000 people. It is ninety miles in circumference. Socotra, near Cape Guardafui, and the entrance of the Red Sea, is seventy miles long and nineteen broad. It is a pile of mountains, surrounded by a low plain, and inhabitated by people of a mongrel race, descended from the Arabs, Africans, Portuguese, and others, j ^ , • .*?■ AMERICA. .,< AMERICA is a vast continent, comprising one of the grand divisions of the globe, frequently called the Western Hemisphere, or New World. It lies between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and is divided into North and South America. It was discovered by Columbus a.d. 1492. \ ' Vi 142 GUYS GKOGRAPHT. SUMMARY OF NORTH AMERICA. The British Possessions are, STATES. CHIEF CITIES. Labrador, or New Britain Hudson's Bay . Upper Canada Lower Canada New Brunswick Nova Scotia . Newfoundland Cape Breton York Fort Toronto, Kingston Quebec, Montreal Frederick Town, St. John Halifax St. John's Louisburg, Sydney Prince Edward's Island Charlotte Town The United States and Territouies are, Northern or New England States. h Maine . •Massachusetts *New Hampshire Vermont . *Rhode Island ♦Connecticut . ♦New York ♦Pennsylvania ♦New Jersey . ♦Delaware ♦Maryland * Virginia Portland Boston Portsmouth Burlington Providence, Newport Newhaven, Hartford Middle. New York, Albany Philadelphia, Pittsburg Newark, Trenton Wilmington, Dover Baltimore, Annapolis Richmond, Norfolk District of Columbia . Washi ngton Southern. ^^ ♦North Carolina ♦South Carolina ♦Georgia . Alabama . Florida . . Newbern, Raleigh Charlestown, Columbia Savannah, Augusta Mobile, Tuscaloosa St. Augustine, Pensacola NORTH AMRKICA. 143 Western. CIIIRF CITIES. . Louisville, Lexington . Nashville . Cincinnati, Zanesville . Ne w Albany, I ndianopolis . Vandalia . Detroit . St. Louis, Jefferson . Little Rock . Natchez, Jackson . New Jrleans Those States marked with a * were tl,e thirteen that first asserted their independence. TerritTies claimed by, or belonging to the above State, are the North- West Territory, and the country ex- tending westerly from the States t( Tie Pacific Ocean. Mexico, or New Spain Mexico California . New California STATES. Kentucky . Tennessee . Ohio . . Indiana Illinois. Michigan . Missouri . Arkansas . Mississippi . Louisiana . Monterey St. Salvador Guatemala . Texas Russian America . New Archangel CHIEF ISLANDS. Near the east coast or 'Torth America are Belle Isle, Newfoundland, Cape Breton, and Prince Edward; near the United States are Long Island and Rhode Island ; and more distant, the Bermudas or Someis' Isles ; — and the Bahamas or Lucay OS, south-east of Florida. Near the west coast are Kikhtak, King George Third's Archipe- lago, Queen Charlotte's and Vancouver's Islands. In the Polar Sea, Melville and Bathurst Isles. . PENINSULAS, ISTHMUS, &c. The Peninsulas of Nova Scotia, California, and Yucatan. , ; ;< ti ii I ';.. *#•, 144 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Capes Farewell, Chidley, and Hatteras, on the east, and Capes Blanco and Lucos on the west coast of North America. Isthmus of Darien or Panama. « GULFS, BAYS, HTRAITS. On the north and north-east are Baffin's and Hudson's Bays, and Davis's, Hudson's, and Bar- row's Straits, Straits of Belle Isle, and Gulf of St. Lawrence. The Delaware and Chesapeak lie in the United States ; more southerly are the Gulfs of Florida and Mexico ; the Bays of Cam- peachy and Honduras. On the western coast of North America are Behring's Straits, Bristol Bay, Nootka Sound, and the Gulf of California. LAKES. The Lakes in the interior of North America are Great Bear Lake, Slave, Athapuscow, and Winnipeg; with Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario, and Lake Champlain ^vest of Vermont. MOUNTAINS. The Rocky or Stony Mountains, and the Apalachian or Alleghany Mountains. ^ CHIEF RIVERS. The River St. Lawrence, and the Mackenzie in the British possessions of North America ; the Delaware flows into Delaware Bay ; the Susque- hannah and Potomac flow into the Bay of Che- sapeake ; the Missouri, Ohio, and Arkansas are . branches of the Mississippi ; the latter flows into the Gulf of Mexico. »"^V".? ..>,.; ^•SiM^SSS^^^SSS ■'v'' NORTH AMERICA. 145 BRITISH POSSESSIONS IN NORTH AMERICA. HUDSON'S BAY TERRITORY includes the couni tries that surround the Bay of that name, comprehending Labrador, commonly called the country of the Esquimaux, on the east ; and New North and New South Wales on the west and south. York Fort is the principal establish- ment of the company : from hence more than sixty thou- sand skins are annually sent home. It was discovered in 1610 by Henry Hudson, who entered into the straits that lead into the Bay. Here he met with difficulties; but his ardour was not abated in this empire of frost and snow. He stayed there till the ensuing spring, and then prepared to pursue his discoveries ; but his crew mutinied, and seized him, with seven of those who were most faithful to him, and committed them to the icy seas in an open boat. Hudson and his companions were never heard of more. The ship and the rest of the men returned home. Canada, the most important and productive of the Bri- tish American territories, extends from the mouth of the St. Lawrence, to the extremity of Lake Superior : a dis- tance of more than 800 miles. It is divided into Lower and Upper Canada. Lower Canada lies along the banks of the St. Lawrence, as far up as the Lake St. Francis. The greater part of the inhabitants are Roman Catholics, of French extraction, and are called habitans. The population in 1840 was 400,739. Quebec, the capital of Lower Canada, with a popula- tion of 26,000, is singularly situated ; partly on a plain along the northern bank of the St. Lawrence, and partly on the top of a steep rock, 350 feet high. The upper town contains the residence of the governor, and the houses of the most opulent inhabitants ; the lower town is the seat of the traffic by which Quebec is enriched. In 1759 it surrendered to the English, after a victory obtained by the brave General Wolfe, who fell in the engagement. Montreal, seated on an island in the St. Lawrence, about thirty miles in length, is the commercial capital of Ca- nada. The principal articles for export are timber and furs. Its population in 1840 was 27,300. Upper Canada extends from the Lake St. Francis, a little above Montreal, to the western extremity of Lake Superior. This colony, only formed in 1783, has increased 80 rapidly as to contain, in 1840, 393,925 inhabitants. Toronto, formerly called York, is the capital of Upper Canada, and contains 12,000 inhabitants. r' . 146 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. 'Si Montreal is expected to be the capital of Upper and Lower Canada. The government of both the provinces is vested in a governor-general, appointed by the Crown of England, and assisted by a council. Formerly there was a legislative assembly for each province, but by an Act of the British Parliament these have been united into one assembly, which meets at Kingston. New Brunswick is a large country, lying to the south- east of Lower Canada, and connected with Nova Scotia by an isthmus nine miles wide. It was constituted a dis- tinct government in 1784, since which it has advanced rapidly in population. The whole province is estimated to contain 130,000 inhabitants. Frederick'towrif situated eighty-five miles up the river St. John, is the capital. St, John, at the mouth of the river, is a place of much greater importance, having almost a monopoly of the trade in the province. Nova Scotia is a large peninsula, joined to New Bruns- wick at the extremity of the Bay of Fundy. It is about 380 miles long, and from 50 to 100 broad. It formerly included New Brunswick. The coast facing the Atlantic is rocky and barren, but in the interior are districts of great fertility. Halifax, the capital, is on the eastern coast : its harbour, originally called Chebucto, is one of the finest in the world. Population about 15,000. Lunen- burg, a town of some trade, has a population of about 2000. Newfoundland is a large isla i^ 420 miles long, and 300 broad, situate at the mouth oi" the Gulf of St. Law- rence, and forming the most eastern part of North Ame- rica. The land on the eastern side is little favoured by nature : its aspect is rugged and uninviting ; and instead of those noble forests with which the continental provinces are clothed, it presents only stunted trees and shrubs : on the western side the country is more productive, the cli- mate better, and the timber of a larger growth. The pros- perity of Newfoundland is derived exclusively from the cod fisher^ on its shores, the banks of Newfoundland being much more productive than any other known part of the world. The French, and citizens of the United States are allowed by treaty to participate in the fishery. St. John's, the only place on the island which can be called a town, is little more than a large fishing station. A pro- fusion of lakes, some of them of great extent, are spread over the whole island. The population of thfe whole island was, in 1840, 81,517, almost all fishermen, scattered over 60 or 70 stations, on the eastern and southern shores. Cape Breton is an island, about 100 miles in length, and 80 in breadth. It is an appendage to the government NORTH AMERICA. 147 of Nova Scotia, and sends two members to its House of Assembly. Louisburgh, the former capital, is now de- serted ; and Sydney, a village of only 1000 inhabitants, is all the capital which Cape Breton can boast. V Prince Edward's, formerly called St. John's, is a iine island, to the westward of Cape Breton : it is about 130 miles long, and 30 broad : its surface is level, varied only by gentle undulations. It has shorter winters, is exempt from those extremes of heat and cold, and those heavy fogs which render the neighbouring colonies often so gloomy. Its population was, in 1840, 34,666. Charlotte Tovm is the capital. The Bermudas, or Somers' Islands, situated about 600 miles east from the coast of North America, in the midst of the Atlantic, in 32° 15' north lat., and 64° 45' west long. Exempted from the scorching heats of the tropic, a^d enjoying almost a continual spring, they are clothed in perpetual verdure. St. George, the seat of government, is on an island of the same name. Bays Straits, &c. Baffin's Bay was discovered by Baffin, an Englishman, in 1616, in an attempt to make a north-west passage from Europe to the East Indies. Bay of Fundy separates New England and New Bruns- wick from Nova Scotia : it is remarkable for its tides, which rise to the height of fifty or sixty feet, and flow very rapidly. Davis's Straits were discovered by John Davis, in 1585, and Barrow^s Straits by Captain Parry. Lakes. Lake Superior is so called from its being the largest on the continent of America : its length is 400 miles, and its greatest breadth about 100. The boundary line between Canada and the United States runs through Lakes Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario : the three latter are also large lakes. The passage between Erie and On- tario is interrupted by a stupendous fall or cataract, which is called the Falls of Niagara, an object the most grand and awful in nature : there is a small island in the stream which divides it: the fall on the Canadian side is 600 feet wide, of a semicircular form, and called the Horse-shoe ; that on the American side is only 350 feet. The perpen- dicular height of the fall is nearly 1 60 feet ; the noise, tu- mult, and rapidity of this immense body of falling water create sensations which it would be in vain to attempt to describe. It is said to be heard, and the cloud of vapours to be seen, at the distance of thirty miles. Rivers. The St. Lawrence is one of the noblest rivers in the world. Its estimated length is upwards of 1 ,300 miles, running through Lakes Superior, Huron, Erie, and Ontario ; and after forming, for the ^eater part of its * It2 148 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. <»? J U length, a boundary between British America and the United States, it enters the Atlantic. It is blocked up for half the year by ice ; the other half it is navigable for lar^.i ships to Montreal. The Mackenzie^ after a course of 1,900 miles, and running through several large lakes, enters the Polar Sea. Climate. The climate of British America is very severe, much exceeding what is felt under the same lati- tude in the old continent. Lower Canada for six, and Upper Canada for five months of the year, have a mean temperature below the freezing point, and are buried in perpetual snow : the sun then breaks out with such force, that large crops of valuable grain can be raised on a great extent of fertile land. There are immense forests of valu- able timber. Nova Scotia and New Brunswick are well- wooded countries, but less fertile ; and though the winters are less severe, the heavy fogs that frequently prevail are more disagreeable than the frosts and snows of Canada. ', Animals. The white, or great polar bear, the grisly bear, the musk ox, the beaver, deer, wolves, and foxes. Trade. In 1670, a charter was granted to a company, for the exclusive trade to Hudson's Bay. They have several forts or factories, — York^ ChurchilU NetsoUi §. asr 150 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. lit a t The District of Columbia, ten miles square, was taken from Virginia and Maryland, for the purpose of building the city of Washington, for the federal carUal, nml rcpi of govern- ment, for the whole Union ; and also in tl^e expect fiou of its becoTiing the greatest and moti splindkl raetr opolis in the New World. The situation U fine, on a Bom^iVi >at elevated ground, at an angle formed by the r\TO brtiucr s of the Potowmac. In 1840 i '■^ popuiatiou wai 23,80 i. North and South C.iiioLiN v and O'jorgia are of one general character. Aionu' the st>2 coast there is a large tract of swamps and aic rnases, mostly unfit for culture, but the interior contains a gre.^t extr-nt of the iinf ^t soil. Cotton and rice fire the diiei produrls of these ?itates. Charleston^ the capital of the (varoliaas, has .. sxcellent harbour, which enables it to engross nearly ihe whole fmJe ol the country. It is surrounded by swamps and irinia.'s^s whkh render it extremely unhealthy, yet the populalioii is 30,000. Savannah, the chief town of Geo i;ia, is built at the mouth of the Savannah river, on a sauiiy cliir about lifty feet high. The houses are mostly of wood. Population nearly 12,000. Florida was formerly divided into East and West. EaM Florida is a peninsula of 400 miles in length, stretch- ing southward : it partly forms the Gulf of Mexico. West Florida is a long strip along the northern shores of the gulf The surface of Florida greatly resembles that of the low tracts of Carolina and Georgia. Both provinces belonged to Spain till 1819, when they were ceded by treaty. St, Attgv^tine in East Florida in the Atlantic, and Fensacola in West Florida, are the principal towns. Kentucky and Tennessee were originally the western parts of Virginia and North Carolina ; they were the first settled, and are the most fully peopled of the western states. They profess great ardour in the cause of libf i ty : yet, in 1830, Kentucky contained 165,000 slaves, and Tennessee 142,000. Louisville and Nashville are their largest towns. Louisville contains 21,210 inhabitants, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, and Michigan are lately- formed states to the north of the Ohio ??j''er. Cincinnati in Ohio, sprung up in a few years ul a vast desert, contains already ranges of well-buiJ; marketp. ^ ubstantial public build;; .^"., inhabit}' , who have since mr, J; u considc: .u the capital of the noTai '^ Missouri, Arkansas, and Loui -; i formed to the west of the Mississippi: tf. y generally con sist of vast plains or prairies of jOC fertility. New ;k houses, busy id, in 1840,46,338 .eased. It may be stern states. \ are states recently r'i'>.( MEXICO. 151 Orleans^ situated on the Mississippi, about 100 miles aboTe its mouth, has rapidly risen to be one of the prin- cipal ports of the United Stiites, and it is likely to increase, since it is the only outlet for the immense countries watered by the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers. The population in 1840 was 102,193. Alabama and Mississippi, the former, once a part of Georgia, and the latter situated to the east of the Missis- sippi, are fertile, though unhealthy. Natchez and Mobile are their principal towns. The whole country called " The United States" were colonies belonging to England till 1776, when they de- clared their independence, which was acknowledged by Britain in 1783. The federal government of the United States consists of a President, Senate, and a House of Representatives. MEXICO. The SPANISH POSSESSIONS in North America ex- tended formerly from about the 42** of north latitude to the Isthmus of Panama, or Darien in the south, and from the Mississippi on the east, to the Pacific Ocean on the west : it was called generally Mexico or New Spain. The north-eastern parts have been ceded to the United States, and the remainder has been formed into independent re- publics. Mexico. Before the arrival of the Spaniards, Mexico formed a powerful and populous empire, and had in several respects attained a considerable degree of civiliza- tion. It was conquered in 1521 by Ferdinand Cortez after a considerable resistance, and governed by a Spanish viceroy until 1810, when commenced a long, bloody, and desperate contest for independence : after many vicissi- tudes the Mexicans succeeded in forming a constitution nearly ov the model of that of the United States. It has not yet, however, settled into anything like a well organ- iser^ f.':o\ernmcnt. The central part of Mexico is an immense, table-land, extending 1500 miles, and ele^ja^e^l from 6000 to 8000 fe^t above the level of the sea, tl\e higher parts of whita are barren; and the lower of great fertility. Mexico abounds in volcanoes, many of which are in active operation ; but its mines of gold and sUter have gained it its greatest celebrity. Peru has gold in great : r abundance, but Mexico, since the first dis- covery, has produced more silver than all the rest of the world besides. Thy precious metals are the prin- 152 GUYS GKOGRAPHY. /, cipal iirticles of export; its next greatest produce is cochi- neaf. The population is supposed to amount to 8,000,000. Mexico, the capital, though not the largest, is considered the finest city iu America. The owners of the mines bring their bullion here to be exchanged for coin. The population amounts to 140,000, among whom are many very wealthy. It is situated in the centre of the table-land. Vera Cruz, notwithstanding its extreme unhealthiness, and the badness of its harbour, engrosses nearly the whole trade of Mexico. Acapulco, on the Pacific Ocean, is a place of considerable trade, its harbour is one of the finest in the world. California is a peninsula in the Pacific, near 750 miles long: it is parallel to the continent, from which it is separated by its deep gulf. New California consists of a range of settlements on the western coast, extending northward from Old Cali- fornia. Monterey is the principal place. GuATiMALA, or CENTRAL AMERICA, is an independent republic, occupying the soutliern extremity of North America. It is fertile, but labours under the disadvantage of not having a port capable of receiving large ships, either in the Gulf of Mexico or the Pacific. It abounds in mines, chiefly silver. The population is estimated at 1,600,000. Guatimala and St. Salvador are the principal towns. The states of Nicatoqua and Costa Rica have lately separated from Guatimala : they now constitute a republic. Thb British have a settlement on the Bay of Hon- duras, for the purpose of obtaining logioood and ma- hogany : the principal town or station's Belize. The Mosquito shore is inhabited by independent Indians, who consider themselves under the protection of the English. Texas, a former province of Mexico, has formed itself into an independent republic, including New Mexico, east of the River del Norte. It is represented as possessing extreme fertility. The seat of government has been esta- blished at Houston, a town of great and growing importance. Russian Territory, a p;at of the north-west coast of America, bordering on the Pacific Ocean : it is divided from the British possessions by the meridian 141° west longitude. It also comprehends a narrow strip of the coast and the adjacent islands from 54° 40' north latitude as far as 141° west longitude. The couatrv 's included in the goverr nent of Eastern Siberia. [In Guy's Elements of Modern Hiktori untained the History of the United States, from the fi. ' discovery of America to the Presidency of General Harrison, which \ WEST INDIES. 153 U'ill be found particularly interesting to tlic young stu- dent, and will supply him with information of increasing importance and value, not to be found in other School Histories.] SUMMARY OF THE WEST INDIES; OR Columbian Archipelago. The west INDIES consist of an archiptla^ro of large and fino islands, extending from near the southern point of the United States territory to the coast of South America, near the mouth of the river Orinoco. They are divided into British, Spanish, French, Dutch, Danish, and Swedish islands ; and the independent island of St. Domingo, or Haiti. The British Islands are Jamaica, the Bahamas, Ane- gada, Virgin Gorda, Tortola, Anguilla, Barbuda, St. Christopher or St. Kitts, Nevis, Antigua, Montserrat, Dominica, St. Lucia, Barbadoes, St. \ incent, Granada, Tobago, Trinidad, Cayman, and Roatan, or Rattan. Spanish. Cuba, and Puerto oi" Porto R'cc French. Martinico, C ..adaloupe, Marie Gai. nte. De- Beade, and the north part of St. Martin. Dutch. Curasao, St. Eustatia, and the south part of St. Martin. Dan ISH . Ste Croix, or S ta Cruz, St.Thomas, and St. John. Swedish. St. Bartholomew. The British Islands, the most numerous, though not the most extensive or fruitful, are undoubtedly the best cultivated, most wealthy, and most productive. Probably no part of the globe, in proportion to its ex^'^nt, yields such an amount of valuable commodities for c ,. rtation. The principal articles are sugar, rum, and coffee. The population of the British Islands is estimated at upwards of 700,000. Jamaica is the largest and most valuable island in the British West Indies. The lofty range of the Blue Moun- 'ns in the int^/ tor, gives to its landscapes a grand and '» \ i^. "• :* i '•-* -•**'i^fc- -'..J,':, 'v/(r SOUTH AMERICA. 157 COUNTRIES. La Plata, or the Ar- gentine Republic Paraguay. Banda Oriental, or Urugiia Patagonia Brazil Guyana Demerara and Berbice Suriiuim. Cayetine. CHIEF cities. Buenos- Ay res, Mendoza, San Luis Assumpcion Monte Video Rio Janeiro, Bahia, Per- nanibuco George town, New Am- sterdam Paramaribo Cayenne CHIEF ISLANDS. Trinidad, Marajo, Falkland Islands, and Terra del Fuego: on the western coasts, Cliiloe, Juan Fernandez, and the Gallipago Isles. ISTHMIS. Darien, or Panama. CAPES. Cape la Vela, on the north ; —Orange, Hi. Roque, Frio, and St. Maria, on tlie east ; — Cape Horn on the south j—aiid on the western const, Capes Blanco, and St. Francisco. MOUNTAINS, The Andes, or Cordjllfias, «'xtend tlie wIkiIp length of South America. SEAS, GULFS, BAYM. The Caribbean Sea ; the Gulf of Darien, Ven- ezuela, and Para on the north coast ; All Saints' Bay ill Brazil ; Bay of St. George, in Patagonia ; and Bay of Guayaquil, in Peru. "■ ) * \ i 158 u- GUY B GEOGRAPHY. 11 ! i i I The Straits of Magellan, or MagelhacnSf and Le Maire, near Terra del Fuego. RIVERS. Orinoco in Colombia : Amazon or Maranon, in Peru and Brazil; and the Rio de la Plata, in La Plata and Paraguay, COLOMBIA is the name now given to the 'territory extendinoj over the north-Avestern part of South America, and which took the lead among the newly-formed repub- lics, into which, after a long and desperate struggle, Spanish America was divided. It has more recently been subdivided into three independent states, namely, New Granada, Venezuela, and Equadoi, or Quito. On the north it is bounded by the Caribbean Sea, and the Isthmus of Darien ; on the west by the Pacific Ocean ; on the south by Peru and Brazil ; and on the east by British Guyana or Demarara. The climate is extremely hot and sultry during the whole year. From the monlh of May to the end of No- vember, the season called wintor by the inhabitants is almost a continual succession of thunder, rain, and tem- pests ; the clouds precipitating the rains with such impe- tuosity, thpt the low lands exhibit the appearance of an ocean. Great part of the country is, in consequence, flooded ; and this, together v, ith the excessive heat, so impregnates the air with vapours, that in many provinces it is extremely unhealthy. These plains, which ^re im- mense, are covered with magnificent forests, and vast savannahs, in which the grass often grows above the height of a man. The Andes traverse Colombia near the Pacific, from north to south, and here a traveller may quit in the morning the frozen tracts, near the mountain summits, and passing through the pine forests, may suc- cessively traverse fields of oats, barley, and wheat, and may walk in the evening amid plaiitations of sugar-cane and banana. The population is about 3,000,000. New Granada is the most powerful of the three re- publics into which Colombia is formed ". it is most advan- tageously situated for trade, having ports both in the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific. It produces gold, silver, and copper. Santa Fe de Bogota^ the capital, is situated on a table- plain 8,000 feet above the level of the sea. This plain> though so near the Equator, has the climate of Britain, without the change of seasons; the perpetual temperature SOUTH AMERICA. 159 being that of spring or autumn, the only alteration is the wet seasons, which are somewhat colder than the others. The sunounding plain is exceedingly fertile, yielding two crops in the year of the best European grain. The city contains twenty-six churches, and twelve convents : it carries on a considerable trade, and has a iiopulation of 30,000. Popayan is a handsome city, built more regularly than Santa Fe, and is inhabited by muiiy opulent merchants. Cartagena, in the Caribbean Sea, is a place of consider- able trade. The packet-boats which maintain the inter- course with Europe, and the United States, sail from this port. The population is about 18,000. Panama and Porto Bello have latterly considerably declined in importance. The Equador or Quito. The table plain of Quito has a climate of perpetual spring ; even during the four months of rain, the mornings and evenings are clear and beautiful. Vegetation never ceases, and the trees and meadows are clothed in continual verdure : it is sur- rounded by the loftiest of the volcanic cones of the Andes, eleven of which may be discovered at one point of view, clad in perpetual snow. Quinquina, or Jesuits' bark, is a product of Equador. Quito, the capital, elevated more than 9,000 feet above the Pacific, is one of the finest and largest cities in South America : the churches and convents are built with great magnificence and some taste. Guayaquil^ on the bay of the same name, is a very flourishing commercial city, and has a population of 20,000. Venezuela, also one of the Colombian republics, bears a completely opposite aspect to the two former. "While they consist of the declivities and valleys of the loftiest Andes, Venezuela forms a plain of immense extent, reach- ing westward beyond the Orinoco. Caraccas, or Leon de Caraccas, has always been the capital of Venezuela, and previous to 1812 was a large city, containing about 40,000 inhabitants : on the 2Gth of March it was overthrown by one of the most awful earthquakes ever known. Nearly 10,000 persons perished on the spot, besides many more who died afterwards, in consequence of wounds and pri- vations. It has not yet recovered itself, the population being under 25,000. Peru is, of all the regions of South America, the most celebrated for wealth, and ancient civilization. At the period of the Spanish invasion, it had attained a degree of lefinement far above that infant and savage state in which the rest of South America was plunged; and instead of 160 GUY S GEOGRAi'HY. ^i i « 'k ■;t^ ill w the lofty and fierce spirit, the bloody wars, the uncouth duties and ferocious rites of the Mexicans, the Peruvians were in tranquil subjection to a mild superstition, which taught them that their Inca was the child of the sun, the supreme source of light and poAver, exercising in his name a beneficent sway, to which their unreserved submission was due. Peru is bounded on the north by Equador, which under the Incas was a province of Peru; on the south by Chili and La Plata ; on the west by the Pacific Ocean; and on the east by Brazil: an extei !:, from north to south, of 1,400 miles, and from west lo east about 700. The surface of this extensive territory is of the boldest and most varied description : it is crossed, and in a great measure covered by the Andes, in their loftiest height- From the perpetual spring that prevails in the valleys, vegetation is most luxtuiant; almost every plant, from barley to rice and sugar-cane, coming to per- fection. Towards the coast the climate is temperate, the rivers small and few, and the hills bare of wood ; wild ani- mals are rare, birds scarce, and there are no noxious reptiles. On the eastern side of the Andes are immense trees, wild animals, and venomous snakes ; numberless birds, and alligators and tortoises abound in the Maranon, and its tributary streams. Peru, in 1824, having thrown off its dependence on Spain, was divided into two independent republics, Peru and Bolivia. Peru is the northern republic. Lima, the capital, situated six miles from its port of Callao, is the most splendid city, next to Mexico, of what was Spanish America. It is surrounded by walls of brick and clay, twelve feet high, but little capable of defence. The houses are built of clay and unburnt brick, and are seldom more than one story high ; but those of the rich are surrounded by porticos, enclosed by high walls, painted, and adorned with pillars, coloured in imitation of stone. The cathedral is an elegant building, with a stone front. The population has been variously estimated at from 50,000 to 70,000, Callao, its port, has an excel- lent harbour formed by two islands. Truxillo, on the coast to the north of Lima, is a hand- some little town. Caxamarca is distinguished as having contained a palace of the ancient Incas, and being the place where Atalmalpa, the last Inca, fell by the sword of Pizarro. Cuzco, the ancient capital of the Incas, is, even in its fallen state, a handsome city, containing 46,000 inhabitants, of whom three-fourths are pure Indians. Bolivia is an extensive state, situated to the south and south-east of Lower Peru, with which it assimilates SOUTH AMERICA. 161 i in aspect and productions. It obtained its name of Bolivia in honour of Bolivar, the South- American Washinijtcn, wlio effected its independence. Bolivia is interesting from the variety, extent, and value of the minerals it affords. Gold is found in considerable quan- tity, but as yet it has not been extensively mined ; the greater part of the gold procured is obtained by washing the sands of rivers. Silver has hitherto been the metallic production that has conferred on it its great celebrity. In the rich mountain of Potosi alone not less than 1,047,901,018 dollars have been obtained, according to records kept at Potosi, in 255 years. Chuquisaca is the metropolis. It is a handsome city, containing nbont 12,000 inhabitants. La Paz, with a population of 40^000, is really the chief city of Bolivia : it is situated near the Lake Titicaca, which is about 150 miles lon^', and the largest in South America. At some distance t > the north is Sorata, and a few miles to the south is Ill'ma7ii, the two highest mountains of America. Potosi has ihe greatest fame of any city in Bolivia, but retains very f^w traces of the wealth which gained it this celebrity. It is situated 13,000 feet above the Pacific, and consequently higher than the Peak of TeneritFe. Chili, or Civile, an independent republic, extends along the Pacific, and south of Bolivia 1,100 miles, while its average breadib is under 140 miles. Its eastern boundary is formed by the Andes, which separate it from La Plata. Chili is never secure from earthquakes, which have repeatedly laid its cities in ruins. It possesses great mineral wealth, is fertile, and the climate pleasant and salubrious. The population is about 1,500,000. Santiago^ the capital, is situated in a richly-wooded plain, 2,600 feet above the sea, which renders it agreeable and healthy. It has a population of 55,000. Valparaiso, the port of Santiago, is the principal seat of Chilian com- merce, with a population of 20,000. La Plata, under the dominion of Spain, was one of its principal viceroyalties : it is now formed, or is forming, into several republics, but at present is in a very dis- organised state. This territory consists of a plain, the most extensive and uniform, perhaps, on the face of the earth. It extends from Bolivia on the north to Patagonia on the south, and from Brazil and the Atlantic on the east to the Andes on the west. Horses and horned cattle in vast herds cover these boundless plains, which are clothed with rich herbage. La Plata, or the Argentine RErrBHC, as it is more properly culled, seems to take the lead among these new 162 GUY S GEOGRAPHY, li // states. Buenos Ayres, tlie capital, Ib situated on the south- ern hank of the Kio do la Plata ; the town is handsome, carries on a considerable trade, and has a population of nearly 100,000. Mendoza is a neat little town, which derives its importance from being in the direct route from Buenos Ayres to Chili. The population is upwards of 10,000. Tucuman is a part of tlie Argentine Republic. Salta^ the capital, is a considerable place, and a bishopric. Cordova and Tucuman are towns of importance. Entre Rioa also forms part of the Argentine Republic : it is situated l»et ween the rivers Uraguay and the Plata, and has some of the most extensive and rich alluvial plains in the world. Corrientes^ the capital, at the junction of the Parana and Plata, is in an advantageous situation for trade. Paraguay is a fine country : it fell under the absolute dominion of a person named Francia, now dead ; the state has maintained its independence since his death. Assutnpcion, the capital, seated on the Rio Paraguay, has a population of about 10,000. The Banda Oriental, or Urugua, has Brazil for its northern frontier, and is bounded on the south by the Rio de la Plata and the Atlantic. Monte Videos its capital, has the best harbour on the Plata, is a place of considerable trade, with a population of 10,000. Patagonia is the most southern part of South America. The Patagonians have been described as a race of giants. Although this be an exaggeration, yet they are really tall, and above the ordinary standard. They are represented «s excellent horsemen. Opposite to the southern extremity of South America, »nd separated from it by the Straits of Magellan, is Terra del Fuego, Narrow straits, cro ed with small islands, divide it into several parts. One of the islands forming the group is peaaarkable as containing Cape Horn, the most southerly point of South America. Terra del Fuego, thougii in a latitude corresponding with the north of England, has an aspect as dreary and a climate as cold as that of Iceland. EMPIRE OF BRAZIL. . BRAZIL is bounded on the north by Colombia, and the British, Putch, and Fiench Guyana ; on the east by the Atlantic ; on the west by Peru and La Plata ; and on the south by the Banda Oriental. From north to south, Brazil extends 2,500 miles, and from east to west nearly yim -aiR, SOUTH AMERICA. 163 its at much, thus extending over more than half the continent of South America. The air in many parts is temperate and wholesome ; the soil is fertile, producing immense quantities of sugar, cotton 'ffee, rice, cochineal, indigo, cacao, pepper, tO" bacco, i, •"',il wood, satin-wood, ebony, logwood, Indian corn, ani several sorts of fruits and drugs: gold and diamonds are found in the alluvial deposits of many of the rivers in the interior, in considerable quantities. The population is believed to exceed 5,000,000. Jiio de Janeiro, or ^^f, Sebastian, the capital, is a large, well-built, populous cit.s and the sea-port of Brazil. It is well designed, and about three miles in circuit. The houses in general are of stone, two stories high ; every house has, after- lie i. anncr of the Portuguese, a little bal- cony before its window \ and a lattice of wood before the balcony. The streets are straight, and of a convenient breadth, intersecting each other at right angles. It stands, however, upon low ground, Avhich was formerly swampy, and surrounded by hills of vast height, which exclude the benefit of the refreshing sea and land breezes, so that it is of course suffocatingly hot and unhealthy in the summer. Here are few manufactories butof indigo, rum, &c. Much gold is brought from minrs, and plenty of diamonds, to- pazes, and amethysts. This port is a very good place for ships to put into that want refreshment. It was the capi- tal and residence of the Portuguese court, which removed there iu January, 1808; -id one of the princes of the Por- tuguese royal family, Dc Pedro, was seated on the throne, with the title of empere»* ; bat he abdicated in favour of his son, a minor, and retarned to Europe. The population has been estimated as high as 200,000. Bahia, or St. Salvador, situated on the noble bay of All Saints, is a large, handsome, and populous city. The cathedral, and several of the other churches are fine buildings, Pernambuco is a large towri, and carries on in extensive commerce. f< and 3tby d on )uth, ;arly Guyana is the name given to a regior of great e-:tent, the southern division of which forms a part of the empire of Brazil : the central portion is divided between Britain, Holland, and France, and the western to Venezuela. Demauara, BeiTj •; , ind Eijsequibo, or British Guy- ana, extend about c < . tiiles along the coast: the territory is low, alluvial, and ir .any parts swampy. The soil is fertile, yielding in abnn. aace similar products to the West 164 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Indies. A bishop has been lately appointed to super*;i' tend the aflairs of the English church in this province. Geoii Toion, late called Staebroek, the capital, is built on the iow bank of the river Deinarara : the town contains about 0.000 inhabitants, mostly ne.r >;3, with a great number of people of colour, some of »vhom have attained considerable wealth. New Amsterdam is a Hourishing little town. SuiiiNAM, or Dutch Guyana, This coast, like that of the rest of Guyana, is flat and alluv'al. The Dutch have recently made very coasiderable efibrts for the improve- ment of this colony, and it is decidedly rising in import- ance. Paramaribo, the capital, at the mouth of the river Su- rinam, is a considerable town, well built of wood, and adorned with fine trees. Its commerce is considerable, and its population from 18,000 to 20,000. Cayennk, or Frrnch Guyana, is an alluvial, swampy region, covered with majestic forests ; the trees astonish Europeans, not only by their prodigious size, but by their great variety. The Cayenne pepper is the most pungent and delicate kind of that spice. Cloves also flourish here. Cayenne is a small town, neatly built of wood. The cli- mate of this colony is particularly unwholesome. CHIEF ISLANDS OF SOUTH AMERICA. The Fai.kland, or Mai.ouinb Islands, lie about 350 miles east of the Straits of Magclhaen, and though only in the latitude of England, they bear all the characters of an antarctic group. They have several fine harbours, which are often touched at, and a small English settlement has been lately formed on them. Juan Fernandez, 33° south latitude, is uninhabited, but is convenient for the Englissh cruizers to touch at and water. This island is famous for having given rise to the celebrated romance oi Robinson Crtisoe ; though it appears that it was one Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who was left ashore in this solitary place by his captain, where he lived some years, until discovered by Captain Rogers, in 1709. The Gallipago Isles lie under the Equator. S r. Felix, about 26° south latitude, and the King's^ or Pearl Island, in the bay of Panama. CHIEF RIVERS. Orinoco rises in Popayan, and after a course of 1,480 miles, enters the Atlantic Ocean ; where its impetuosity is SOUTH AMERICA. 1G5 «o grenf, that it stems the most powerful tulea, and pre- serves the freshness of its waters to a considerable distance out at sea. Amazon, or Maranon, h.is its source in Peru, and running cast, falls into the Vtlantie Oc- an by several channels, which in the rainy season overflow their banks, and fer- tilize the country. Its course is 3.380 miles. Its mouth is 180 miles broad : it recei" s in its progress nearly two hundred other rivers ; aiH >U ) miles from its mouth it is thirty or forty fathom" '^'^ . La Plata, or Rio i rivers Paraguay, Urn Atlantic Ocean in lai broad at its mouth. ^a, is formed by the three Parana. It enters the >outh. It is 150 miles he ill STRAITS. The Straits of Maoelhaen were discovered in 1520 by Magelhacns, since which time they have been sailed through by several navigators ; but the passage being dangerous and troublesome, they now sail to the Pacific Ocean round Cape Horn. MOUNTAINS. The Andes,, or Cordiu.ehas, are a chain of mountains in South America, running from the most northern part of Peru to the Straits of Magelhaen : they are the liighest, (except the Himalehs in Hindostan,) the longest, and the most remarkable in the world. They divide the whole southern part of America, and run a length of 4,300 miles. It appears, by scientific observations, that Sorata, the highest of the Andes, rises to the height of 25,400 feet ; and Illimani, the next in height, to 24,350 feet. ANIMALS. The Jaguar, Puma, Ocelot, Sloth, Deer, Lama Deer, and Antelope, are sparingly scattered through the regions of South America, but wild Oxen and Horses are in immense numbers. The Condor, the largest and fiercest of birds of prey, is an inhabitant of the highest of the Andes, e>. 4^ ^"^^2^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ^1^ n&i I- !■■ IIIII22 Sf lis IIIIIM 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 .< 6" - » V] <^ /^ ^> y ■^ t PhotDgraphic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 166 A TABLE showing the Number of Geographical and British Miles con- tained in a Degree of Longitude on any parallel of Latitude. Deg. of Oeog. Englieh Milefl. Dcg. of Oeog. English Mnes. Lit. Miles. Lat. Miles. 1 60. OU 69.12 46 41.68 48.01 i2 59.97 69.09 47 40.92 47.14 3 59.93 69.02 48 40.15 46.25 4 59.85 68.94 49 39.36 45.34 5 59.77 68.85 50 38.57 44.43 6 59.67 68.74 51 37.76 43.50 7 59.55 68.60 52 36.94 42.55 8 59.42 68.45 53 36.11 41.60 9 59.26 68.26 54 35.27 40.63 10 59.09 68.06 55 34.41 39.64 11 58.89 67.84 56 33.55 38.65 12 58.68 67.60 57 32.68 37.64 13 58.46 67.34 58 31.80 36.63 14 58.22 67.07 59 30.90 35.59 15 57.95 66.76 60 30.00 34.56 16 57.67 66.43 61 29.09 33.51 17 57.38 66.10 62 28.17 32.45 18 57.06 65.73 63 27.24 31.38 19 56.73 65.35 64 26.30 30.29 20 56.38 64.95 65 25.36 29.21 21 56.01 64.52 66 24.40 28.11 22 55.63 64.08 67 23.44 27.00 23 55.23 63.62 68 22.48 25.89 24 54.81 63.14 69 21.50 24.76 25 54.38 62.64 70 20.52 23.64 26 53.93 62.12 71 19.53 22.50 27 53.46 61.58 72 18.54 21.35 28 52.97 61.02 73 17.54 20.20 29 52.47 60.44 74 16.54 19.05 30 51.96 59.85 75 15.53 17.89 31 51.43 59.24 76 14.52 16.72 32 50.88 58.61 77 13.50 15.55 33 50.32 57.97 78 12.47 14.36 34 49.74 57.30 79 11.45 13.19 35 49.15 56.62 80 10.42 12.00 35 48.54 55.91 81 9.39 10.81 37 47.92 55.20 82 8.35 9.f?2 38 47.28 54.46 83 7.31 8.42 39 46.63 53.72 84 6.27 7.22 40 45.96 52.94 85 5.23 6.02 41 45.28 52.16 86 4.19 4.82 42 44.59 51.36 87 3.14 3.61 43 43.88 50.55 88 2.09 2.40 44 43.16 49.72 89 1.05 1.21 45 42.43 48.88 90 0.0(^ 0.00 . \ --, -^.li;' ► '■. - :.*M ■4 OF THE GLOBES. 4 •< ,64 ,50 35 ,20 05 ,89 72 ,55 36 .19 .00 .81 .fi2 .42 .22 .02 .82 .61 .40 .21 .00 An Artificial Globe is a round body, having every part of its surface equally distant from a point, called the centre. There are two sorts of globes ; the Celestial and the Terrestrial, The Celestial Globe has on its surface a representation of all the visible stars in the heavens, and the images or figures of all the various constellations into which these stars are arranged. The Terrestrial Globe exhibits a delineation of all the parts of sea and land in their proper situations and dis- tances, as they are in nature. Each globe consists of the following parts, viz. : 1. The Two Poles (being the ends of the axis on which the globe turns) representing those of the world : the upper is the North Pole, and the lower the South Pole. 2. The Brass Meridian^ divided into four quarters, and each quarter into ninety degrees. This circle surrounds the globe, and is joined to it at the poles. 3. The Wooden Horizon which surroi^nds the globe': the upper part represents the true horizon, and has several circles drawn on it. The inner one contains the twelve signs of the Zodiac, through which the sun, or earth, revolves in the year ; these are subdivided into degrees : the next circle exhibits the signs of the Zodiac divided into degrees, and the days of the month to which they correspond. (Malby's globes, a recently constructed pair, embracing every modern improvement, have also an equation table.) 4. The Hour Circle^ divided into twice twelve hours, fitted to the brass meridian round the north pole. 5. The Quadrant of Altitude^ which is a thin slip of brass divided into ninety degrees, of the same size as those on the Equinoctial line. 6. The Mariner's Compass, mostly fixed under the globe, is a box containing a magnetic needle, and the thirty- two points of the compass. \ t 168 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. I> OF THE CIRCLES ON THE GLOBES. On the surface of the glohe are drawn ten circles : six of which are called the Great Circles, and four the Lesa Circles. Each of the Great Circles divides the glohe into two equal parts : they are the Equator (or Equinoctial), the Horizon, the Meridians, the Ecliptic, and the two Colures. Each of the Less Circles divides the glohe into unequal parts: they are the two Tropics, and the two Polar Circles. 1. The Equator separates the glohe into the northern and southern hemispheres. It is divided into one hundred and eighty degrees each way, from the first meridian ; or into three hundred and sixty degrees, if reckoned quite round the glohe. 2. There are two Horizons, the visible and the true Horizon. That circle, where the sky and water, or earth, seem to meet, is called the visible horizon. That called the true horizon encompasses the globe exactly in the middle, and is represented by the wooden frame before - mentioned. . » The Cardinal Points are the four principal points of the horizon ; north, south, east, and west. The Zenith is an imaginary point in the heavens, directly over our heads. On the artificial Globe it is the most elevated point on its surface, on ^ h the eye of the spectator can be placed. The Nadir is an imaginary point directly under the feet, and consequently diametrically opposite to the zenith. • .' 3. The Meridians are those circles that pass from pole to pole, and divide the globe into the eastern and western hemispheres. They are so called, because, when the sun comes directly opposite to either of these circles, it is then meridies, or mid-day, to all places lying under it : the sun at that time has its greatest altitude for that day, which is therefore called its meridian altitude. There are commonly marked on the globe twenty-four meri- dians, one through every fifteen degrees, corresponding to the IwenQr-four hours of the day and night. But every place, though ever so little to the east or west, has its own meridian. The first meridian with English geographers is drawn through London, or more properly the Observatory at Greenwich. 4. The EcliptiCt or ZodiaCf represents that path in the OP THE GLOBES. 169 heavens %vhich the sun seems to describe by the earth's annually revolving round it. It is divided into twelve equal parts, called signs, and each sign contains thirty degrees, corresponding to the twelve months of the year, and the days of the months. It is called the ecliptic, because eclipses must neces- sarily happen in this line, where the sun always is. *"? The names and characters of the twelve signs, with the time of the sun's entrance into them, are as follow : — 1. Aries HT, or the Ram . 2. Taurus b, the Bull . 3. Gemini U, the Twins 4. Cancer ®, the Crab . 5. Leo Q, the Lion . . 6. Virgo VSS, the Virgin . 7. Libra sCk, the Balance 8. Scorpio 1H, the Scorpion 9. Sagittarius /, the Archer 10. Capricornus Vf, the Goat 11. Aquarius fiX, the Waterman 12. Pisces X, the Fishes March 20. April 20. May 21. June 21. July 23. August 23. September 23. October 23. November 22. December 22. January 20. February 19. The first six are called northern signSy as they lie in the northern hemisphere : the last six are southern signs. By this divisijn of the ecliptic we can more readily point out the sun's place in the heavens, for any given time, by saying, '' It is in such a degree of such a sign." The earth, in performing its annual revolution round the sun, advances thirty degrees every month in each of these signs, which causes the sun apparently to do the same in the opposite one : thus, when the earth is in Libra sDzf the sun appears to be in Aries cyo, which is the opposite sign ; when in Scorpio TH, we see the sun in Taurus b ; and so on through the rest. 5 and 6. The Ttvo Colures are two meridians, one of which passes through the equinoctial points of Aries and Libra, and in therefore called the equinoctial Colure ; the other through the solstitial points of Cancer and Capri- corn, and is therefore called the solstitial Colure, i These circles divide the surface of the globe into four equal parts, denoting the seasons of the year : thus the equinoctial colure, makes spring and autumn, and the solstitial colure makes summer and winter. 7 and 8. The Two Trcfpics are circles drawn parallel to the equator, at twenty-three degrees and a half distance from it, one on the north side and the other on the south ; and because that in the northern hemisphere touches the ecliptic in the beginning of Cancer, it is called the tropic L 170 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. of Cancer: for the same reason that in the southern hemisphere ia called the Tropic of Capricorn, because it touches the ecliptic in the beginning of that sign. The word tropic denotes a return, because in these points the sun returns again to the equinoctial line. These circles are usually marked on the globe by dotSf to distinguish them from other parallels. 9 and 10. The Two Polar Circles circumscribe the poles of the world, at the distance of twenty-three degrees and a-half. That on the north pole passes through the constellation called Arctos, or the Bear^ from whence it is called the Arctic Circle ; and that which is opposite to it, about the south pole, is called the Antarctic Circle, Both these are also marked on the globes by dotted lines. ■'" '■'' .'•,:•• . ; •' . ..\ 'a --': Observe, that the term Axis means only an imaginary straight line passing through the centre of a globe or circle, upon which it is supposed to turn. This axis is expressed, in artificial globes, by a wire passing through the middle, to support them from one pole to the other, and the extreme points of this line are the poles of the world. » The circumference of the globe, for the convenience of measuring, is supposed to be divided into 360 parts, or degrees ; each degree containing 60 geographical minutes, or miles, which are equal to about 69 English miles and a-half. The degrees are marked thus ( ° ) : in like manner each degree is subdivided into 60 minutes, marked thus ( ' ), and each minute into 60 seconds, marked thus ( " ), for the purpose of measuring time. The globe is measured by latitudct from north to south ; and by longitude, from east to west. Latitude is reckoned from the equator towards the poles, either north or south ; and no place can have more than 90 degrees of latitude, because the poles are at that distance from the equator. Parallels of latitude are those imaginary lines which are carried round the globe in a direction parallel to the equinoctial line, and at the distance of 10 degrees from each other, in the northern and southern hemispheres. Longitude has no particular spot from which we ought to set out preferable to another. English geographers take their first meridian from London or Greenwich, and reckon the distance of places east or west from thence. Therefore, the circumference of the earth being 360 de- grees, no place can be more than half that distance (that !•> ISO degrees) in the same direction from another ; but OF THE GLOBES. ni ▼oyagen frequently count their longitude beyond that, to save confusion, by changing their reckoning. The degrees of longitude are not equal, like those of latitude, but diminish as they approach the poles. The rate of diminution may be seen in the table at page 166. Longitude may be converted into time by allowing 15 degrees to an hour : consequently, every degree will answer to four minutes of time, and 15 seconds of a de- cree will answer to one minute of time ; and so for the rest. Thus, for instance, any place that is 15 degrees east of London will have noon and every hour of the day one hour before the inhabitants of London: if 30 degrees, there will be two hours' difference, and so on ; because, being more eastward, that place will meet the sun so much sooner. In the same manner, any place 15 degrees west of Lon- ' don will have noon and every hour of the day one hour later : at 30 degrees there will be two hours' difference, and so on ; because, being so much more westward, that place will be so much later in meeting the sun. With regard to heat and cold, the earth is divided into five zones ; viz. one called the torrid zone, two temperate zones, and two frigid zones. The Torrid or Burning Zone, is all that space lying between the tropics. The inhabitants of this zone have the sun vertical two days in the year, and are subject to a constant extreme of heat. The Two Temperate Zones are all those parts lying between the tropics and the polar circles ; consequently there is one of these in the northern and one in the southern hemisphere. We, in Britain, are inhabitants of the north temperate zone ; and, as our summer sun is at a distance from our zenith, we find the seasons of the year in a temperate degree. The Two Frigid Zones lie between the polar circles and the poles, and have the name from the excessive cold in those parts. On the terrestrial globe there is now usually placed on one of the meridians a scale called the Analemma, which shows the sun's declination for every day in the year. .-V.J'i,:; -^ :~A'. ,i,- .• ■; ^,;i-^' ,5 ,-.*■»• ■ ,:' l2 -T tmm 112 guy's geography. ' // r ' * PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. Problem I. — To find the Latitude and Longitude of any Place. Rule. — Bring the place to the graduated edge of the brazen meridian: the degree over it shows its latitutk, either north or south of the equator ; and the degree of the equator cut by the meridian shows its longitude east or west from Greenwich, the meridian from which our longitude is reckoned. Example. — Thus London is 51^ degrees north latitude^ but it has no bngitude. — Constantinople is about 41° north latitude f and 29° east longitude. What is the latitude of Edinburgh, DtAHn, PariSf St. Peters- burg, Romey Pekin, Copenhagen, Quebec f What is the longitude of Madrid, Venice, Berlin, Naples, Cape Horn, Cape Verde ? Find the latitude and longitude of Stockholm, Vienna, Cal- cutta, Grand Cairo, Mexico, Barbadoes. ; ,, . Problem 11.-— The Longitude and Latitude of any Place being given, to find that Place. Rule. — Bring the given longitude to the meridian ; then under the given degree of latitude on the meridian is the place sought. '-\ ? r, f< ; . ;«;iv- What Places lie nearly in the following Latitudes and Longitudes: • ,^ , / f Lat. 34^ S. Long. 18J E. — 66 N. — 3 W. — 47 N. -- 69f W. Lat. 60 N. Long. H — 51 N. — • 13 — 18N. — 76 Problem TIL — To find the Sun^s Place in the Ecliptic for any Time. Rule.-— Find the day of the month on the wooden hori- zon, and opposite it you will find the sign and. degree in which the sun is at that time ; which sign and degree being noted on the ecliptic, is the sun's place ; or by the analemma, find the day of the month on the analemma, opposite to which will be seen the sun's place in the ecliptic. OF THB GLOBES. 113 Example. — Thm, on the Wthof May^ tn€ Sun's pbtce is in the 21a/ degree of Taurus, Find the Sun's place in the ecliptic for Jan. 31. Sept. 23. December 21. March 20. Ju/ie9A October 7J0. ^pril2\. July \. November^, a^ ,i\ Problem IV. — To Jtnd the Suns Declination^ that is^ its tUstance from the Equinoctial Line, either North or South. Rule. — Find the sun's place as in the last problem, and bring it to the brass meridian, and observe its distance N. or S. of the equator, and the degree over it is its declina- tion. If Malby's globes are used, the more ready method will be to bring the day of the month on the analemma to the edge of the upper semicircle of the brass meridian, the degree in which standing over the day will be the sun's declination, either north or south. Example. — On the Uth of May, the 2Ut of Taurus is 18° north declination. ••' r Required the sun'' s declination for ,!. :.,' January 2b. May \. t Sept. 29, I' ' March 6. June 30. Nov. 10. . March 20. Sept. 23. Dec. 21. ■■^/■ Problem V. — To find the Suns right ascension. ** ' Rule. — Bring the sun's place to the meri 'Ian ; and the degree of the equator cut by the meridian sho vs the right ascension. Example. — For the Uth of May (the 2lst Taurus), the right ascension is 48° 40'. - ' "' ' ' JfTtat is the sun's right ascension on ' ^• January 12. Feb. 16. May 11. Sept. 30. \ January 22. March 18. u4ug, 1. Nov. 15. ipRoBLEM VI. — To rectify the Globe for the Latitude of any Place, Rule. — Elevate the north or south pole above the hori- zon, as many degrees as are equal to the latitude of the place. ,,.^'"..;,..tO. ;:;, Example. — Rectify the Globe for London, Paris, Vienna, Rome, Cape Town, Cape Horn. London is about 51^° north. Paris, 48fo north. Vienna, 48^^° north, Rome, 4P 63' north. Cape Town, nearlu 34° south. Cape Horn, nearly 66° smth. l3 w Hi GUY'S GEOGRAPHY. Problem VII. — Tlie Hour at any Plact Uing ffive/tf to ^nd what Hour it is at any other Place. Rule. — Bring the place at wliich the hour is given to the meridian ; set the hour-circle to the hour ; then turn the globe till the place you want comes to the meridian, and the hour-circle will show the hour at that place. Example. — 7%w«, when it is 12 o'clock in London f it is full two in the afternoon at Cairo, and eight in the morning at Barbadoes. Note. — This, like some other problems, may be resolved by maps, by reckoning the number of degrees of longi- tude E. or W., and putting them into hours. Fifteen degrees are equal to an hour, and one degree to four minutes. , — , fVhen it is noon at London, what is the hour at Rome Constantinople Calcutta Pckin Quebec Jamaica Mexico Owhyheef fVhen it is noon at Calcutta, what is the hour at London Paris Vienna Grand Cairo Jerusalem Bermuda Isles Philadelphia Cape Horn Quito Otaheite? fVhen it is 9 in the morning at London, what is the hour at Bergen Stockholm Moscow Berlin Pekin f When it is 6 in the evening at Barbadoes, what is the hour at Madrid Ispahan Nanking Naples Fenice Moscow St, Petersburg London Cairo Madras? Problem VIII. — To Jind at what hour the Sun rises or sets in any Day in the Year, and also upon what Point of the Compass. -^ Rule. — Rectify for the latitude ; bring the sun's place for the given day to the meridian ; set the hour-circle to twelve; then turn the/ un's place to the eastern edge of the horizon, and the hour-circle will show the hour of rising ; then bring it to the western,' edge, and the hour- circle will show the time of its setting ; or by the ana- lemma rectify the globe by Prob. VI., then bring the day of the month on the analemma to the brass meridian, set the hour-circle to 12, turn the globe till the day cuts the eastern edge of the horizon, the hoUr-circle will show the time of the sun's rise, the compass lines of the horizon will show at what point of the compass the sun rises. Turn the globe from east to west till the day arrives of the western edge of the horizon, the hour-circle will show the time of setting. The compass lines will also show at what point of the compass the sun ris^s. \ OP TUK GLOBES. ns n rises. Ejtampie. — On the 2(}tb of May the sun rises at four o'clock and sets at eight. Note. — In the summer the sun riitcs and sets to the north" ward of the E. and W. points, but in winttr to the south* ward of them. Therefore, when the sun's place is brought to the eastern or western edge of the horizon, th« point of the compass will be seen upon which the sun rises or sets that day. ' ■ '- At what hour doft the aun rise ai London on •■"■■•-* January Ut Feb. \Oth March 20th April IQth June 2Ut Sept. 23/ rf November 5M Dec. 2\»t ? On what point of the compau does the sun rise at Rome, March 20th May ]sl June 21 st July Uth Sept. 19/A Dec. 2lst Jan. 3U/ Feb. 28th f Problem IX. — Tojlnd the Length of the Day or Night at any Time of the Year, Rule. — Double the time of the sun's rising that day gives the length of the night ; double its setting gives the length of the day. Example. — Tlius, on the I9th of April, the tun rises at London at 5 o'clock, and sets at 7. Hence the night is 10 hows, and the day 14. What is the length of the day at London on the ♦ ' 1»/ March 20/A March 2\st June Zrd July \Oth Aug. 23n/ Sept, 20th October 2\st Dec. ? V '■ What is the length of the day at Paris on the Zrd February I6th August 2Jbth November? What is the length of the night at London on the 20th March 7/dthMay 23rd September? ' Problem X. — To find the Length of the longest and shortest : n^ Days and Nights in any Part of the World. Rule. — Elevate the pole for the latitude of the place ; and for north latitude, bring the first degree of Cancer to the meridian — set the hour-circle to twelve. If the same degree be brought to the horizon on the E., the hour-circle will give the sun's rising ; and if brought to the horizon on the W., it will show the time of its setting. . What is the length of the longest and shortest days at London Gibraltar Calcutta Rome Jerusctkm Cape Horn , Jamaica Qttebec ? 176 GUY S GEOORAPHT. Problem XT. — To Jtnd all thoae Plact» to which tfu Sun i» vertical /or any given Day. Ruk. — Bring the sun's place for the given day to the brass meridian — observe the degree of its declination : then turn the globe round, and to all those places that pass under the same degree the sun >vill be vertical that day at noon. Or, by the analemma, bring the proposed day on the nnalemma to the bniss meridian, observe the degree that stands over the day, turn the globe round, and all the places that pass under that degree the sun will be vertical to on that day at noon. 7b what placet it the tun vertical on the 26th January I2th Feb. 20th March I9lh April 2Ut June 23rd Sept. lOth October 2Ut Dec.? Problem XII. — The day and hour being given^ to find that place to which the Sun it vertical at that time. Rule. — Find the sun's declination ; bring the given place to the meridian, and set the hour-circle to the given hour ; next turn the globe till the hour-circle points to 12, or noon, and under the degree of the sun's declination for that day is the place to which it is vertical at the given 1 1 hour. Or, by the analemma, bring the day on the ana- lemma to the brass meridian : the sun's declination will be found on the brass meridian just over the day ; then pro- ceed as above. Example. — On the 13//* of May^ a little patt five in the afternoon^ at London, the tun it vertical to Port Royal in Jamaica. Note. — If for morning, turn the globe from E. to \V. j if for evening, from W. to E. Where will the sun be vertical^ " On the 19/A of April, at 5 A.M., at London ? On the 2ith of June, at 7 P.M., at London f On the 16M of October, at 12 at noon, at Rome ? On the 26th of December, at 9 A.M., at Quebec f Problem XIII. — A place being given in the Torrid Zone, to find those two days in the year in which the Sun will be vertical there. , , -• Example.— For Jamaica, find xlt laiiiude : then revolving the glebe, the two points of the ecliptic will be the 20/A of Taurut, OF THE GLOBES. ni OMtl the 10/A 8 that lie on the tvettern edge of the horizon have the sun rising ; and all on the eattern edge have the sun setting. All under the upper half of the meridian have mid-day ; and those under the lower half, midnight. To what placet will the tun be riting, 8fc, ^ On the 3rd of March, at 7 A.M., in Jjondon f On the II th of May, at 1 1 P.M., in Parit f On the 19M of October, at 12 at night, in Borne t On the 2a th of December, at 4 P.M., in London ? Problem XV. — To find the beginning and end of TunHght, Rule. — Twilight begins in the morning, when the sun is within eighteen degrees of the horizon, and ends in the evening when it exceeds eighteen degrees below the ho- rizon. To find the beginning of twilight. Elevate the pole to the latitude of the place ; screw the quadrant of altitude on the zenith of that place ; bring the sun's place for that day to the meridian, and set the hour-circle to 12. Then turn the globe till the sun's place be brought eighteen degrees below the horizon on the eattern tide /' and the hour-circle will point the hour when twilight begins in the morning : then turn the globe till the sun's place be eighteen degrees below the wettern edge, and the hour-circle will show the hour when twilight ends iu the evening. ns GUY S GEOGRAPHY. JSfoie. — At London, and all places in the same latitude, there is no total darkness from the 20th of May to the 20th of July, but a constant twilight from sunset to sunrise. fVhen is the beginning and end of twilight. At London, on the \Zth of May, and \2th of August f At Paris, on the I6th (f January, and 11 ih of September f At Calcutta, on the I9M of June, and 15 th of December? At Port Royal, on the 23rd of September, and list of March? Problem XVI. — Tofnd the Periaeci of a Place, The Periaeci live under the same parallel of latitude, but in op' posite meridians: both have the same seasons of the year; but when it is mid-day with the one, it is midnight with the ■ other, . ., , ■ . ,,. . -. -.. i-, Rule. — Bring the place to the meridian, and observe the degree above it ; set the index to twelve ; then turn the globe till the index points to the other twelve, and the place that lies under that degree is the Ferioeci. Philadelphia 1/ Loffoden Isles What inhabitants are nearly Peria:ci to ' Jamaica Mexico Lassa St. Petersburg Cashmere ? Celebes What parts of the globe are Perioeci to Ceylon Barbadoes Jerusalem Quito ? ~* Problem XVII. — To Jind the Antoeci of a Place, The Antoeci live in the same semi-circle of the meridian, but in opposite sides of the equator. They have noon at the same time ; but their summer and winter are at opposite periods of the year ; and the length of the day to the one is equal to the length of the night to the other. Rule. — The Antoeci are found by counting equal degrees of latitude from the equator, north and south, upon the same meridian. What inhabitants are nearly Antceci to Cairo Barca Van Dieman^s Land Bermudas Canada Juan Fernandez Falkland Islands ? OF THE GLOBES. 179 Frobleh XYIII. — To find the Antipodes of a Place, The Antipodes live in opposite parallels of latitude, and opposite meridiarts. Their days, and nights, and seasons of the year^ are direct^ contrary to each other. Rule. — Bring the given place to the meridian, and ob- serye its latitude ; set the hour-circle to twelve at noon ; and turn the globe till the hour-circle points to the other twelve : under the same degree of latitude as the place given, but in the opposite hemisphere^ will be found the Antipodes. St. Petersburg Cape Town Find the Antipodes to the following places : Pekin Calcutta Cape Horn Jamaica Botany Bay Borneo f Problem XIX. — To find all those Places to whichan Eclipse of the Sun or Moon, if large, will be visible. Rule. — First of the sun : find the place to which the sun is vertical at the time of the eclipse, and bring it to the zenith ; then to all those places above the wooden horizon, if the eclipse be large, will the sun appear partially ob- scured. Secondly, of the moon : bring the Antipodes to the sun's place to the top of the globe ; and the eclipse, if large, will be seen in all places above the horizon. Example. — January 9th, 1834, the sun was partially tclipsed about eleven at night. Proceed according to rule, and the sun will be found vertical in the Great South Sea, between the Society and Friendly Isles. Consequently, the eclipse urns visible to the numerous isles adjacent, together with New Zealand, Botany Bay, 8fc. June 2\st, 1834, a total eclipse of the moon. The middle of the eclipse was nineteen minutes past eight in the morning in London. The moons latitude was 23^ 43' souths and her lon- gitude 124*^ 36' west. Consequently, though it might be seen to the greater part of America, it was invisible to Europe, Asia, and Africa. Problem XX. — To measure the Distance between any two Places on the Globe. i?»/e.^^Lay the quadrant of altitude over the two places, and mark the number of degrees between them, which 180 guy's geography. being multiplied by 60, will give the distance in geogra- phical miles : for English miles multiply by 69^. ) Find the distance between ' Jjondon and Rome Paris and Lisbon London and Cape Town Cape Town and Calcutta Morocco and Cairo Mexico and Barbadoes London and Jamaica London and Calcutta f Problem XXI. — Tojind the Angle of Position of two Pkces, or the Angle made by the Meridian of one Place, and a great Circle passing through both Places. Bute, — Rectify for the latitude of one of the places, and bring it to the meridian ; then fix the quadrant of altitude over that place, and extend it to the other ; the end will point upon the horizon the position, and thereby show in what part of the world it lies directly from the other. ThuSf if it were required to know the position of Rome from London, the globe being rectifed, London brought to the brass meridian, and the edge of the quadrant of altitude laid to Pome, you willfnd the end fall against that part of the wooden horizon marked S.E. or South-East . /a Note, — What is here called an angle of position is fre- quently called the bearing of two places from each other; but it means not the same as the bearing by the compass. Thus, the angle of position between the Land's End in Cornwall and Barbadoes is 71'^ westerly ; and, on the contrary, the angle of position between Barbadoes and the Land's End is 71^ easterly. But the true bearings by the compass are south-west and north-east, nearly. On some globes there are several rhomb-lines drawn frotn two points of the equator^ for finding nearly the true bearings between places : thus, lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of altitude over any two places, and observe what rhomb-line forms the nearest parallel to 'he edge of the quadrant, and that line will tkow the bearing required, ,, . ... What is the angle of position (f \ Vienna to Jerusalem St. Petersburg and Berlin » Rome and GibraUar Jerusalem and Calcutta Jjutdon and Jamaica London and Calcutta London and Quebec London and St. Petersburg f I OF THE GLOBES. 181 OF THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. DEFINITIONS. Deciination on the Celestial Globe 19 the same as Lati- tude on the Terrestrial ; being the distance of a star from the Equinoctial, either N. or S. - - JRight Ascension of a star is that dfgree of the equinoctial which is cut by the brazen meridian, when the star is brought to the meridian ; and is reckoned from the first point of Aries, eastwr^rd quite round the globe. Latitude of a star is its distance from the ecliptic either N. or S. counted in degrees of the quadrant of altitude. N,B. The sun being always in the ecliptic, has no latitude. Longitwle of a star is counted on the ecliptic in degrees or in signs and degrees, from the beginning of Aries, east- , ward. Oblique Ascension is that point of the equinoctial counted in degrees from Aries, which is cut by the horizon, when the sun or star is rising. Ascensional Difference is the difference between the right and oblique ascensions. Amplitude is the number of degrees that the sun or star rises from the eastern or sets from the western point, counted on the horizon. Altitude of the sun or star is an arc of a vertical circle contained between the sun or star and the horizon. When the sun or star is on the meridian, this arc is called the meridian altitude. The complement of the altitude or the remainder to 93**, is the zenith distance. Azimuth of any object in the heavens is an arch of the horizon contained between a vertical circle passing through the object, and the N. and S. pointr, of the horizon. Vertical or Azimuth Circles are imaginary circles sup- posed to be drawn from the zenith towards the nadir, cut- ting the horizon at right angles. The Prime Vertical is that Azimuth Circle which passes through the E. and W. points of the horizon, and is al- ways at right angles with the meridian. Solstitial Points are the first points of Cancer and Capri- corn, so called because the sun, when he is near either of them, seems to stand still, or to be at the same height in the heavens, at twelve o'clock at noon, for several days together. Equinoctial Points are the first points of Aries and Libra ; 80 called because when the sun is near either of them, the days and nights are equal. . ,v M 182 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. PROBLEMS. Problem I. — To find the Declination of the Sun or a Star. Rule. — Bring the sun or star to the meridian, and the degree over it is its declination. Example. Thus, the sun's declination June 2l V Of Regulus in Leo? Of Castor in Gemini f \- v.,., A ^' ■ .'>■'- c > "A i. ■ ■ ■ ■■■■■:- ■ -■■■...■ ■\ Problem II. — To find the Right Ascension of the Sun or Stars. Rule. — Bring the sun's place, or the star, to the meridian, and the degree of the equator, cut by the meridian, shows the right ascension. Example. — Thus, the sun's right ascension on the 2lst of June is 90", and on the 2\st of December is 270". Required the following right ascensions:—^ Of the Sun on the 29th of May, and on the 25M of October f Of a. Sirius, \st. mag. the Dog Starf Of et Aldebaran, \st mag. the Bulls south eyef ■ .a:- > Of Betelgeuz in Orion ? Of Procyon in Canis Minor t QT Ly}'n in the Harp 1 Of ^returns in Bootes? j« Of Shedir in Cassiopea ? Of Altair in Aguilla ? A. ^ * Stars are classed according to their apparent magni- tude, and are usually represented on globes by letters in the order of the Greek alphabet, as et, /3, y, &c., corres- ponding to Stars of the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, and 6th magnitudes. The largest and brightest stars are of the 1st magnitude, and become visible when the sun has sunk 12 degrees below the horizon ; those of the 2nd, 8rd, and 4th magnitude are seen when it is 13, 14, and 15 degrees ; and those of the 5th and 6th when the sun has descended 18 degrees below the horizon. All stars smaller than those of the 6th magnitude are invisible by the naked eye, and are called telescopic stars.^ OF THE GLOBES. 183 Star. id the • 23^ ■'th f ■ ''^' :'. Froblbm III. — Tojind the Latitude and Longitude of a Star, Rule. — Bring the pole of the ecliptic to the zenith, on which fix the quadrant of altitude, and lay its graduated edge on the star ; then the degree of the quadrant cut hy the star is its latitude ; and degree of the ecliptic cut by the quadrant is its longitude. '» -• '•■'■■ • r ;? . Example, — Thui the latitude of « CapellOf \»t mag. in Auriga f is 23|<^ northj and longitude n 10^. The latitude of Lgra 67P N. and the longitude YJ, 12J^. , rt i Required the following Latitudee and Longitudes. Of(i, Algol in Medusa's headi Of Cor Carolif , ,, Of Procyon in Canis Minor f OfArctures in Bootes f Of a Markab in Pegasus f Of Aldebaranf OfSirius, in Cants M(yorf Cf Spica Firginisf - ' -A r Problem IY. — To find when any of the Heavenfy Bodies rise, setf or come to the Meridian^ on a particular Dag, at a given Place, Rule. — Rectify for the latitude of the place : bring the sun's place in the ecliptic to the meridian, and set the hour circle to XII. Then turn the globe till the given body comes to the eastern part of the horizon ; and the hour circle will show the time of its rising : bring it to the meridian, and the hour circle shows the time of its culmi- nation or southing ; bring it to the western horizon, and you have the time of its setting. V .' ' Note. — If you turn the globe about its axis, all those stars which do not descend below the horizon never set at that place ; and those which do not ascend above it, never rise there. Required the time of the suns rising, setting, 8fc., at London on the ith of April, the IZth of August, and 16 th of November Required the rising, culminating, and setting of ■■^^■,- a Spica Virginis, at Madrid, on the 29th of May t The Pleiades in Taurus, at Paris, on the ith of June? The Upper Pointer in Ursa Major, at Delhi, on the lOM >' v Required tlie amplitude and diurnal arc of Arcturus, at London, Jamaica, Calcutta ? OF THE GLOBES. 185 IV hat i$ the getting amplitude of Menhar in the fVhale'tJawt and length of iia nocturnal arc, at f^enicef IVhut is the sun's rising amplitude and length of its diurnal arc, at London ^ on the \st of August ? Problem VII. — Tojind the Altitude and Azimuth of the Sun or Stars at any given Place and Time. Rule. — Elevate the pole to the latitude of the place ; bring the sun's place to the meridian ; set the hour circle to XII., atid screw the quadrant of altitude over the latitude of the place. Turn the globe till the hour circle comes to the given hour ; then apply the quadrant to the sun or star ; its edge shows the altitude, and its distance from the N. and S. points shows the Azimuth. Example. — Thus the Altitude of AUair, a in Aquita, at Greenwich f on the \Qth of Sept ember ^ of seven in the evening , it 44°, and its azimuth 28°/rom the S. tmvards the £.[ *> ' ' Reqmred the altitudes and azimuths Of the Surtj at London^ on Christmas Dag, at rune in the morning? Of Capella, in Auriga^ at Naples, December 1«/, at five in the morning f Of Deneb, (i, in the Lion's Tail, at London, January Istj at nine in the morning. ?r „ . Of Canopus, in Argo Navis, at the Cape of Good Hope, on the 2lst of June, at nine in the morning ?-~Answ. Altitude 50°, azimuth il^from the S. towards the E. -'*;^ Problem VIII. — To find on what Day of the Year any given Star comes to the Meridian, at any given Hour, Rule. — Bring the star to the meridian ; set the hour circle to the hour: then turn the globe till the hour circle points to XII. at noon ; the degree of the ecliptic cut by the meri- dian is the sun's place. Find on the horizon the day and month answering to that degree, and it is the day required. Example, — Rigel in Orion comes to the Meridian at eight in the evening, the 2nd of February, Required on what days the following stars come to the nteri' dian : Arcturus, in Bootes, at noon, also at midnight ? Procyon, in Canis Minor, at nwn, and at six in the evening? Fomalhaut, in Pisces AustraltSy at nine in the morning? Answer, 1 %th of April, I I 186 guy's gbooraphy. Pboblbm lX,'—To/ind the Place of an»f Piamt on a given Day, /?iifc.— First find, in "White's Ephemeris or the Nautical Almanack, the geocentric place of the moon or any planet at noon, for the given day, under the titles both of longi- tude and latitude. Then find the same place on the globe ; and if the globe be now rectified for the latitude of any place, the time of a planet's rising, culminating, and setting, may be seen, as before shown, for the sun or stars. « Froblbm X. — To repreient the Face of the Heavene at any given Time and Place^ so ai to point out all the Conitettationa and principal Start there vitihle. Rule. — Elevate the globe to the latitude of the place, and set it due N. and S. Bring the sun's place in the ecliptic for the given day to the meridian, and set the hour circle to XII. at noon ; turn the globe till the hour circle points to the given hour : then the surface of the globe will re- '' present the face of the heavens at the given place. Example. — Let the learner represent the face of the heavens, ' At j^ past six o'clock in the evening ofthe%\st of January. At nine o'clock, the 25M of March, and the 2ith of June. At twelve, the \st of May, and the 1st of November. N.B. If the globe be taken out into the open air on a clear night, and set dm N. and S. the relative situations of the constellations and remarkable stars, then visible, may easily be distinguished. N.B. A KEYf containing answers to all the preceding Problems on the Globes, and to the following Questions, price Is, 6d., may be had separately, or bound up with the Geography, f .'^ ■^ii,Sr^-.;^:^!7r-A- ■i^--i" ■ i : 'I, ■ . f ,-: .- ■. 'f. iv - "V> '^' QUESTIONS FOR THE MAPS. 187 QUESTIONS, . . ^ TO BE ANSWERED BY THE PUPIL EITHER VERBALLY OH IN WRITINQ. - '\..-. • • ■ "; ,■ ■■ • * ON THE MAP OF THE WORLD. Which is the north of the map — and which the south t Which is the east, and which is the west of the map t Which is the eastern hemisphere, and which the western 1 Which is called the old world, and which the new 1 Where does Europe lie, and Asia, Africa, and America! How does Europe lie with respect to Asia ? t. e. does it lie to the east or west of Asia t to the north or south ! How do Asia and Africa lie with respect to Europe ? How does Europe lie with respect to Asia and Africa 1 How does N. America lie with respect to Europe! "t'' How does S. America lie with respect to Africa 1 Is there more land in the old or in the new world 1 Is there more land in the northern or southern hemisphere! Is Europe, Asia, or Africa, the largest division 1 How does Great Britain lie with respect to Europe 1 How does Japan lie with respect to Asia? Name the oceans and the principal seas. 5>i Between what continents does the Atlantic flow ! - - What ocean lies to the south of Asia, and what to the east 1 What ocean flows between Asia and America! What ocean surrounds the N. Pole, and what the S. Pole ! What sea flows between Russia, Sweden, and Prussia 1 What sea flows between Europe and Africa! Where are New Holland, Borneo, and Madagascar! How many degrees is the equator from each pole! What distance are the tropics from the equator ! What distance are the polar circles from the poles ! What islands lie in the Atlantic Ocean! what in the Pacific! 'Which are the lines of latitude, and which of longitude ! Find the latitude and longitude of London, Rome, C oii- stantinople, Calcutta, Pekin, Jamaica, and Washington. J. QUESTIONS FOR THE MAP OF EUROPE. ■ ■'"i-~:r What sea flows to the north of Europe! '" What ocean washes the western coast of Europe ! What separates Europe from Africa! What are the boundaries between Europe and Asia ! /- 188 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. •\ p "Which are the northern countries of Europe 1 Which are the southern countries of Europe t What countries in Europe have no sea-coast t What is the shape of Italy 1 In what part of Europe do the British Isles liel AVhat mountains separate Norway from Sweden t What mountains separate Spain from France t What mountains separate Italy from Germany and France! What mountains separate Hungary from Poland 1 What are Etna, Vesuvius, and Hecla t ,\ What countries do the Straits of Dover separate 1 Between what quarters are the Straits of Gibraltar 1 What straits lie between Sicily and Italy 1 What islands in the Baltic belong to Denmark! What islands belong to Sweden, and what to Russia! What islands lie near to Great Britain and Ireland ! Name the islands belonging to France and Spain. Name those in the Adriatic and the Archipelago. What river separates France from Germany ! Where does the Rhine take its rise ! and where the Danube! Through what countries do the Danube flow, and theTagus! What river runs by London, Dublin, and Edinburgh ! What river runs by Paris, Lisbon, Rome, and Hamburgh ! What rivers take a northern course ! what a southern, &c. 1 What peninsulas are in Europe, and what isthmuses? Name several of the capes on the coast of Europe ; and those that belong to the British Islea. Find the latitude and longitude of Edinburgh, Dublin, St. Petersburg, Ylenna, Paris, Madrid, Naples, and Lisbon. QUESTIONS FOR THE MAP OF ASIA. r. AVhat are the boundaries of Asia! What are the oceans and seas of Asia ! What part of Asia do the Tartars inhabit ! Between what seas does Turkey in Asia lie ! What are the southern countries of Asia ! ' ' Which is the eastern peninsula of India, and which the western! where Hindostun! where the Birman empire! What empire lies to the east of Asia ! What are the British possessions in India ? What mountains lie between the Black and Caspian Seas! Where does Mount Ararat stand ! Through what countries does Mount Taurus run? '^.i- Where are the East and West Gauts! Where are the Straits of Malacca, and of Sunda! '■ What quarters of the world does the Red Sea separate ! QUESTIONS FOR AFRICA. 189 Wliat part of Turkey in Asia lies £. of the Levant t "What sea lies N. of Persia 1 and what gulf to the S, W. 1 What country lies E, of the Red Seal "What Asiatic islands lie in the Archipelago 1 Name (he islands W. of the Malabar coast. What islands lie in and near the Bay of Bengal? What islands lie between Borneo and New Guinea 1 What rivers flow into the Persian Gulft Into what seas does the Oxus or Jihon flowt ' ' Into what seas do the Indus and the Ganges flowY What peninsulas belong to Asia t and what capes t Find the latitude and longitude of Jerusalem, Tobolsk, Nanking, Jeddo, Calcutta, and Bombay. . >^. i QUESTIONS FOR THE MAP OF AFRICA. What seas or oceans surround Africa t - *;* What countries lie to the north coast of Africa t i • ' ' What seas wash the N. and E. shores of Egypt 1 What countries lie in the interior of Africa! On what coast of Africa is Guinea 1 . . i. . / What countries lie on the western coast 1 Where is the Cape of Good Hope, where Cape Guardafui 1 What isthmus connects Africa with Asia T Where arc the Mountains of the Moon, and Mount Atlas! Where are the Sierra Leone Mountains! What countries lie between Barbary and Guinea! What are the capitals of Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia! Name the states of Barbary and their towns. Where is the island of St. Helena, and for what noted! Where are the isles of St. Matthew and Ascension! Mention the isles in the Gulf of Guinea! What islands lie off the empire of Marocco! ^ i -l What islands lie off Cape Verde! -> Which is the largest African Island! Through what coiintries does the Nile flow! In what country is the Niger or Quorra! . . Into what ocean do the Gambia and Senegal flow ! ""' Into what channel does the river Cuama flow ! :, . ;,', u Where are the Straits of Babelmandeb ! -S What strait lies to the N. of Africa ! , J . _ ii Where is the Mozambique Channel! ' • ; v What capes lie on the N. coast ! what on the E. and ViT. ! Mention the gulfs and bays on the coast of Africa. Find the latitude and longitude of Marocco, Grand Cairo, Cilouclar, B^oin, St. HefeQ?^^ and Cape of Good HopCt M 3 100 GUY S OBOGRAPHT. QUESTIONS FOR THE MAP OF AMERICA. Between what oceans does AmericA lie 1 What bays lie to the N. of North America f What riTera flow from the Laket to the Gulf of St. Law- rence f Name the chief cities in the British possessions. Mention some of the chief cities in the United States. What gulf and bays lie between N. and S. America 1 On what coast do the United States lie 1 ■ > What mountains run through the United States 1 '^ Where is the Gulf of California 1 Into what gulf does the Mississippi empty itself 1 \. >■ Of what riv|er is the Ohio a branch 1 There are two Carolinas — how are they denominated 1 Where is Mexico or New Spain situated 1 Where is the republic of Texas situated 1 ' i Where are the Bay of Panama and Gulf of Darient -^ In what part of America is Panama 1 On what coast do Peru and Chili lie 1 On what coast of S. America is the empire of Braxil situated Y Into what ocean does the river Amaaon flow Y ^ Through what country does the Orinoco flow 1 What town stands on Rio-de-la-Plata 1 Where are St. Salvador ar.' t'emambueol "' ' Name the islands in the r< 'jrth of America. Particularize the chief >!' the West-India islands. How do Cuba and Jamaica lie with respect to each other t What other names are there for the island of St. Domingo t Where are Terra del Fuego and Juan Fernandez t Where are the Galiipago Isles and Nootka Sound 1 Through what countries do the Andes mountains run t Where are the Straits of Magelhaens, or Magellan 1 Where are Bristol Bay and Behring^s Straits Y Find the latitude and longitude of Quebec, ^ ^.iI^ IMfhia, Mexico, Lima, Rio Janei Horn. Buenos Ayr^-i, oy^'- C^pfi QUESTIONS FOR ENGLAND AND WALES. What, are the six northerly counties of England Y Wha ^re the four bordering on Wales Y What '. ' ir.ties Ire along the eastern coast Y \ Wh?.t ii\ the six southern counties Y '• What are jisaally called the western counties Y ' ■ Which is '..he largest county, and which the smallest Y In what county does London stand Y What are the chief sea-ports for king's ships Y %• * GBNKRAL QUESTIONS. 101 Nnmo the chief pul I i of comniorce. Which arc the chief 'owns for mamifnctureal In what couiitifH ar** Maii« ^pntpr and LoetUI In what counties ar« ni^minghaii* uml Shetlleldl Mention several principal citios and towns. For what Is York u 'Rdl for whftt is Cniiterbnryt For what is Norfolk nottMl 1 f«)r what iN Kx-terl For what are Oxford and C' \mbridge famous ' What are the manufactures ut Kidderminster and Wlltont What manufactures are carried on in Worcester 1 For what are the counties of Hereford and Devon noted t For what is Bath, Cheltenham, or Buxton, &c., celebrated t Also Scarborough, Malvern, Tunbridg^s Brighton t Into what seas do the Thames and Severn flow t Also the Mersey, Dee, Humbor, Tyne, Tees, v^c.T What are counties for cider and perry t What ore the counties for the manufacture of lace 1 In what counties are Newcastle and Scarborough ' Also Whitby, Yarmouth, Harwich, and Dover * What other counties and cities are notedl and jr whati What are the northern counties of Wales 1 Where are Holyhead, Beaumaris, and Breckuocl^ 1 What are the southern counties of Wales 1 Where are Miiford Haven, Caermarthen, and Sw;. naeat What are the chief rivers and mountains in Wales ? What is the character of the English, and what of the Welsh t Find the latitude and longitude of York, Bath, Bristol, Liverpool, Hull) Norwichi Exeter, Holyhead, am> Mil- ford Haven. . '; - > GENERAL QUESTIONS. APPLICABLE TO EACH COUNTRY. TO BE REPEATED To be answered by the learners either verbally or in writirg, when going through the third courte. See " JSIethijd of Teaching," in the Preface. Is the country divided into provinces, govemmentSy de- partmenUy states, or countieSy &c. 1 and into how many 1 Have their names changed! — If so, what are they 1 Repeat the chief cities, and say for what noted. iS Ame the tivers and the seas into which they flow. What seas, lakes, canals, gulfs, or straits, are there 1 AVhat are the havens and harbours of the country 1 What are the most noted mountains and hills f Mention the capes, promontories, ot peninsulas* 192 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. r-.y^^f!^ :j^4;^ C.I What islands belong to it, and what is their produce 1 What is peculiar in the air and climate ? What the soi/ and productions? What animais are peculiar to the country t Describe the character of the inhabitants. What religion is professed amongst them % Are other religions tolerated 1 :n What is the language of the country 1 , r ;,r; Is /earm'n^ countenanced among themi , ,* ^ Are there any great or learned men f . V *(^ r ^ , What are the antiquities worthy of notice 1 What are the other curiosities of the country % What is there peculiar in its government ? p How is the country situated for commerce? . And what are its chief articles of trade f What is the known origin of the inhabitants! Has the country undergone any changes 1 If 80, what, — and by whom subdued, or benefited t Who are the most conspicuous warriors^ statesmen^ & What is the present state of the country! ^ ,v : . • And by whom is it now governed? tk.. Find the latitude and longitude of its chief cities. QUESTIONS ON THE USE OF THE GLOBES. What is an artificial globe ! — See page 167. What is the terrestrial globe a representation of! , \ What does the celestial globe represent! What is meant by the axis of the globe ! ^ What are the extreme points of the axis called ! ;^ How many zones are there ; and what are they ! What circles are supposed to surround the globe? What is a great circle ! — what a less circle ! Describe the equator, the tropics, and the polar circles. Repeat the twelve signs of the zodiac. Describe the meridians, the horizon, and ecliptic. What is meant by latitude, and what by longitude ! How is the wooden horizon of the globe divided ! Into how many degrees is the circumference of the earth and heavens divided ! What is the length of a degree in English miles ! Which are the solstitial points, and why so called % In what zones is the sun more than 24 hours above the horizon ! To what zones is the sun never vertical! V At what hour does the sun always rise and set to the in- habitants that lie under the equator ! And why ! At what seasons of the year does the sun rise and set at the 9ame time iii every part of the world 1 'C7 I GENERAL QUESTIONS. 193 et ■ i .Jt-- (ir^' " \'' i \ &C.1 3ES. es. earth 3 the 2 in- • ''i ^^ ' - et at #« v'fN What is the breadth of the torrid zone 1 what of the other zones t In what zones does the sun at times not set, and at others not rise for several weeks together t From what line is the latitude of a place reckoned f From what meridian is ihe lonj^itude reckoned t How is the sun's place in the ecliptic found 1 What is meant by the sun's declination t When has the sun no declination t " ^.i What is the sun's greatest declination t How is the sun's declination found t How is the sun's right ascension found t What is meant by rectifying the globe t - Explain the terms Zenith and Nadir. How is the hour of the day found at any place 1 How is the time of the sun's rising or setting found 1 And how the length of the day and night t How do you find the place to which the sun is vertical at any time 1 Over whose heads will the sun pass on any given day 1 How is the beginning and end of twilight found ? Define the terms Perioeci, AntoDci, and Antipodes. How are they found on the globe 1 How do you find on what two days the sun will be vertical to any place in the torrid zone 1 ■ ?« %« How would you find the places to which the sun is rising, setting, &c., at any time 1 How do you find to what place the sun or moon will be visible in an eclipse 1 -. » ■ -^ How do you find the distance of any two places 1 What is meant by the angle of position 1 Define the terms oblique ascension, ascensional difierencc, amplitude, altitude, &c. — See page 181, &c. Define the terms azimuth, prime vertical, or azimuth circle. From what line do you reckon the latitude of the sun or How are the latitude and longitude of a star found % [stars t How do you find the rising, setting, &c., of the sun or stars'? How is the right and oblique ascension of the sun found t How the ascensional difference 1 How is the amplitude of a star found ; and the length of its diurnal arc % How are the altitude and azimuth of the sun or stars found, for any place and time % How do you find the day when any star comes to the me- ridian at any given hour? [given dayl How are the places of the moon ind planets found for any In what positions must the celestial globe be placed to represent the face of the heavens at any given time 1 194 GUT S GEOGRAPHY. ;;.:•( , < NAMES OF PLACES, &c., WITH THBIR TRUE ACCENTUATION, &C. I- .. 4 .■ .ft: A ALA BORG (t. e, eel>town)| a populous city in Denmark. Aar, a river in Switzerland, that falls into the Rhine. Abbe' vili.e, a city on the Somme, in the N. of France. V Ab er de'en, a town on the E. coast of Scotland. , ..i Ab er oa'venny, a town in Monmouthshire. ' ; , A BER y'st wyth, a town on the W. coast of Wales, A'bo, a city and sea-port in Finland,^£. of the Baltic. .'. A Bou' KIR, a port N. W. of Egypt A BYs si^N I A, a large kingdom S. of Egypt in Africa. . Ac A pu'l CO, a sea-port on the W. coast of Mexico. " I A cha' xa, now called Livadia, where stood Athens, Thebes,* &C. -vv ■';■■- .-*^- • Ach'eh, the capital of Sumatra, in the East Indies. A.CQS (pron. Ax), a small city of France. Ac QUI (pron. Ack6), a strong town of Montserrat^ in Italy. A' CRE, a noted sea-port in Syria or Palestine. A' DEL, a fruitful province S. of the Red Sea in Africa. A' DEN, on the S. W. coast of Arabia Felix. Ad' ri an o ple, the second city in European Turkey. Akf qhan' 1ST AN, or Eastern Persia. A oa' des, a kingdom in central Africa. Ag' ger huus, the most southern diocese of Norway. A' GIN court, a village in the depart, of the Straits of Calais. A' GRA, a kingdom in the Mogul empire, in Asia. Aix-la-Chafelle (pron. Ai lah sha pel), a city of Juliers, containing hot-baths, between the Meuse and Rhine. A Kis SAT, the ancient Thyatira, in Natolia, Asia. Al' AND, a cluster of islands in the Baltic Sea. Al ba' nia, a province of European Turkey. Al ba' no, a town on a lake in the Campagna di Roma. Al'ban's, St., (the ancient Verulam), a town of Hertfordshire. Al' ba NY, an agreeable watering-place, Cumberland. Al bu querque (pron. Al' bu kirk), a town in Spain. Al' der ney, an island in the Channel, belonging to England. A LEN 50N, a populous town, department of Orne, France. A LEN te' jo, one of the largest provinces in Portugt^. A le'p PC, on the Levant coast, chief city of Syria. A LESS a'n dri a, a strong town in the N. of Italy. A LEX a'n dri a, a once celebrated city in Lower Egypt. .• Al ga'r ve, the most southerly province of Portugal. Al ge zi' ras, an ancient town of Andalusia; in Spain, NAMES OP PLACES. 195 if mark, t; ne. ranee. s. ic. : . ca. B, Thebes,' in Italy, ica. , , ey. of Calais. f Juliers, ine. ma. brdshire. I. England. ranee. rypt. in. Al oiers (p.'on. Aljeers), a kingdom of Barbary, in Africa. Al' I CANT, a sea-port of Valencia, on the S.£. coast of Spain, Aii j.h! HA BAD, a province and city of British India. Al lb oa' NY, or Apalachian mountains, in the United States. All Saints Bay, in Brazil, South America. Alps, to the N. of Italy, the highest mountains in Europe. Am'a zon, the largest river in the world, S. America. Ah' bo'y na, the chief of the Molucca Islands, Indian Ocean. Am ster dam', the capital of Holland, Netherlands. An' da lu' si a, a rich and fertile province in the S. of Spain. An'des (or Cor dil 16 ras), a chain of mountains in S. Ame- rica. An'drew's, St., a royal borough of Fifeshire, Scotland. An'olb sea, an island, and a N. W. county of Wales. An go' la, a kingdom in Lower Guinea, in Africa. j^ r,. An go' ra, a town of Natolia, in Asiatic Turkey. v '; r: An'holt, an island of N. Jutland, in the Cattegat. * -i i An'ti gua, one of the English Caribbee Islands. t - ,- i An'til les (or Ca rib'bees), islands in the W. Indies. >' An'ti och, formerly the metropolis of Syria. An't werp, formerly the capital of the Austrian Netherlands. A p'en nines, a chain of mountains in Italy. Ar'a rat, a celebrated mountain in the province of Azerbi- jan, Persia. Ar'al, a lake or inland sea of Asia, E. of the Caspian. Ar ca' dia, a sea-port of the Morea, opposite Zante. h Arch a'n gel, a city rnd sea-port in the N. of Russia, i v ' Ar chi pe'l a go (formerly -^gean Sea), between Europe and Asia. Ar'cot, the capital of the Carnatic, Hindostan. . s, , Ar'gos, a sea-port in the Morea, S. W. of Corinth. ' -hA Ar ma'oh, the see of an archbishop, Ulster, Ireland. Ar'ra gon, a province in Spain, near the Pyrenees. A'sAPK, St., a small city and Bishop's see of Flintshire) N. Wales. '■- \-: >' Ash a'n tee, a kingdom in "Western Africa. As sy'ria, an ancient kingdom in Asia, S. W. of the Caspian. As TRA kha'n, a city in Russia, near the Caspian Sea. A'thens, an ancient and celebrated city of Greece. A'vA, a kingdom and city of the Birman empire. A vio NON (pron. Av' inon), formerly a province of France. Av ranches (pron. Av ra'nsh), a town of France. A zo'rbs, islands in the Atlantic, lat. SS** N. long. 28° W. Ba BEL ma'n deb, a strait at the entrance of the Red Sea. Ba' by lon, the ancient capital of Chaldea. Bao'dad (pron. Bagdat), a city of Turkey in Asia. Ba ha' ma, or l,ucaya Islands, near Florida, N. America. Ba'l bep, the ancient Heliopolis, Syria. f < :? 196 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. IU'l ti more, capital of Maryland, U. S. of America. Ba'n da, tlie chief of the Nutmeg Isles, East Indies. Ba'n gor, a small city and bishop's see in Caernarvonshire. Ba'n tam, a town and district of Java. Ba'ntuy Bay, one of the finest bays in the world, Ireland. Bar ba' does, an island belonging to England in theW. Indies. Ba'r ba ry, a large country in the N. of Africa. Bar cb lo' na, a city of Catalonia, in the E. of Spain. Ba' sii., a Protestant Canton, in the N. W. of Switzerland. Ba's tia, the chief town of Corsica, in the Mediterranean. !^ Ba ta' via, the Dutch capital in the island of Java. .'^ Bel fast, a town on the N. E. coast of Ireland. Bel gra' de, a noted town on the Danube, in Turkey. Belle Isle, an island near the French coast. Bay of Biscay. Belle Isle, an island in the G. of St. Lawrence, N. America. Ben coo' len, a fort and town of Sumatra, E. Indies. « Ben ga'l, a country of the W. Peninsula of India. •' - Ber gen, a sea-port, and the capital of Norway. ' Ber LIN, in Upper Saxony, the capital of Prussia. Ber mu' das, or Somers' Islands, in the Atlantic Ocean. BiL bo'a, the chief town of Biscay, in Spain. Bi thy' nia, a part of Asia Minor. Blbn heih (pron. Blen hem), a village in Germany. ^' Bo Lo' GNA (pron. Bolona), a town and duchy in Italy. Bomba'y, on the "VV, coast of Hindostan, Asia. ^ , ; Bo'r neo, the largest island in the Indian Ocean. Bo'tany Bay, New S. Wales, E. coast of New Holland. Bou LOGNE (pron. Boo Ion), a sea-port town of France. BouR DEAUX (pron. Boor do), a large town in the S. of France. Bra zi'l, a large country on the E. coast of S. America. Bres' law, a small duchy and town of Silesia. Brest, a sea-port town on the N. "VV. coast of France. Bre tagne (or Brit tany), a N. W. province of France. Brighthelmstone (or Brighton), a sea-port town of Sussex. Bu e' nos Ayres, the chief town of La Plata, in S. America By za'n ti um, the ancient name of Constantinople. Ca' diz, a large sea-port on the S. W. coast of Spain, t Caf fra' ria, a country in Southern Africa. , Cag h a' ri, the capital of Sardinia, in the Mediterranean. Ca'i ro, the capital of Egypt, in Africa. Cal' cu't ta, the chief town of the British East Indies. • Cah cu't, a kingdom on the western peninsula, E. Indies. Cah fo'r nia, a peninsula on the west coast of N. America. Cam pe'a chy, in New Spain, near the Gulf of Mexico. Ca'n a da, a country in N. America, subject to Great Britain. Ca'n di a, an island in the Mediterranean, formerly Crete. Ca'n ton, a large city in t'^-* south of China. Capb Town, chief town of the Cape of Gqp^ Hope. i- , ,^ I- NAMES OF PLACES. 197 ishire. and. ' Indies. ,* and. lan. •iscay. nerica. n. 1. ranee. issex. erica an. es. *ica, r' tain. Cape Verd, a promontory on the W. coast of Africa. Ca ro ia' na, North and South, two states of N. America. Ca ra'c CAS, a town and district of S. America. Ca ra ma' nia, a province of Natolia, in Lesser Asia. Ca ri no' la, a town of Terra di Lavoro, Naples. Ca ri'n thia, Upper and Lower, a duchy in Austria. Car na' tic, The, a southern country of Hindostan. Car ni o' la, a province in the circle of Austria. Car pa' thi an Mountains, hetweeu Hungary and Poland. Car tha oe' na, a noted sea-port on the E. coast of Spain. Ca'sh mere, a province of India, east of the Indus. Ca's pi an Sea, a great inland sea of Asia. Cas tile (pron. Castile), an ancient kingdom of Spain. Ca't te gat, a gulf or passage between Denmark and Sweden. Cel' £ BEz, or Macassar, an island in the Indian Ocean. Ce pha lo' nia, near the west coast of Greece. >-. Cey lo'n, a fine island, S. of the W. peninsula, E. Indies. Cha'n oer na go'rb, a European settlement of Bengal. Cher bouro (pron. Sher'burg), a sea-port on the N. coast of France. '.i . . Che'r son (pron. Kherson), a city of Russia, near the Black S. Che's a peak, a large bay. United States, N. America. Chi li (pron. Chilly), a country on the west coast of South America. - " ' -'^^ Chi' na, the most populous empire in the world. CiR ca's sia, a country between the Black and the Caspian Sea. Co LOONE (pron. Co lone), a town situate on the Rhine. , Co lo'm bi a, a republican state in South America. Co lu'm bi a, a district of N. America, containing "Washing- ton, tiie capital of the United States. Co mo' ra Islands, N. of Mozambique Channel, Ind. Ocean. CoN go', Lower Guinea, "W. coast of Africa. , • v;' v;n:C Con na'ught, the western province of Ireland. Con ne'c ti cut, one of the states of New England,N.America. Co'n stance, two lakes between Switzerland and Germany, Con STAN TI no' ple, the chief city of Turkey in Europe. Co PEN ha' gen, the chief city of Denmark. Co rea', a peninsula to the N. E. of China. CoR Fu', an island in the Ionian Sea, on the "VV. coast of Greece. Co' rinth, an ancient city of the Morea, in Greece. - ^ Cork, a county and a city, in the south of Ireland. Co'rn wall, the most western and southern county of Eng- land. Co RO ma'n del, the E. coast of the hither peninsula of India. Co'r si ca, an island in the Mediterranean, N. of Sardinia. Co's sacks, a people on the N. borders of the Black Sea. 198 GUT S GEOGRAPHY. Grbs sy, a town in France, noted for the battle of 1346. ^1^ Cou TANCES (pron. Coo tance), a sea-port of France. Cra' cow, on the Vistula, the ancient capital of Poland. Cri me' a, or Crim Tartary, a peninsula N. of the Black Sea. Cu' BA, a large West India Island, near the Gulf of Mexico. Cu RA co' A, a West India Island, near the coast of S. America. Da mas' cus (now Sham), an ancient city of Syria. Da'ni zic, a sea-port of Prussia, on the Baltic. - « " Dar da ne'lles (the straits of), N. of the Archipelago. Da' ri en (or Panama), between N. and S. America. ^ De'c can. The, an extensive tract of Hither India. • » : De la ware', a river and state of N. America. Del hi, a considerable province of Mogulstan, £. Indies. Die man's Land (pron. Di man's), an island S. of New Holland. Di EPPE (pron. De 6p), a sea-port town of France. Do mi'n go (Hispaniola, or Hayti), an island in the W. Indif St Do mi'n i ca, a small island in the W. Indies. Dor drecht (pron. Dort), a town in Holland. Dre's den, the capital of Upper Saxony. Ed in burqh (pron. Ed in bo ro), the capital of Scotland. El'ba, a small island on the coast of Tuscany, Italy. El si nore', a sea port on the Sound in Zeeland, Denmark. E' phe sus, anciently a celebrated city of Asia Minor. Es cu' ri'al, a palace, and village of New Castile, in Spain. Es KB ma'ux, a people of Labrador, N. America. E'thi o' pia, a country of great extent in Africa. Et' na, a celebrated volcanic mountain in Sicily. E TRu' Ri A, ancient name of Tuscany, one of the states of Italv. Eu phra' tes, a celebrated river of Turkey in Asia. Ev REUX (pron. Evroo), a town in Normandy. Fer ma' naoh (pron Fer ma na), a county in Ireland. Fe'r ro, or Hiero, the most westerly of the Canary Islands. Fb'r ro, or Feroe Isles, subject to Denmark, N. Ocean. Flor' bnge, the capital of Etruria, or Tuscany, in Italy. Flo' ri da, a county of N. America, one of the United States. FoN TE VRAULT (prou, Fon te vro), a town in France. Fox Islands, a group of isles, between Asia and America. Fri burq (pron. Freburg), a town in Germany. Friendly Islands, a cluster in ihe S. Pacific Ocean. Fron ti ni AC (pron. Fron tin yac), a town in France. Gam' bia, a river S. of Cape Verde on the W. coast of .\frica. Ga'n ges, a celebrated river of India, in Asia. Ge ne' va, a free republic, but in alliance with the Swiss Cantons. Gb'n o a, a city and republic of Italy. ?' Ghent (pron. nearly as Gong), a town in Flanders. NAMES OF PLACES. 199 134G. Vfr e. land. * )lack Sea. Mexico. , America. ;a. ndies. of New »V. Indies. >tland. enmark. f' 1 Spain, states of d. slands. an. ily. 1 States. srica. xfrica. Swiss *:j^^ Gib ra'l tar, a strong town and fort in Spain, held by the English. Gil o' lo, a large island of the Moluccas, Indian Ocean. GoL co'n da, a city of the Deccan, Hindostan. Good Hope, Cape of, most southerly point of Africa. Go rb'b, a small isle, W. coast of Africat under Cape Verde. Greece, a celebrated country south of European Turkey. Gree'n land, in the Frozen Ocean, noted for its whale-fishery. Gui a' na, S. of the river Orinoco, S. America. Gui NE A, Lower and Upper, W. coast of Africa. Haar' leh (pron. Harlem), a celebrated town of Holland. Hague, the seat of government in Holland. Hansb Towns, some sea-ports in Germany. Ha'm buroh, a large commercial and fortified town in Germ. Ha'n o yer, a kingdom in the north of Germany. Har wich (pron. Har' rich), a sea-port of Essex. ^ -v Ha va'n nau, a sea-port town of Cuba, in the W. Indies. Havre de Grace (pron. Haver de Gr4), a sea-port of France. He'b ri DBS, or Western Islands, off the \V. coast of Scotland. He lb na, St., an island in the Atlantic, south of Guinea. HiN do's tan, India within the Ganges, or the W. peninsula Hobart Town, capital of Van Dieman's Land. HoQUE (pron. with g hard), a town and cape of France. Hon du' ras, a large province of North America. Ho'tt en tots, a people in the southern extremity of Africa. Hud' son's Bay, to the north of Canada, N. America. Hu'm ber, a river of England, formed by the jui .on of the Ouse, Trent, and Derwent, &c. Ja mai' ca, the chief of the English West India Islands. Ja pa'n, an empire in Asia, composed of several islands. Ja' va, one of the Sunda Isles, in the Indian Ocean. Ice' land, an island in the Frozen Ocean, N.W. of England. I' da. a noted mountain of Candia, in the Mediterranean. Je'r sey and Guernsey, islands on the coast of France. ;/ Je ru' sa lem, the chief city of Palestine or Judea. Il LI NOis. a state and river of U. States of North America. In di a' na, a state of the United States of North America In' dies (East), the south of Asia and the adjacent isles. In' dies (West), numerous islands between N. and S.America. In' dus, a great western river of Hindostan. Is PA ha'n, a celebrated city of Persia in Asia. ' Ju't land, a peninsula N. of Germany, part of Denmark. Ka'mts chat ka, a large peninsula, N. W. of Asia. Ken tu'c ky, a state of the United States of North America. Ko'n iqs burq, capital of East Prussia. La'b ra dor, a country N. of Canada, N. America. La dro'nb, or Marianne, island in the Pacific Ocean. La'p land, a country lying on the N. of Norway and Sweden. 200 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. Leo iio'hn (pron. Legorn), a strong sea-port of Etruria, Italy. Le'ip sic, a noted town of Upper Saxony, in Germany. Le'm nos, an island near the entrance of the Dardanelles. Leo mins ter (pron. Lem ster), a town of Herefordshire. Li'b a nus, mountains in Turkey in Asia. •'* ''^1^ Li'm er ick (pron. Lim'rick), a county and city of Ireland. ' Li pa' ri Isles, off the north coast of Sicify, Li va' dia, a province and town of Greece. • ^f Lis' BON, on the river Tagus, the capital of Portugal. - >'' Lisle, a large and strong town in French Flanders. Li thu a' ni a, a country near the Baltic, once part of Poland. Lo'm bar dy, formerly included all the N. of Italy. Lo' MOND (Loch), a large and beautiful lake in Scotland, y. '/ LoN DON, the capital of the British Empire. Leu IS I a' na, a country "W. of the Mississippi, N. America. Lu'c CA, a small republic of Italy, on the Tuscan Sea. i Ly on nois (pron. Le on uai), a province of France. - • • Ma ce do' nia (formerly Macedon), a province of European Turkey. Mad a oa's car, a large island E. of Africa, in the Ind. Ocean. Ma dei' ras (pron. Ma de ras), islands in the Atlantic. Ma dra's, a very considerable town of the British E. Indies. Ma' el STROM, a dangerous whirlpool off the coast of Norway. Ma oe'l LAN (or Magelhaens), a strait in S. America. Mah ra't tas, the name of two large states of India. ^ ■ ■ ' ■■ Ma jo'r ca and Mi no'r ca, islands belonging to Spain. MAl a ba'r, on the western coast of India within the Ganges. Ma' lac ca, the southern part ofthe farther peninsula of India, Ma'l dives, a cluster of Isles lying W. S. W. of Ceylon. Ma'l ta, an island S. of Sicily, in the Mediterranean. Man (the Isle of), in the Irish Sea, between England and Ireland. Ma ri no (pron. Ma r6 no), a small republic of Italy. Mar ma ra (sea of) between the Black Sea and Archipelago. Ma ro'c CO, one of the Barbary states in Africa. Ma' ry land, one of the United States of N. America. Mar sb'illes, a sea-port of France, on the Mediterranean. Mas sa chu' sets, one of the United States of N. America. Mat a pan Cape, the most southern cape of the Morea. • t Mau ri' ti us, an Island £. of Madagascar, Indian Ocean. Me'c ca, the capital of Arabia, E. of the Red Sea. Meso PC ta' mia, anciently Diarbekr, Asiatic Turkey. Mes si' na, a town of Sicily, S. W. of Italy. ' • ' ' Me'x I CO, southern part of N. America. ^ - - ^ Mi' CHI GAN, a large territory and lake of N. America. ''* Mil' an, the capital ofthe Milanese. Mis sis' sip pi, a river and state of N. America, United States. Mo lu'c CAS, or Spice Isles, £. of Borneo, in the IndianOcean. ' NAMES OF PLACES.; 201 Mo NO mo' ta pa, a kingdom of Africa. Mo'n tjb Vide o, a town on La Plata, in S. America Mont re'al, a dourislung town of liower Canada. Mo ra' via, a province of the E. part of Austria. , Mo bb' a (anciently Peloponnesus), the S. of Greece. Mo ZAM BiQUE (pron. Mo sum beck), on the £. part of Africa. Mo's cow. tiie ancient capital of Russia. t {. Mu NiCH (pron. MCinik), the capital of Bavaria in Germany. Nan ki'ng, a province on the E. coast of China. Na' plbs, a kingdom in the S. of Italy. Na to' lia. a country between the Black Sea and the Levant. Na va'rre. a province of Spain, and formerly one of France. New York, the principal state and town of the United States of America. Ne' org font, an island in the Archipelago, near to Greece. Neuf cha TEL (pron. Noo shat tel), a country of Switzerland. New found land, an island on the N.E. coast of N. America. Ni Ao' A RA ( the falls of), near Lake Ontario, in N. America. Nice (pron. Neece), a town of Italy, near to France. (*i ^ .. .. Ni' CO BAR IsLE3, in the Bay of Bengal, E. Indies. ,,, ^^^ Ni' OER (pron. with ff soft), a river of Africa. «- Nile, a celebrated river that flows through Egypt, &c. Ni' nb veh, an ancient city of Assyria in Asia. No VA Sco' TiA, British possessions in N. America. .^'^ O hi' o, a fine river and a state of North America, i ; O lym' pus, a mountain near Thessaly, in Greece. /, O lym' po, or O lym' pus, a mountain of Lesser Asia. . ?: O por' TO, a sea-port town in the N. of Portugal. ft Or'k neys, a cluster of islands in the N. of Scotland. / Or' mus, an island and a gulf near t'^e Persian Gulf. * O' TA HE! TE, One of the Society Islands, S. Pacific Ocean. O' WHY he'e, one of the Sandwich Isles, N. Pacific Ocean- Pacific Ocean, between Asia and America. Pai. my' ra, once a magnificent city of Syria. Pa na' ma, a district on the isthmus between N. and S. Ame- rica. ' i Par na's sus, a noted mountain of Achaia, in Greece. Pa't a go' nia, a country in the south of S. America. -j Pa't mos, an island in the Archipelago, near Asia. Pe ou', a kingdom of the Birman Empire in Asia. Pe ki'n, the capital of China, and the most populous city in the world. , . . Pe lew' Isles, near the Philippines, Indian Ocean. .^-, Pbnn syl ya' nia, a state of N. America. - vc^ Pen sa co la, a settlement of W. Florida, N. America. ? > Pe ru', famous for its gold mines, W. coast of S. America. Phil a del' phia, capital of Pennsylvania. Pied mont (pron. Peed mont), a country of Italy, -!'■;=; : I 202 GUY 8 GEOGRAPHY. Pi' 8A, an ancient town of Etniria, or Tuscany, in Italy, "tr Pla' ta, a great river in South America. Plin li'm mon, a very high mountain in Cardiganshire. Po, a river that flows across the N. of Italy. • '' Poic Tou (pron. Poi too), formerly a province of France. ' "^^ Pom b ra' nia, a province of U. Saxony, belonging to Prussia. PoN Di chb'r ry, an European settlement, in the East Indies. Porto Bb'llo, on the isthmus of Panama, N. America. Port Royal, a sea* port on the south side of Jamaica. ' ^' * Py' re nbbs, mountains between France and Spain. QuB db'c, the chief town of Lower Canada, in N. America. QuBs noy (pron. Que noy), a tovm in French Flanders. Qui' bbr o'n, a peninsula, and a bay of Brittany, in France. Qui to (pron. K6 to), a province and a town, in Colombia, South America, lying under the Equator. QuoR RA, the Niger, so called at its mouth in the Gnlf of Guinea. RkT^ IS BON, a town in the circle of Bavaria, in Gerciaay. Red Sba, or Arabian Gulf* between Asia and Africa. Rhb, an island in the Bay of Biscay, near the coast of France, Rheims (pron. Reems), a town in the N. of France. Rhine, a large river that flows between Germany and France. Rio Janeiro (pron. R6o Jan4 ro), a river of Brazil, S. Ame- rica. Ro chellb (pron. Rosch^l), a town on the >7. of 1 ranee. Rome, the capital of the Pope's dominions. Ro MAO NA (pron. Ro m&n ya), in Italy. Ru' OEN, an island in the Baltic, v^ear the N. of Germany. Sal a ma'n ca, an ancient town in the N. of Spain. Sal le'e, an ancient town in Marocco. Sa mar ca'nd, a town of Usbec, or Independent Tartary. Sa' mos, an Asiatic island in the Archipelago. Sa'nd wich Islands, lie in the N. Pacific Ocean. SciLLY Isles, lie off the W. coast of Cornwall. "^^ Sb ba's tian, St., a strong sea* port on the N. of Spain. Ser in oa pa ta'm, the capital of the Mysore, Hindostan. Se'villb, the chief city of Andalusia, in the S. of Spain. Sha'n non, the largest river in Ireland. * ' She'p FY, an island near the Thames, on the coast of Kent. She't lan5 Isles, lie N. of the Orkneys, in Scotland. Si' br' ra Leo'ne, a river and Eng. fort, on the coast of Africa. Si na' I, a mountain of Arabia Petrea, near the Red Sea. Smy'r na, a sea-port in Asia Minor, near the Archipelago. Sno'w don (Caernarvonshire), the highest mountain in "Wales. Spa, in Westphalia, Germany, noted for its mineral waters. Spit head, a road for shipping, near Portsmouth. Su EZ) a town on the isthmus between the Med. and Red Sea. Su'nda Islss, the chief are Sumatra, Java, and Borneo, &c. S T T T T \& NAMES OF PLACES. ao3 of Sy'o ney Covb, Port Jackson, New South Wales. Sy' ua cusb, an ancient town near the E. coast of Sicily. Sy III A, a province of Turkey in Asia. Ta' OU8, a river that rises in Spain, and passes hy' Lisbon. UV LA VE iiA, a town. in Spain, where was fought one Wellington's great battles. Ta'r ta ry, a country that extends over the N. of Asia. | ; Ten' b DOS, a noted island in the Archipelago. Ten' e riffs, one of the Canary Isles, noted for its high mountains. Ten' nbs see, a state of the U. States of North America. Ter ra del. Fu b oo, an island to the south of S. America Thebes, an ancient city of Livadia, in Greece. Ti' BER, a celebrated river of Italy, flowing by Rome. ' To ba' go, the most southward of the West India Isles. ^' To KAY, a town ot Upper Hungary, noted for its wine. Ton ki'n, a country in the S. part of Asia. Tor' BAY, a fine bay in the English Channel. ; ^ Tou lo'n, a strong sea- port town in the S. of France. >.*. i ^ Tou LOUSE (pron. Too looz), a town in the S. of France. Tim duc too, a considerable town on the river Niger in Africa. Tri' po LI, one of the states of Barbary in Africa. Troy, the capital of Troas, in Asia Minor, near the Dar- danelles. Tru'x il lo, a rich and trading town of Peru. Tu's CA NY, a sovereign state of Italy. Tweed, a river that in part separates Scotland from England. Tyre, an ancient sea-port of Asia, on the Mediterranean. Ty' rol. a mountainous part in the S. of Germany. Ya len CI ENNEs, a town in French Flanders. Va le'n CIA, a province in the E. of Spain. Va le't ta, the capital of the island of Malta. Van Die man's Land, the S. E. extremity of New Holland. Ve ne zu e' la, a province of Colombia, S. America. Ve ra Cruz, a sea-port town on the Gulf of Mexico. Vb'r MONT, one of the N. American States. Ver sailles (pron. Ver sailz), a town in France, noted for its palace. Ve su' VI us, a large volcduo near Naples in Italy. Vi e'n na, the capital of Austria, in Germany. ViR gi'n ia, one of the U. States of N. America. Virgin Isles, a number of small islands, W. Indies, Vi's Tu LA, or Wesel, a considerable river in Poland, Vo'l ga, or Wolga, the largest river in Europe. United States of America, a large Republic in N. America. UsH ANT, an island off the coast of Brittany, in France. UsK, a river of South Wales. U' Ti CA, a town of Africa, noted for the death of Cato. 204 GUY S GEOGRAPHY. U' TRBOiiT. one of the Seven United Provinces Wa'i. ciik ubn. an irtlund ul the muutli of the Scheldt. Wai.km, a numntainons part of Great Britain. Walks (New South), ihe K. coast of New Holland. Wai. i.a' CHI a, a province to the E. of Hungary. Wash ino ton, capital city of the United Statts, N. Americn. Wbstbhn Islands, or the A'zores, Atlantic Ocean. Wb's BR, a considerable river in Germany. Wbn' neu, the largest lake in Sweden. White Sea, on the N. coastof Russia, near the Frozen Ocean. Wi uuRo. or Vy borg, a government in Russia. WioHT, an island ott* the coast of Hampshire. Wii/ NA, a large trading town of Lithuania, E. of Prussia. Win ni pbo, a lake of N. America. .> Win' TEM UBRO, a district of Suabia, in Germany. WuRTs BURO, a district of Franconia, in Germany. Wyb, a river of Wales, rises in Plinlimmon. I Xan thus, once a city of Lydia, in Asia Minor. Xi MO, a considerable island of Japan. Yarb, a river that passes by Norwich. Yar' mouth (Great), a sea-port of Norfolk. York Fort, an establishment in Hudson's Bay. Y PRBS (pron. E'prae), a town of Flanders. Yu' CA TAN, or J(i ca tan, peninsula of Mexico. Za' ara, a vast sandy desert S. of Barbary in Africa. ; Zan tb', an island in the Ionian Sea, W, of Greece. Zan ou'e bar, a country of Lower Guinea, in Africa. Zee' land, an island in the Baltic, belonging to Denmark. Zbb' land, islands forming one of the Dutch provinces. Zelb, a town of Saltsburg, Bavaria. Zb'm bla (Nova), a large island in the N. Frozen Ocean. ZiT ta'u, a to\vn of Lusatia, subject to Saxony. Zua, one of the Swiss Cantons. Zu' rich, one of the Swiss Cantons. Zut' phbn, a town of the United Provinces. ZuY der zeb, a sea or gulf in the north of Holland. V, Londoa ; Priuted by W. Clowfs und Sons, Staiuford-8treet» ^^^ ericn. )ceau. sia. aik. nil SUPEHIOR WORKS FOR SCHOOLS, VubllAtaed t»j OlUkBOOX 4k Co., 48, PATERNOSTER ROW, AND WHITTAKICR 8: CO., AVE MARIA LANE. LONDON. AKZTKMllTZO. GUY'S FIRST ARITHMETIC for the Junior (Massps in (i«>nt1«!mon'a and Ltulios' Schools, and for tha line of Fri- vato Familii'f, in wliicli all the lumt in the First Four Ritlus are set in rui.i.-BizKu iiandso»ie schipt viourks, and printed un thi« Royal writing iiiipor, larK«)^vo.,tu facllitntu tliu busiiifHs of tliu Holiular.and rclifvu the Master of much useless toil. Hy the Author of " The School (JeoKraphy." To which is added, a correct set of Arithmetical Tables. Price only ls.3J. balf bound. A KEY to the same, price :M. *0* As answerinjf tlie tMO-lold purpose of an Arithmetic and Cypherin}( Hook, this is the cheapest sctiool book ever published. To Ladies' Academies, National, Parochial, and lar^^e Day Schools, whora ex])ensei3an ol)ject, it must be particularly acceptable. GUY'S COMPLETE TREATISE of BOOK- KEEPING bySiii^le Entry, expressly adapted for the use of Ladies* audGentlemen*ASchot>lB, and tor Young Men entering into Business. Royal IHmo., price only Is. half- bound. %* It has been wisely said, " He that deems his pupil as nniahed and prepared for business without a knowledge of Hook-keepino, dischurgeii not his duty to the parent nor the scholar;" because ia every station of life it is to bo his frequent eniphiymeut. GUY'S TUTOR'S ASSISTANT ; or, COM- PLETE SCHOOL ARITHMETIC; on a plan materially to aid the comprehension and accnlurate the procress of the learner, as well as to facilitate and greatly abridge the labour of the Teacher, not only by a very careful gradation tliroughout the series of Examples, and a choice and widely-varied selection, but also by having tho First Question of every scries in each Rule worked at length. The 16th Edition, ISmo., carelully corrected and stereotyped. Price 2». A KEY to tlie above, containing the Solutions of the Questions, given much at length, and in tire correct school form of working ; tigether with additional Questions for the use of Teachers in examining tlielr Pupils, but not included in the Arith- metic. Fifth Edition, 12mo. Price 4s. 6d. bound in blue, and lettered. GUY'S SCHOOL CYPHERING BOOK; fine post writing paper, 4to. Ninth Edition, price 3s. 6d. half-bound. *^* A KEY to the Sums with the Answers numbered. 6d. ZtSADIXTO and SFEXiXiZlTO. GUY'S NEW BRITISH PRIMER ; or, Reading Made Easy for Children of an Early Age, in Five Parts, intended as an introduction to his " New British Spelling Book,'' &c. In ISmo. The 22d Edition, with new Illustrations by W. Harvey. Price only (id. strongly half bound. GUY'S BRITISH SPELLING BOOK. The 65th Edition, in 12mo., with numerous new Engravings from Harvey's Drawings. Price Is. 6d. bound. GUY'S NEW BRITISH EXPOSITOR, a Pro- nouncing Spcllin;; Book, iind companion to the above, containing; an Alphubeticiil Collection ut the mo^t useful, usual, and proper words in the Hngliah language ; the whole divided and properly adcented, and the meaning given according to the purest detiuitions. Ninth Edition, 12mo., price Is. 6d. bound %• This Expositor contains more pages than Expositors usually coatuin, and embraces a more luminous selection of words ; and tiiere is u nicer and fuller discrimination in the meanings ; the words also are more accurately divided according to Dr. Louth. To which are added several useful chapters connected with the subject ; the last of which enforces and illustrates a closer discrimination of laugiiuge and purity of style. This work is becoming as e.xtensively popular as the Author's Spelling Book. GUY'S PARENT'S FIRST QUESTION BOOK ; or. Mother's Catechism of Useful Knowledge, for Children of an Early Age. Illustrated by useful Engravings. In a tieat square volume, printed in a bold type. New Edition. Price 9d. sewed, or Is. strongly bound. %* This little work is divided into 40 Lessons ; its information is adiipted to the capacities uf Children from three years old to eight. The chief subjects explained and iuiioducecl aie — Names of the Days, Months, Quarters, Divisions of Tiii>e, tht; Clocn., Watch, Mariner's Compass, Numbers in Words and Figures to lOO ; Numeration, Pence, Multiplication, Subiractiuii, and Division Tables; Thermo- mett'r. Barometer, Microscoiie, Telescope, Classes in Society, Pio- lifssious, i/'hronology, Uoverninent of England, Suvereigtis from the Conquest, English Money, Metals. Gems, the Senses, the Ele- inents. Sun, Moon, Stars, Explanation of Maps, Quarters of the World, Chiet Towns of Britain, Cambric, Lace, Silk, Wool, Ivory, Glass, Tea, Coffee, Fruits, Spices, Wiue, Spirit!<, Food, Candles, &c. The ROSE-BUD. A Flower in the Juvenile Garland. (Consisting ut short Poems, adapted to the Understanding of Young Children ; ornamented with '1 hirty-two aitractive Engra- vings, from Drawings by Harvey* Fil'ih Edition improved. Price Is. ; or with the Cuts Coloured, is. 6d. GUY'S NEW BRITISH READER; or, Sequel to his British Spelling Book. Containing a great variety of Easy Lessons, selected from approved authrrs, exhibiting a very easy gradation, and adapted to the Junior Classes of Ladies and (jentle- men*s Schorjls. In 12mo. The iOth Edition, illustrated with Engra- vings. Price 3s. 6d. bound in roan and lettered. GRAMMAR. GUY'S FIRST ENGLISH GRAMMAR, for the Junior Classes in Sohools, and for the use of Private Families; in which practice is blended with theory, by having the Rules illus- trated by Examples upon the plan proposed by Dr, Lowth. Neatly printed in 18mo., and well bound and lettered. Price Is., or 9d. sewed. %* In the use of this Grammar, Teachers may find a great con- venience, as the work needs no Key ; for they may find almost every sentence of the examples to be corrected, in Murray's larger Grammar, under the same articles. GUVS FIRST ENGLISH EXERCISES in PARSING, ORTJIOGRAPHY, SYNTAX, and PUNCTUATION; to supply tlie Junior Classes in liUdiea' aud (ientleuieu's Schuuls, and Private Families ; with Rules aud Examples for Perspicuous and Accurate Writing, on the plan of Lindley Murray, aud adapted to his Key. 18mo. Price Is., stion^ty bound, or9d. sewed. VAXiVABXiS SCBOO& CXiASS BOOKS. GUY'S GENERAL SCHOOL QUESTION BOOK in Ancient and Modern History, Bioj^raphy, Geography, Astronomy, Heathen Mythology, &c., with a Frontispiece, embracing in a Chart the leading events of Ancient and Modern History. Seventh Edition, in a thick volume, 12mu. Price 4s. 6d. roan, lettered. BENTLEY'S BRITISH CLASS BOOK ; or. Exercises iu Reading aud Elocution ; selected almost entirely from the Works of Modern Authors, in Prose and Verse, and designed for the use of Schoult and Families. By tho Rev. HtroH Bkntley. la a handsome 12mo. volume. Price 48. 6d. roan, lettered. '* Mr. Rentley has made the Sflections with an excellent discrimi* nation and tine taste ; and wh have no doubt the book will take a station in the tirsi class of works designed for tuition. To a general ])urchascr it is valuable from the intrinsic worth and variety of its contents." — Britannia, August 1. BXSTOBXCA& CHARTS— SCRZPTURXS MAPS. GUY'S CHART of GENERAL HISTOKY and BIOGRAPHY, Ancient and Modern, from the latest and best Authorities. Ou a large sheet of ColumbiiT drawing paper, and Coloured for easy leferencr. Tiie 6th Edition, revised, enlarged, and thoroughly corrected. Price 7s. ; or mounted on canvas and maho> gany roller, ids. 6d. ; or on canvas, and folded as a book, 10s. 6d. %* A chart of this kind is to history what maps are to geography ; it will greatly facilitate the student's progress, and give him clearer ideas of the rise, durationi and fall of each kingdom and empire than the bare perusal of many volumes. MAPS and TABLES of CHRONOLOGY and GENEALOGY, selected and prepared by Dr. Longley, Bishop of Ilipon, for the use of Harrow School, and other public estaldishments of education. Illustrated with Seven handsome Maps of Europe, viz., as it was divided under the Western Empire — in the Fifth XJen- tury— under the Empire of Charlemagne — after the Division of the Empire of Cljarlemagne— Europe iu the Year 1074 — in 1300— in 1453 ; appropriately Coloured, aud printed in 4to. Price 8?. 6d. half- bound. THE BIBLE ATLAS; or, Sacred Geography Delineated iu a Complete Series of Scriptural Maps ; drawn from the liest Authorities, Ancient and Modern ; and engraved by Richard Palmer. In Twenty-six Maps, coloured ; with an Index. Royal 8to. Price 123., half- bound morocco ; or 9s. m^coloiired, i I !! *1 VorOSAMMAli SCBOO&S, P. VIRGILIl MARONIS JENEIS in usum stttdlouB Juveotuiis, accurate rRcensuit. By J. Edwards, a.m. Trio. Coll., Cambridfte, Second Mastor of King's College School, London. Foolscap 8vo. Price 3s. 6d. bound. %* With this edition of the ^neid great pains have been taken to render it as accurate » text-book as possible. The books are divided into paragraphs indicated by Roman numerals. QU^STIONES VIRGILIAN^ ; or, I^otes and Qoesttons on the irst Six and the Ninth Books of the ^neid, adapted to the Middle Forma in Schools. By the same. Fool»cap 8vo. Price 3s. bound ; or with the ^Eneid, price 6s. %* The Questiones are published separately to suit the conve- nience of those who possess other editions of the text. This work is prepared, partly to give the yuung pupil such help hs may not ordi- narily lie.withiu his reaoh ; and partly to introduce him to the habit of carefulness and accuracy in the preparation of his lessons. The QusBsttones will be found extremely useful also to the self-taught student. HORATIUS RESTITUTUS : with an Original Treatise on the Metres of Horace, a Preliminary Dissertation on the Chronology of his Works, and a Life of the Poet By the Rev. James Tatb. Canon Residentiary of St. Paul's. Second Edition, 8vo. Price 12s. doth. " It is a work.Urath in its design and execution, worthy of very high praise."— Quar/cr/y Review. A GERMAN GRAMMAR, EXERCISES. AND KEY, IN ONE VOLUME. GERMAN EXERCISES, with a Grammatical Introduction ; being a Guide to German Writing. By Fkanois STKOMByxR,Th. D., Professor of German Literature at t^ie College lor Civil Engineers. Price 2s. 6d., 12rao., cloth. •• A very valuable elementary work. The English Exercises tor translating into German are well calculated to assist the progress of the studeut. They are accompanied by a Key, which will be found extremely useful to those who are learning German without a master." — Uaited Service Oaxette, May, 1841. " It is one of the best first books that could be selected by any person who is beut ou self instruction."— firttannia. May, 1841. A HEBREW GRAMMAR in the ENGLISH LANGUAGE. By the Rev. J. S. G. F. Fbey^ Author of a Hebrew^ Latin, and English Dictionary, &c. The 10th Edition, revised and enlarged, by Ileading Lessons, Rules, and Analysis, from Genesis and the Book of Psalms, by the Author. In 8vo. Price 8s. 6d. extra. " Thb Grammar possesses a high rank in Oriental literature, aad is well adapted for self-tuition." See the List of Books at the bach of the Title-page for th&,rest of Mr. Oujf's vahubfe School Books, and for Messrs. Cradock and Co.'s lonff^tablithed School Atlases, / J